Today's Hours: 8:00am - 8:00pm

Books

  • Digital
    edited by Michael R. Hughes and Kelly M. McNagny.
    Contents:
    Paul Ehrlich's mastzellen : a historical perspective of relevant developments in mast cell biology / Jack Ghably [and others]
    Phylogenetic profile of mast cells / Enrico Crivellato, Luciana Travan, and Domenico Ribatti
    Mast cell development and function in the Zebrafish / Sahar I Da'as, Tugce B. Balci, and Jason N. Berman
    Human mast cell and basophil/eosinophil progenitors / Gail M. Gauvreau and Judah A. Denburg
    Methods for the study of mast cell recruitment and accumulation in different tissues / Tatiana G. Jones and Michael F. Gurish
    Notch2 signaling in mast cell development and distribution in the intestine / Mamiko Sakata-Yanagimoto and Shigeru Chiba
    Mast cells in human health and disease / Erin J. DeBruin ... [e tal.]
    Emerging prominence of the cardiac mast cell as a potent mediator of adverse myocardial remodeling / Joseph S. Janicki, Gregory L. Brower, and Scott P. Levick
    Parasympathetic nervous system as a regulator of mast cell function / Paul Forsythe
    Growth of human mast cells from bone marrow and peripheral blood-derived CD34+ pluripotent hematopoietic cells / Geethani Bandara, Dean D. Metcalfe, and Arnold S. Kirshenbaum
    Isolation and characterization of human intestinal mast cells / Axel Lorentz, Gernot Sellge, and Stephan C. Bischoff
    Human mast cell activation with viruses and pathogen products / Ian D. Haidl and Jean S. Marshall
    Basic techniques to study Fc[epsilon]RI signaling in mast cells / Yuko Kawakami and Toshiaki Kawakami
    Membrane-cytoskeleton dynamics in the course of mast cell activation / Pavel Dráber and Petr Dráber
    Fc[epsilon]RI expression and dynamics on mast cells / Eon J. Rios and Janet Kalesnikoff
    Regulation of mast cell survival and apoptosis / Christine Möller Westerberg, Maria Ekoff, and Gunnar Nilsson
    Protein tyrosine phosphatases in mast cell signaling / Alexander Geldman and Catherine J. Pallen
    MicroRNA function in mast cell biology : protocols to characterize and modulate MicroRNA expression / Steven Maltby [and others]
    Assay of mast cell mediators / Madeleine Rådinger [and others]
    Induction of mast cell apoptosis by a novel secretory granule-mediated pathway / Fabio R. Melo, Sara Wernersson, and Gunnar Pejler
    Measurement of nitric oxide in mast cells with the fluorescent indicator DAF-FM diacetate / Chris D. St. Laurent, Tae Chul Moon, and A. Dean Befus
    Real-time imaging of Ca2+ mobilization and degranulation in mast cells / Roy Cohen, David A. Holowka, and Barbara A. Baird
    Flow cytometry-based monitoring of mast cell activation / Glenn Cruse, Alasdair M. Gilfillan, and Daniel Smrz
    Measurement of mast cell surface molecules by high- throughput immunophenotyping using transcription (HIT) / D. James Haddon [and others]
    Cre/loxP-based mouse models of mast cell deficiency and mast cell-specific gene inactivation / Katrin Peschke [and others]
    Evaluation of synovial mast cell functions in autoimmune arthritis / Peter A. Nigrovic and Kichul Shin
    Methods for the study of mast cells in cancer / Nichole R. Blatner, FuNien Tsai, and Khashayarsha Khazaie
    Studying mast cells in peripheral tolerance by using a skin transplantation model / Victor C. de Vries [and others]
    Function of mast cells in autoimmune glomerulonephritis / Renato C. Monteiro [and others]
    Mouse model of atopic dermatitis / Yuko Kawakami and Toshiaki Kawakami
    Mouse models of allergic asthma / Matthew Gold, David Marsolais, and Marie-Renee Blanchet
    Methods in assessment of airway reactivity in mice / Matthew Gold and Marie-Renee Blanchet.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    [edited by] Babak Azizzadeh, Mark R. Murphy, Calvin M. Johnson Jr., Guy G. Massry, Rebecca Fitzgerald.
    Summary: "Comprehensive coverage, multidisciplinary guidance, and step-by-step instruction both in print and on video help you choose the best approach and get the best results for any facial rejuvenation challenge. Master Techniques in Facial Rejuvenation, 2nd Edition, by Drs. Babak Azizzadeh, Mark Murphy, Calvin Johnson, Guy Massry, and Rebecca Fitzgerald, presents multiple facial rejuvenation techniques by experts in the fields of plastic surgery, facial plastic surgery, otolaryngology, oculoplastic surgery and dermatology. Competing and complementary techniques focus on all areas of the face, providing a balanced and systematic approach to this fast-growing field"--Publisher's description.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2018
  • Digital/Print
    [edited by] William H. Rosenblatt, Wanda M. Popescu.
    Contents:
    PART A. Upper Airway
    Section I. Evaluation and basic management of the difficult airway patient
    Section II. Preexisting conditions
    Section III. Otolaryngology
    Section IV. Maxillofacial
    Section V. Nasal intubation
    Section VI. Tracheostomy
    Section VII. foreign bodies adult
    Section VIII. Pediatrics
    Section IX. C-Spine
    Section X. Techniques
    Section XI. Extubation
    Section XII. Out of the OR
    Section XIII. Invasive airway rescue
    PART B. Lower Airway
    Section I. Interventional Pulmonary
    Section II. Lung isolation devices and techniques
    Section III. Airway surgery
    Section IV. Surgeries requiring lung isolation
    Section V. Preexisting conditions
    Section VI. Congenital abnormalities of the lower airway
    Section VII. Lung transplant
    Section VIII. Lower airway emergencies.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    LWW Health Library (Anesthesiology)
    LWW Health Library (Critical Care)
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RC732 .M37 2015
    1
  • Print
    Conrad Fischer.
    Contents:
    Internal medicine
    Preventive medecine
    Dermatology
    Surgery
    Sports medicine
    Ear, nose, and throat (ENT)
    Pediatrics
    Obstetrics
    Gynecology
    Radiology
    Opthalmology
    Psychiatry
    Emergency medicine
    Ethics
    Biostatics and epidemiology.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Exam Review Books (shelved at Information Desk)
    R834.5 .F573 2017
    2
  • Print
    Conrad Fischer, MD.
    Contents:
    Internal medicine
    Preventive medecine
    Dermatology
    Surgery
    Sports medicine
    Ear, nose, and throat (ENT)
    Pediatrics
    Obstetrics
    Gynecology
    Radiology
    Opthalmology
    Psychiatry
    Emergency medicine
    Ethics
    Biostatics and epidemiology
    Patient safety.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Exam Review Books (shelved at Information Desk)
    R834.5 .F573 2021
    1
  • Print
    Conrad Fischer, MD.
    Contents:
    Part 1. Internal medicine
    Neurology
    Cardiology
    Infectious diseases
    Tropical, fungal, and animal-borne diseases
    Allergy and immunology
    Endocrinology
    Pulmonology
    Rheumatology
    Hematology
    Gastroenterology
    Nephrology
    Oncology
    Part 2. Preventive medicine
    Part 3. Biostatistics and epidemiology
    Part 4. Dermatology
    Part 5. Surgery
    Part 6. Urology
    Part 7. Pediatrics
    Part 8. Obstetrics
    Part 9. Gynecology
    Part 10. Radiology
    Part 11. Psychiatry
    Part 12. Emergency medicine/Toxicology
    Part 13. Ethics
    Part 14. Patient safety
    Part 15. Ophthalmology
    Part 16. Ear, nose, and throat.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Exam Review Books (shelved at Information Desk)
    R834.5 .F5276 2022
    1
  • Digital
    Vonda J. Wright, Kellie K. Middleton, editors.
    Summary: This unique text focuses exclusively on the ever-growing population of aging and masters athletes, both professional and amateur, presenting both operative and nonoperative management strategies for the range of sports-related injuries. The book is thematically divided into three sections. Part I describes the science of musculoskeletal aging and the benefits of remaining active as we age, including proper nutrition, supplements and medical therapies and adjuvants. Injuries common to the masters athlete are presented in part II, from the upper and lower extremities to the hips and spine, with special considerations for these injuries and treatments noted. Recommendations for how to thrive as a masters athlete comprise the final section, including return to sport, injury prevention and exercise as medicine. An ideal resource for clinicians who treat active adults who won't slow down, Masterful Care of the Aging Athlete is a compilation of clinical, technical and research approaches aimed at keeping active people moving, returning them to sport rapidly and durably and protecting them from a sedentary lifestyle.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Davide Lomanto, William Tzu-Liang Chen, Marilou B. Fuentes, editors.
    Summary: This is an open access book. The book focuses mainly on the surgical technique, OR setup, equipments and devices necessary in minimally invasive surgery (MIS). It serves as a compendium of endolaparoscopic surgical procedures. It is an official publication of the Endoscopic and Laparoscopic Surgeons of Asia (ELSA). The book includes various sections covering basic skills set, devices, equipments, OR setup, procedures by area. Each chapter cover introduction, indications and contraindications, pre-operative patient’s assessment and preparation, OT setup (instrumentation required, patient’s position, etc.), step by step description of surgical procedures, management of complications, post-operative care. It includes original illustrations for better understanding and visualization of specific procedures. The book serves as a practical guide for surgical residents, surgical trainees, surgical fellows, junior surgeons, surgical consultants and anyone interested in MIS. It covers most of the basic and advanced laparoscopic and thoracoscopic surgery procedures meeting the curriculum and examination requirements of the residents.

    Contents:
    Part 1 Basic Principles
    1 Access, Pneumoperitoneum and Related Complications
    2 Image Systems in Endo-Laparoscopic Surgery
    3 Care and Handling of Laparoscopic Instrumentations
    4 Electrosurgery and energy devices
    5 Endo-laparoscopic Suturing
    6 Ergonomics in Laparoscopic Surgery
    7 Hemostasis in Laparoscopic Surgery
    8 Imaging-Enhancing System
    9 Instrumentations and Access Devices
    10 Operating Room Setup and Patient Positioning in MIS
    11 Surgical Smoke, Its Risks and Mitigation Strategies
    Part 2 Anesthesia in Laparoscopic Surgery
    12 Principles of Anesthesia
    13 Physiologic Considerations in Laparoscopic Surgery
    Part 3 Diagnostic Laparoscopy
    14 Staging Laparoscopy for Intra-Abdominal Carcinoma
    15 Diagnostic Laparoscopy
    Part 4 Emergency Laparoscopy
    16 Perforated Ulcer Treatment
    17 Laparoscopic Appendectomy
    18 Meckel’s Diverticula
    19 Emergency Groin Hernia Repair
    20 Laparoscopic Subtotal Cholecystectomy
    21 Adhesiolysis for Bowel Obstruction
    22 Emergency Laparoscopic Small Bowel Resection
    23 Laparoscopic Hartmann’s procedure
    Part 5 Endocrine Surgery
    24 Remote Access Endoscopic Thyroidectomy
    25 Transoral Endoscopic Thyroidectomy
    26 Laparoscopic Adrenalectomy Abdominal Approach
    27 Laparoscopic Adrenalectomy: Retroperitoneal approach
    Part 6 Breast Surgery
    28 Endoscopy-Assisted Breast Surgery for Breast Cancer
    29 Laparoscopic Omental Flap Partial Breast Reconstruction
    Part 7 Video Assisted Thoracic Surgery.-30 Basic Principles and Advanced VATS procedures
    Part 8 Upper Gastrointestinal Surgery - Esophageal Surgery
    31 Achalasia
    32 Resection of Gastroesophageal Junction Submucosal Tumours (SMTs)
    33 Transoral Endoscopic Zenker Diverticulotomy
    34 Gastroesophageal Reflux Disease
    35 Hiatal Hernia
    36 Esophageal Cysts
    37 McKeown Esophagectomy
    Part 9 Upper Gastrointestinal Surgery - Gastric Surgery
    38 Gastric Gastrointestinal Stromal Tumours
    39 Gastric Carcinoma : Subtotal and Total Gastrectomy
    Part 10 Bariatric Procedures
    40 Laparoscopic Gastric Banding for Morbid Obesity
    41 Laparoscopic Sleeve Gastrectomy
    42 Laparoscopic Roux En Y Gastric Bypass (LRYGB)
    43 One Anastomosis Gastric Bypass (OAGB)
    Part 11 Hepatobiliary Surgery – Gallbladder
    44 Elective Cholecystectomy
    Part 12 Hepatobiliary Surgery - Common Bile Duct Stones
    45 Laparoscopic Choledochotomy for Bile Duct Stones
    Part 13 Hepatobiliary Surgery – Liver
    46 Hepatic cyst/ abscess
    47 Laparoscopic Wedge Liver Resection
    48 Laparoscopic Left Liver Resection
    49 Laparoscopic Right Hepatectomy
    Part 14 Pancreas
    50 Laparoscopic internal drainage of pancreatic pseudocysts
    51 Laparoscopic Distal Pancreatectomy
    52 Laparoscopic Pancreaticoduodenectomy
    Part 15 Spleen
    53 Laparoscopic Splenectomy
    54 Intraoperative Splenic Injuries
    Part 16 Inguinal Hernia
    55 Transabdominal Pre-peritoneal approach (TAPP)
    56 Totally Extra-peritoneal approach in Inguinal Hernia Repair
    57 Laparoscopic Management of Recurrent and Re-Recurrent hernia
    58 Laparo-endoscopic approach to Complex Inguinal Hernia
    Part 17 Incisional/ Ventral Hernia Repair
    59 Laparoscopic Intraperitoneal Onlay Mesh (IPOM) and IPOM plus
    60 Extraperitoneal Ventral Hernia Repair
    61 Endoscopic anterior component separation technique (eACS)
    62 Role of Botulinum Toxin-A in Chemical Component Separation Technique.-63 Endo-Laparoscopic Repair of Lateral Ventral Hernia
    Part 18 Diastasis Recti
    64 Posterior Plication or Combined Plication of the Recti Diastasis
    65 Endo-laparoscopic retromuscular repair
    66 Endoscopic Subcutaneous Onlay Laparoscopic Approach
    Part 19 Other Hernias
    67 Minimally Invasive Surgery for Diaphragmatic Hernia
    68 Laparoscopic Parastomal Hernia Repair
    Part 20 Colorectal Surgery
    69 Laparoscopic Right Hemicolectomy with Complete Mesocolic Excision and Central Vascular Ligation (CME/CVL) for Right sided Colon Cancer
    70 Laparoscopic left hemicolectomy
    71 Anterior Resection
    72 Laparoscopic Abdominoperineal Resection
    73 Laparoscopic Total Colectomy
    74 Laparoscopic Ventral Mesh Rectopexy
    Part 21 Robotic Surgery
    75 Robotic Surgery - Operating Room Set Up and Docking
    Part 22 Other Laparoscopic Procedures
    76 Laparoscopic Varicocoelectomy
    77 Laparoscopic Paediatric Inguinal Hernia Repair.
    Digital Access Springer 2023
  • Digital
    [edited by] Patricia P. Sengstack, DNP, RN-BC, CPHIMS ; Charles M. Boicey, MS, RN-BC, PMP, CLNC, CPHIMS.
    Contents:
    The widening field of healthcare informatics / Patricia Sengstack
    Healthcare informatics planning and analysis / Marcy Stoots
    Designing a usable healthcare information system / Christy St. John
    Testing in the healthcare informatics environment / Seth Carlson
    Delivering healthcare informatics training / Brenda Kulhanek
    Healthcare system implementation / Sue Houston
    Maintaining and optimizing a healthcare information system / Tess Settegren
    Conducting quality healthcare IT outcome evaluations : guidelines and resources / Patricia Sengstack
    Essential tools for project management / Lisa Bove
    Security and privacy concepts in healthcare IT / Susan Martin
    Healthcare clinical decision support / Lincoln Farnum
    Use of standard terminologies in healthcare IT / Amy Jacobs, Luann Whittenburg
    Patient safety and healthcare IT / Patricia Sengstack
    Patient engagement in healthcare IT / Daniel Gracie, Melissa Barthold
    Informatics in non-acute care settings / Maria Arellano, Rick Gagnon
    Healthcare analytics / Charles Boicey
    Connected and mobile health's promise for the triple aim / Susan Hull
    Digital Access AccessAPN 2015
  • Digital
    Scott B. McCusker, Blaise Douros.
    Contents:
    Introduction to medical photography / Scott McCusker, Blaise Douros
    Photographic equipment / Blaise Douros
    Studio photography techniques / Blaise Douros
    Small structures and macrophotography / Scott McCusker, Blaise Douros
    Postprocessing and digital asset management / Phil Goetz, Blaise Douros, Scott McCusker, Michael Benninger
    Smartphones and telemedicine / Fawn Hogan
    Approach to the patient / Scott McCusker
    Intraoperative photography / Scott McCusker, Fawn Hogan
    Special considerations for reconstructive surgery / Scott McCusker, Fawn Hogan
    Face and neck / Scott McCusker
    Oral cavity and oropharynx / Scott McCusker
    Sinuses and nasopharynx / Erik Weitzel
    Imaging of the upper airway and larynx / N. Scott Howard, Scott McCusker.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Thieme MedOne Otolaryngology
    Thieme MedOne Plastic Surgery
  • Print
    Beth Tamplet Ulrich.
    Summary: "Nurse preceptors have the power and opportunity to inspire nurses to achieve greatness. Effective precepting programs depend on two critical groups: nurses who organize and manage the programs and nurses who support, teach, and coach. Beth Ulrich-nationally recognized for her research in work environments and transitional experiences of new graduate nurses-provides the knowledge, tools, skills, and wisdom both groups need for success. Written for staff nurses, their managers, and educators, this third edition of Mastering Precepting: A Nurse's Handbook for Success teaches preceptors both the science and art of precepting and empowers them to seek the support they need to be effective. For managers, it emphasizes the importance of providing nurse preceptors with positive and supportive experiences. For educators, it provides the information and knowledge required to develop and improve preceptor programs"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    The preceptor role / Beth Tamplet Ulrich
    Learning : the foundation of precepting / Beth Tamplet Ulrich
    Core precepting concepts / Beth Tamplet Ulrich
    Precepting strategies / Beth Tamplet Ulrich
    Developing a professional identity / Lori C. Shank, Nelda Godfrey
    Having a plan : developing and using goals, objectives, and outcomes./ Mary S. Haras, Lauren A. Arrington, Kelly C. Walke
    Communication / Beth Ulrich with Laurie Shiparski
    Coachinh / Beth Ulrich with Laurie Shiparski
    Effectively using instructional technologies / Cathleen M. Deckers
    Precepting specific learner populations / Beth Tamplet Ulrich
    Precepting advanced practice registered nurses / Laura Lynn Rooney
    Assessing and addressing preceptee behavior and motivation / Cindy Lefton, Robert E. Lefton
    Pragmatics of precepting / Larissa Africa, Cherilyn Ashlock
    Self-care for preceptors / Kim A. Richards
    The NPD practitioner: responsibility for preceptor programs / Mary G. Harper, Joan Insalaco Warren, Patsy Maloney
    For managers : selecting, supporting, and sustaining preceptors / Carol A. Bradley, Amy K. Doepken, Denise D. Fall, Virginia Downie, Cindy Bianchini
    Preceptor development / Beth Tamplet Ulrich.
    Digital Access R2Library [2024]
  • Digital
    by Silvia M. Rogers.
    Summary: This self-help guide is intended for scientists and medical professionals and students who wish to improve their scientific writing skills. Exercises invite the reader to practice the most important aspects of scientific writing. Although the book addresses certain issues more troublesome to scientific communicators of a non-English language origin, the guide will be of equal benefit to those whose first language is English. If you want not only to write but to write well, this book is for you. This second edition takes into account new developments in the area of scientific communication. In particular, the importance of authenticity is addressed, drawing attention to the sensitive issue of plagiarism in scientific texts.

    Contents:
    Good versus Poor Scientific Writing: an orientation
    Words and Units: orthography and Punctuation
    Forming Sentences: grammar
    Putting it Nicely: Style
    Redundancy and Jargon: Focusing on the essentials
    Quoting Published Material: Reference Formats
    Avoiding Discrimination: ethics of Scientific Writing
    Sticking to your word: Plagiarism
    Structuring Scientific Texts: getting the Story out.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    [edited by] Janice C. Palaganas, Beth Tamplet Ulrich, Mary E. (Beth) Mancini.
    Summary: "Simulation can be a valuable tool in academic or clinical settings, but technology changes quickly, and faculty, students, and clinicians need to know how to respond. Understanding simulation scenarios and environments is essential when designing and implementing effective programs for interdisciplinary learners. In this fully revised second edition of Mastering Simulation, nationally known experts Janice Palaganas, Beth Ulrich, and Beth Mancini guide students and practitioners in developing clinical competencies and provide a solid foundation for improving patient outcomes"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Foreword
    Introduction
    1 Foundations of Simulation
    2 Developing Clinical Competence and Confidence
    3 Creating an Effective Simulation Environment
    4 Creating Effective, Evidence-Based Scenarios
    5 Key Concepts in Simulation: Debriefing and Reflective Practice
    6 Evaluating Simulation Effectiveness
    7 Simulation as a Continuous Learning System
    8 Using Simulation With Specific Learner Populations
    9 Using Simulation for Interprofessional Education and Practice
    10 Using Simulation in Academic Environments to Improve Learner Performance
    11 Using Simulation in Hospitals and Healthcare Systems to Improve Outcomes
    12 Using Simulation for Risk Management and Quality Improvement
    13 Using Simulation for Research
    14 Defining Roles and Building a Career in Simulation
    15 Credentialing and Certification in Simulation
    16 Designing Simulation Centers for Health Education
    17 The Future of Simulation in Healthcare.
    Digital Access AccessAPN 2020
  • Digital
    [edited by] Beth Ulrich, Mary E. (Beth) Mancini.
    Contents:
    Foundations of simulation
    Developing clinical competence and confidence
    Creating effective simulation environments
    Creating effective, evidence-based scenarios
    Debriefing and reflective practice
    Evaluating simulation effectiveness
    Using simulation with specific learner populations
    Using health care simulation for interprofessional
    Using simulation in academic environments to improve
    Using simulation in hospitals and health care systems
    Using simulation for risk management and quality
    Using simulation for research
    Defining roles and building a career in simulation
    Credentialing and certification in simulation
    Developing and building a simulation center
    The future of simulation in health care.
    Digital Access eBook Comp Acad 2014
  • Digital
    Michelle Kittleson.
    Summary: Like a mentor you may turn to in times of crisis, this book provides the wisdom earned from countless mentors and patients. You may be standing on the precipice of medical training or well into your career, trying to recapture the joy of medicine. A love of people and a love of science barely capture the essence of a life in medicine; there is so much more to being a physician than the ability to diagnose and treat diseases. While nothing can fully prepare you for the fear and anxiety that comes with inexperience, Mastering the Art of Patient Care eases some of that uncertainty with a system for surviving and thriving in medical school and beyond. Whatever your stage, the goal of this book is to share successes and failures to help you be a physician who takes outstanding care of patients, colleagues, and trainees and derives great joy from saving lives.

    Contents:
    Medical School
    Becoming Fluent in Medicine
    Your Career Path
    Diagnosis
    Tests and Interventions
    The Art of the Consult
    Good Habits for a Lifetime
    Leading Your Team
    The Tough Conversations
    The Patient-Physician Bond
    Being a Woman in Medicine
    Self-care
    What Covid Has Taught Us (or Not)
    The Joy of Medicine.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Steven A. Safren, Susan E. Sprich, Carol A. Perlman, Michael W. Otto.
    Summary: Used in conjunction with the treatment described in the corresponding online Therapist Guide, this online Workbook provides effective and practical skills that have been scientifically tested and shown to help adults cope with their ADHD symptoms. The treatment plan contains step-by-step, session-by-session information and materials necessary to participate in this treatment in the context of individual outpatient cognitive behavioural therapy. Clients can be active participants in this therapy by helping to personalize treatment strategy and monitoring progress, all toward the goal of learning to overcome their ADHD
    Digital Access Oxford 2017
  • Digital
    Steven A. Safren, Susan E. Sprich, Carol A. Perlman, Michael W. Otto.
    Summary: "Attention Deficit/Hyperactivity Disorder (ADHD) in adulthood is a prevalent and impairing disorder. While medications have been effective in treating adult ADHD, the majority of individuals treated with medications still have symptoms that require additional skills and symptom management strategies. This Second Edition of Mastering Your Adult ADHD is thoroughly updated to present the most current, empirically supported treatment strategies in cognitive behavioral therapy (CBT) for coping with symptoms of adult ADHD. The Therapist Guide provides clinicians with effective means of teaching adult clients skills that have been scientifically tested and shown to help them cope with ADHD. The program has been updated to include the optional use of technology and smart phones to improve organization and planning. Core modules cover the development of systems for keeping track of appointments and tasks, reducing distractibility, and improving adaptive thinking skills, and there's an optional module on reducing procrastination. Information is also provided regarding holding an informational meeting with a spouse, partner, or family member. The step-by-step, session-by-session descriptions are a practical resource for therapists who deliver the treatment. The companion Client Workbook contains all of the necessary information for participating in the practical CBT intervention. It includes worksheets, forms, and a link to an assessment measure that can be used to gauge progress during treatment."-- Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access Oxford [2017]
  • Digital
    [edited by] Rod J. Rohrich, Sammy Sinno, Paul N. Afrooz.
    Summary: "The rapid growth in global demand for cosmetic surgery has led to an urgent need for aesthetic surgeons to learn an ever-growing menu of advanced procedures. Masters of Cosmetic Surgery-The Video Atlas: The Dallas Cosmetic Model edited by internationally renowned plastic surgeon Rod J. Rohrich and esteemed colleagues Sammy Sinno and Paul N. Afrooz presents an amazing new method of learning cosmetic surgery techniques. The didactic video guide features contributions from the Who's Who of superb surgeons and dermatologists that are committed to excellence in their own practices and educational endeavors"-- Provided by publisher
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Thieme-Connect
    Thieme MedOne Plastic Surgery
  • Digital
    Dmitry Oleynikov, P. Marco Fisichella, editors.
    Summary: This book brings together all stages of the diagnosis and treatment of all complex esophageal disorders in a single volume. A special emphasis is given to emerging procedures in laparoscopy, thoracoscopy, and endoscopy. Stages of operative approaches with relevant technical considerations are outlined in an easily understandable manner. The text is illustrated throughout by easy to understand illustration line graphs that depict fundamental anatomic or technical principles. Each chapter includes a summary of the current management strategy for the disease process, and a review of current innovations surrounding the topic. The book is applicable to physicians in both the surgical disciplines and in gastroenterology, as well as residents and fellows in this area.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    editors, Larry R. Kaiser, MD, Irving L. Kron, MD, Thomas L. Spray, MD.
    Summary: This volume in the acclaimed Mastery Series delivers clear, how-to guidance on the most commonly performed procedures in adult and pediatric thoracic surgery. As with other volumes in the series, Mastery of Cardiothoracic Surgery delivers expert commentary from master surgeons following each chapter. Invaluable for cardiothoracic fellows, as well as thoracic and cardiac surgeons. Comprehensive text follows the Mastery style--with comments from the expert editors at the end of each chapter to help hone technique, improve results, and minimize error. Procedure-based chapters address critical details--from indications and preoperative assessment to surgical technique, postsurgical follow-up, and management of complications. Broad coverage addresses thoracic, adult cardiac, and congenital cardiac procedures to prepare readers for any challenge. NEW to the Third Edition ... Full-color design and art enliven the text and facilitate visual learning. New chapters address key disorders and surgical interventions--including Ascending Aortic Aneurysms, Minimally Invasive Maze Procedure, Reoperative Cardiac Surgery, Repair of Esophageal Hernia, Repair of Pectus Deformities, Thoracic Sympathectomy, and Percutaneous Mitral and Aortic Valve Repairs. Companion website provides access to the fully searchable text and images from the book.--Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    General thoracic surgery
    Adult cardiac surgery
    General considerations
    Acquired valvular heart disease
    Coronary artery disease
    Surgery for heart failure
    Thoracic aortic disease
    Transplantation
    Arrhythmias
    Other cardiac
    Congenital cardiac surgery.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Ovid
    LWW Health Library
  • Digital
    edited by Lee L. Swanstrom, MD, Chief Innovation Officer (CIO) and Director of Innovations School (I-SIP), IHU-Strasbourg, Strasbourg, France, Interventional Endoscopy and Foregut Surgery, the Oregon Clinic, Professor of Surgery (Clinical), Oregon Health and Science University, Portland, Oregon, Nathaniel J. Soper, MD, Loyal and Edith Davis Professor and Chair, Department of Surgery, Northwestern University Feinberg School of Medicine, Chicago, Illinois ; in conjunction with Michael E. Leonard, Medical Illustrator, Clement, California, Steven Leeds, MD, Video Link Editor, Portland Providence Cancer Center and the Oregon Clinic, Portland, Oregon.
    Summary: "If there is a theme to this edition, it probably lies in the fact that most of the laparoscopic operations described are well-matured and backed with many years of outcomes data to support their "gold standard" status. This is an increasingly important component of any surgical approach in this era of cost containment and effectiveness measurements. We hope that the evidence listed in this edition will provide a ready reference for surgeons who need to defend their choice of a minimally invasive approach for their patients. A second theme to note is the continued emphasis on the utility and importance of flexible endoscopy as a surgical tool. As more and more operations, even laparoscopic ones, become doable by the flexible endoscope, it is increasingly apparent that the surgeon who relinquishes their right to perform endoscopy will face an increasingly narrow spectrum of practice. Mastery of Laparoscopic and Endoscopic Surgery has always reflected this philosophy, in this edition more than ever, and we are happy to see that the current political efforts by the American Board of Surgery and other leadership groups in surgery validate this emphasis"--Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Teaching and learning laparoscopic procedures
    Teaching and learning advanced flexible endoscopy
    New technology in flexible endoscopy
    New laparoscopic instrumentation: single port, minilap, and beyond
    Imaging systems in minimally invasive surgery
    Surgical robotics
    Anatomic and physiologic testing of esophageal function
    Endoluminal therapy of GERD: current status
    Laparoscopic nissen fundoplication
    Laparoscopic partial fundoplication
    Laparoscopic antireflux surgery: esophageal lengthening procedures
    Laparoscopic antireflux surgery: reoperations at the esophageal hiatus
    Laparoscopic repair of paraesophageal hernias
    Esophageal achalasia
    Per-oral endoscopic myotomy (POEM) for achalasia and other motility disorders
    Other esophageal motility disorders and diverticula
    Surgical treatments for gastroparesis
    Endoscopic and laparoscopic evaluation of foregut neoplasia
    Endoscopic therapies for Barrett's esophagus
    Laparoscopic transhiatal esophagectomy
    Minimally invasive Ivor Lewis method for resection of esophageal cancer with curative intent
    Endoscopic palliation of unresectable cancer of the esophagus
    Endoscopic resection of premalignant and malignant foregut disease
    Resection of nonadenomatous gastric tumors
    Laparoscopic resection for gastric adenocarcinoma
    Laparoscopic adjustable gastric band
    Laparoscopic Roux-en gastric bypass
    Laparoscopic duodenal switch and sleeve gastrectomy
    Laparoscopic and single-incision sleeve gastrectomy
    Endolumenal treatments for morbid obesity
    Metabolic surgery for diabetes
    Diseases of the liver and biliary tract: endoscopy of bile and pancreatic ducts
    Laparoscopic cholecystectomy
    Surgery of the extrahepatic bile ducts
    Biliary and vasculobiliary injuries
    Laparoscopic and image guided treatment of liver tumors
    Liver resection
    Endoscopic techniques for evaluating, staging, and treating pancreatic, ampullary, and periampullary tumors
    Endoscopic and laparoscopic management of pseudocysts and pancreatitis
    Minimally invasive pancreatic resection
    Laparoscopic adrenalectomy
    Less invasive approaches to the thyroid and parathyroid glands
    Endoscopic diagnosis of small intestinal diseases
    Laparoscopic treatment of disorders of the small bowel
    Flexible endoscopy of the lower gastrointestinal tract
    Laparoscopic surgery of the appendix and beyond-single incision and NOTES appendectomy
    Laparoscopic surgery for benign diseases of the colon
    Laparoscopic resection for carcinoma of the colon
    Laparoscopic resection for carcinoma of the rectum
    Transanal endoscopic microsurgery
    Laparoscopic inguinal hernia repair
    Laparoscopic ventral hernia repair and abdominal wall reconstruction
    Laparoscopic splenectomy
    Laparoscopic nephrectomy for malignant conditions
    Laparoscopic donor nephrectomy
    Video-assisted thoracoscopic surgery for the general surgeon
    Pediatric laparoscopy and endoscopy
    Minimally invasive gynecologic surgery for the general surgeon
    Update on natural orifice transluminal endoscopic surgery (NOTES)
    Single port laparoscopic surgery: general techniques and technologies.
    Digital Access LWW Health Library 2014
  • Digital
    Neil Hyman, Phillip Fleshner, Scott Strong, editors.
    Summary: This book provides a guide to the management of patients with Crohn's disease and ulcerative colitis. The indications for surgery within inflammatory bowel disease are covered, as well as new biologic medications and the effects they have on the immune system. Details on how these drugs should be managed to avoid complications and ensure patient safety are also included. Mastery of IBD Surgery sets out to cover surgical responses to inflammatory bowel disease from a multidisciplinary perspective and aims to help all surgeons and medical professionals working in this area. This book is relevant to colorectal surgeons, gastrointestinal surgeons, and gastroenterologists.

    Contents:
    Nutritional Repletion in the Surgical Patient
    Preoperative Bowel Prep
    Extended Venous Thromboembolism Prophylaxis after Surgery for Inflammatory Bowel Diseases
    The Use of Enhanced Recovery Pathways in Patients Undergoing Surgery for Inflammatory Bowel Disease
    Perioperative Steroid Management in IBD Patients Undergoing Colorectal Surgery
    Managing ImmunomodulatorsPerioperatively
    Managing Biologics Perioperatively
    Management of Perianal Skin Tags
    Management of Chronic Anal Fissures in Patients with Crohn's Disease
    Management of Simple Anoperineal Fistulas
    Management of Severe Anoperineal Disease
    Management ofAno/Rectovaginal Fistula
    Proctectomy in Patients with "Watering Can"Perineum
    Management of Isolated Proctitis/Proctosigmoiditis
    Role of IPAA for Crohn's Disease
    Surgical Options for Neoplasia Complicating Crohn's Disease of the Large Intestine
    The Role of Segmental Resection for Colon Disease
    Role of Percutaneous Drainage for Disease-related Abscesses
    Management After Successful Percutaneous Drainage of Disease-Related Abscess
    Intraoperative Detection of Upper Gastrointestinal Strictures
    Management of long segment small bowel Crohn's disease
    Construction of the Ideal Ileocolic Anastomosis in Crohn's Disease
    Management of Enteroenteric Fistula
    Preventing Postoperative Crohn's Disease Recurrence
    Role of Minimally Invasive Reoperative Surgery
    Extent of mesenteric resection
    Role of Endoscopic Management in Ulcerative Colitis Patients with Dysplasia
    Surgical Options for Endoscopically Unresectable Dysplasia in Ulcerative Colitis
    Management of Ulcerative Colitis in Patients with Rectal Cancer
    Surgical Approach to the Older Ulcerative Colitis Patient
    Role of Minimally Invasive Surgery in Pouch Surgery
    How Many Stages Should We Use in Pouch Surgery?
    Optimal Design for Ileal-Pouch Anal Anastomosis
    Failed pouch-pouch excision vs redo
    Mucosectomy versus stapled ileal pouch-anal anastomosis
    Transanal Proctectomy and Ileoanal Pouch Procedure (ta-J Pouch)
    Use of Antiadhesive Barriers in Pouch Surgery
    Optimal management of Pelvic Abscess after Pouch Surgery
    Management of Chronic Pouchitis
    Management of Ileal Pouch Vaginal Fistulas
    Management of IPAA-Associated Persistent Presacral Sinus
    The Management of Patients with Dysplasia in the Anal Transitional Zone
    Pouch excision versus diversion for the failed pouch
    Pouch Excision vs. Redo IPAA After a Failed Pouch
    Continent Ileostomy after Removal of a Failed IPAA.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Cem Akin, editor.
    Summary: This unique book offers an in-depth, best-practices guide to diagnosis and management of mastocytosis, a too-often underdiagnosed disease. Mastocytosis: A Comprehensive Guide will open with a general overview and discussion of mast cell biology, addressing tryptase and other diagnostic markers in detail. Comprehensive diagnostic criteria and classification will follow, with special emphasis on commonly-seen related manifestations: skin disease, pediatric mastocytosis, gastrointestinal indicators, osteoporosis, anaphylaxis, venom and drug allergy, and pregnancy. Mastocytosis will be an ideal resource for not only the allergist confronted with this condition, but for a growing, multi-disciplinary audience of hematologists, gastroenterologists, dermatologists, pediatricians, primary care providers and other clinicians who encounter this disease in their patients.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1: Mast cell biology in health and disease.-Chapter 2: Clinical approach to a patient with elevated serum tryptase: implications of acute versus basally elevated levels. -Chapter 3: Urinary markers of mast cell disease and their role in diagnosis and management
    Chapter 4: Skin disease in mastocytosis
    Chapter 5: Pediatric Mastocytosis
    Chapter 6: Gastrointestinal Manifestations of Systemic Mastocytosis
    Chapter 7: Systemic Mastocytosis and Bone-Related Events
    Chapter 8:Anaphylaxis in Mastocytosis
    Chapter 9: Venom Allergy and Management in Mastocytosis
    Chapter 10: Drug Allergy and Perioperative Management of Mastocytosis.-Chapter 11: Mastocytosis in Pregnancy.-Chapter 12: KIT and Other Mutations in Mastocytosis.-Chapter 13: Management of the Hematologic Disease in Mastocytosis
    Chapter 14: Tyrosine Kinase Inhibitors in Systemic Mastocytosis
    Chapter 15: International Support and Advocacy for Mast Cell Disease Patients and Caregivers
    Chapter 16: Mastocytosis: Overview of Diagnosis and Classification. .
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Print
    Tashean, Hakovbos; Nemesius.
    Contents:

    v. 1. Nemesius, Proclus, k︠h︡osrovig, Epiphanius and Secundus. 1895. (294 p.)
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
  • Digital/Print
    Hering, Constantine.
    Digital Access Google Books 1873-
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    X1101 .H55 1873
    1
  • Digital
    David S. Riley (editor).
    Summary: Materia Medica of New and Old Homeopathic Medicines David S. Rileys interest in the research and subsequently the history and methodology of homeopathic drug provings began with his medical school training in 1979 and a residency in Internal Medicine. He was exposed to homeopathy in 1988 followed by study at the Hahnemann College of Homeopathy in Albany, California. He has investigated the interplay between contemporary research methods and the research methods associated with homeopathic drug provings. Dr Riley has developed research tools for data collection, symptom selection criteria and blinding; primarily to address the risk of bias. The homeopathic drug provings published here are the result of this work. For the 3rd edition twelve homeopathic drug provings, conducted by a number of internationally renowned proving directors, have been added. These homeopathic drug provings all follow good clinical practice (GCP) research guidelines and incorporate the guidelines suggested by Dr Samuel Hahnemann more than 200 years ago.

    Contents:
    Homeopathic drug provings
    Acidum alpha-ketoglutaricum
    Acidum alpha-lipoicum
    Acidum ascorbicum
    Acidum cis-aconiticum
    Acidum citricum
    Acidum fumaricum
    Acidum malicum
    Acidum oroticum
    Acidum succinicum
    Adenosinum monohydrogen phosphoricum (cAMP)
    Adenosinum triphosphoricum (ATP)
    Agnus castus
    Anthrachinonum
    Arteria suis
    Ascophyllum nodosum
    Bacterium coli
    Baryta oxalsuccinicum
    Benzochinonum, para
    Bryonia alba
    Bryonia dioica
    Calendula officinalis
    Cardiospermum halicacabum
    Cartilago suis
    Caulophyllum thalictroides
    Cerebrum suis
    Coenzymum A
    Colocynthis
    Cuprum formicicum
    Cyanocobalaminum
    Cysteinum
    Discus intervertebralis suis
    Embryo suis
    Fucus vesiculosus
    Fumaria officinalis
    Funiculus umbilicalis suis
    Galphimia glauca
    Geranium robertianum
    Glandula suprarenalis suis
    Glyoxalum
    Hepar suis
    Hydrochinonum
    Hypophysis suis
    Hypothalamus suis
    Kalium tetraiodobismutatum
    Levothyroxinum
    Luffa operculata
    Magnesium gluconicum
    Magnesium oroticum
    Mahonia aquifolium
    Manganum phosphoricum
    Medulla ossis suis
    Methylglyoxalum
    Mucosa nasalis suis
    Mucosa suis
    Myosotis arvensis
    Nadidum
    Naphthochinonum
    Natrium oxalaceticum
    Natrium pyruvicum
    Nicotinamidum
    Okoubaka aubrevillei
    Oleander
    Oleum pini
    Oxalis acetosella
    Pancreas suis
    Pelargonium sidoides
    Placenta suis
    Pyridoxinum hydrochloricum
    Riboflavinum
    Sinusitisinum
    Staphylococcus nosode
    Streptococcus nosode
    Symphytum officinale
    Terebinthina laricina
    Thiaminum hydrochloricum
    Tormentilla
    Trichinoylum
    Tuba uterina suis
    Ubichinonum
    Urtica urens
    Uterus suis
    Vena suis
    Veronica officinalis
    Zincum aceticum
    Zincum gluconicum
    Appendix .
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    edited by Stefan Bosse, Dirk Lehmhus, Walter Lang and Matthias Busse.
    Contents:
    Front Matter
    Introduction. On Concepts and Challenges of Realizing Material-Integrated Intelligent Systems / Stefan Bosse, Dirk Lehmhus
    System Development. Design Methodology for Intelligent Technical Systems / Mareen Va€holz, Roman Dumitrescu, Jürgen Gausemeier
    Smart Systems Design Methodologies and Tools / Nicola Bombieri, Franco Fummi, Giuliana Gangemi, Michelangelo Grosso, Enrico Macii, Massimo Poncino, Salvatore Rinaudo
    Sensor Technologies. Microelectromechanical Systems (MEMS) / Li Yunjia
    Fiber-Optic Sensors / Yi Yang, Kevin Chen, Nikhil Gupta
    Electronics Development for Integration / Jan Vanfleteren
    Material Integration Solutions. Sensor Integration in Fiber-Reinforced Polymers / Maryam Kahali Moghaddam, Mariugenia Salas, Michael Koerdt, Christian Brauner, Martina Hübner, Dirk Lehmhus, Walter Lang
    Integration in Sheet Metal Structures / Welf-Guntram Drossel, Roland Müller, Matthias Nestler, Sebastian Hensel
    Sensor and Electronics Integration in Additive Manufacturing / Dirk Lehmhus, Matthias Busse
    Signal and Data Processing: The Sensor Node Level. Analog Sensor Signal Processing and Analog-to-Digital Conversion / John Horstmann, Marco Ramsbeck, Stefan Bosse
    Digital Real-Time Data Processing with Embedded Systems / Stefan Bosse, Dirk Lehmhus
    The Known World: Model-Based Computing and Inverse Numeric / Armin Lechleiter, Stefan Bosse
    The Unknown World: Model-Free Computing and Machine Learning / Stefan Bosse
    Robustness and Data Fusion / Stefan Bosse
    Networking and Communication: The Sensor Network Level. Communication Hardware / Tim Tiedemann
    Networks and Communication Protocols / Stefan Bosse
    Distributed and Cloud Computing: The Big Machine / Stefan Bosse
    The Mobile Agent and Multiagent Systems / Stefan Bosse
    Energy Supply. Energy Management and Distribution / Stefan Bosse
    Microenergy Storage / Robert Kun, Chi Chen, Francesco Ciucci
    Energy Harvesting / Rolanas Dauksevicius, Danick Briand
    Application Scenarios. Structural Health Monitoring (SHM) / Dirk Lehmhus, Matthias Busse
    Achievements and Open Issues Toward Embedding Tactile Sensing and Interpretation into Electronic Skin Systems / Ali Ibrahim, Luigi Pinna, Lucia Seminara, Maurizio Valle
    Intelligent Materials in Machine Tool Applications: A Review / Hans-Christian Möhring
    New Markets/Opportunities through Availability of Product Life Cycle Data / Thorsten Wuest, Karl Hribernik, Klaus-Dieter Thoben
    Human-Computer Interaction with Novel and Advanced Materials / Tanja Döring, Robert Porzel, Rainer Malaka
    Index
    Digital Access Wiley 2018
  • Digital
    edited by Katsuhiko Ariga and Mitsuhiro Ebara.
    Contents:
    Change Thinking toward Nanoarchitectonics / Katsuhiko Ariga, Masakazu Aono
    Zero- and One-Dimensional Nanoarchitectonics. Architectonics in Nanoparticles / Qingmin Ji, Xinbang Liu, Ke Yin
    Aspects of One-Dimensional Nanostructures: Synthesis, Characterization, and Applications / Amit Dalui, Ali Hossain Khan, Bapi Pradhan, Srabanti Ghosh, Somobrata Acharya
    Tubular Nanocontainers for Drug Delivery / Yusuf Darrat, Ekaterina Naumenko, Giuseppe Cavallaro, Giuseppe Lazzara, Yuri Lvov, Rawil Fakhrullin
    Two-Dimensional Nanoarchitectonics. Graphene Nanotechnology / Katsunori Wakabayashi
    Nanoarchitectonics of Multilayer Shells toward Biomedical Application / Wei Cui, Junbai Li
    Layered Nanoarchitectonics with Layer-by-Layer Assembly Strategy for Biomedical Applications / Wei Qi, Jing Yan
    Emerging 2D Materials / Ken Sakaushi
    Three-Dimensional and Hierarchic Nanoarchitectonics. Self-Assembly and Directed Assembly / Hejin Jiang, Yutao Sang, Li Zhang, Minghua Liu
    Functional Porous Materials / Watcharop Chaikittisilp
    Integrated Composites and Hybrids / Shenmin Zhu, Hui Pan, Mengdan Xia
    Shape-Memory Materials / Koichiro Uto
    Materials Nanoarchitectonics for Application 1: Physical and Chemical. Optically Active Organic Field-Effect Transistors / Yutaka Wakayama
    Efficient Absorption of Sunlight Using Resonant Nanoparticles for Solar Heat Applications / Satoshi Ishii, Kai Chen, Ramu P Sugavaneshwar, Hideo Okuyama, Thang D Dao, Satish L Shinde, Manpreet Kaur, Masahiro Kitajima, Tadaaki Nagao
    Nanoarchitectonics Approach for Sensing / Katsuhiko Ariga
    Self-Healing / Takeshi Sato, Mitsuhiro Ebara
    Materials Nanoarchitectonics for Application 2: Biological and Biomedical. Materials Nanoarchitectonics: Drug Delivery System / Yohei Kotsuchibashi
    Mechanobiology / Jun Nakanishi
    Diagnostics / Mitsuhiro Ebara
    Immunoengineering / Yasuhiro Nakagawa, Mitsuhiro Ebara.
    Digital Access Wiley 2018
  • Digital
    Tomoaki Ikeda, Chizuko Aoki-Kamiya, editors.
    Contents:
    Intro; Preface; Contents; 1: Antepartum Management of Women with Cardiovascular Disease; 1.1 Introduction; 1.2 Cardiovascular and Other Physiological Changes During Pregnancy and Delivery (Tables 1.2 and 1.3, Fig. 1.3); 1.2.1 Hemodynamic Changes (Fig. 1.4); 1.2.2 Hematological Changes: Hypercoagulable State, Anemia; 1.2.3 Respiratory Change; 1.2.4 Great Arterial Wall; 1.2.5 Autonomic Nervous System; 1.2.6 Hormonal Change; 1.3 Cardiac Assessment Before Pregnancy; 1.4 Prepregnancy Counseling; 1.5 Cardiac Monitoring of the Mother During Pregnancy 1.6 Hemodynamic Assessment During Pregnancy1.7 Psychosocial Issues; 1.8 Arrhythmias; 1.9 Cardiac Failure; 1.10 Drug Therapy During Pregnancy; 1.11 Care Facilities for Pregnancy; 1.12 Invasive Treatment During Pregnancy; 1.13 Infective Endocarditis; 1.14 Summary; 1.15 Conclusions; References; 2: Intrapartum Management; 2.1 Intrapartum Physiological Changes; 2.2 Timing of Delivery; 2.3 Mode of Delivery; 2.3.1 Management of Vaginal Delivery; 2.3.2 Management of Cesarean Delivery; 2.4 Maternal Monitoring; References; 3: Obstetric Anesthesia; 3.1 General Considerations 3.1.1 Maternal Risk Stratification for Cesarean
    Section in Cardiovascular Disease3.1.2 Physiological Changes in Pregnancy (See Chaps.1 and 2); 3.1.2.1 Hemodynamic Changes; 3.1.2.2 Respiratory Changes; 3.1.2.3 Hemostatic Changes; 3.1.2.4 Fetal Oxygenation; 3.1.3 Multidisciplinary Communications; 3.2 Neuraxial Versus General Anesthesia for Cesarean Section; 3.2.1 Elective Cesarean Section; 3.2.2 Emergency Cesarean Section; 3.3 Contingency Plans; 3.4 Neuraxial Anesthesia; 3.4.1 A Suggested Technique for Epidural Anesthesia; 3.4.2 Alternative Neuraxial Techniques 3.4.3 Platelet Count Thresholds3.4.4 Failed Block; 3.5 General Anesthesia; 3.5.1 Monitoring; 3.5.2 Induction; 3.5.3 Maintenance; 3.5.4 Ventilatory Strategies; 3.5.5 Emergence; 3.6 Hemodynamic Management; 3.6.1 Arrhythmia; 3.6.2 Specific Diseases; 3.6.2.1 Pulmonary Arterial Hypertension; 3.6.2.2 Fontan Palliation; 3.6.2.3 Cardiovascular Surgery with Cardiopulmonary Bypass; 3.6.2.4 Maternal Cardiac Transplant; 3.6.3 Cardiopulmonary Resuscitation; 3.7 Postoperative Management; 3.7.1 Hemodynamic Management; 3.7.2 Postoperative Analgesia; 3.8 Conclusion; References 4: Postpartum Management4.1 The Immediate Puerperium Management; 4.2 The Late Puerperium Management; 4.3 Breast-Feeding and Cardiovascular Disease; 4.3.1 Physiology of Breast-Feeding; 4.3.2 Breast-Feeding and Cardiovascular Disease; 4.3.3 Breast-Feeding and Medication; 4.4 Impact of Pregnancy on Long-Term Outcomes; 4.5 Relations Between Peripartum and Later Cardiovascular Events; References; 5: Preconception Counseling and Contraception; 5.1 Overview of Preconception Counseling; 5.2 Risk Assessment of Pregnancy with  Cardiovascular Disease
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    John H. Wilson, William T. Schnettler, Adam M. Lubert, Gruschen R. Veldtman, Andrea Kelley Girnius.
    Summary: Heart disease is currently the leading cause of maternal mortality in developed countries and is expected to increase further due to advanced maternal age and conditions such as type 2 diabetes. Maternal Cardiac Care: A Guide to Managing Pregnant Women with Heart Disease is an up-to-date, multidisciplinary resource for physicians and advanced practice nurses caring for pregnant patients with a variety of preexisting and emerging cardiac issues. Offers comprehensive information on caring for women with heart disease, in an easy-to-follow, quick-access format. Shares knowledge from a multidisciplinary group of experts who are well versed in the team approach needed to treat this high-risk patient population. Includes extensive references for readers who want to delve more deeply into specific subjects. Ideal for obstetricians, internists, cardiologists, critical care specialists, and advanced practice nurses involved in caring for pregnant patients, as well as institutions and departments that need detailed guidance on establishing a maternal cardiac care program.

    Contents:
    Physiologic Adaptations to Pregnancy
    The Cardiac Physical Examination in Pregnancy
    Obstetric Care for Nonobstetricians
    Prepregnancy Counseling
    Cardiac Conditions That May Affect Pregnancy
    Obstetric Events That Affect Cardiac Patients
    Managing Specific Cardiac Conditions During Pregnancy, Labor, and Delivery
    Peripartum Cardiomyopathy
    Endocarditis in Pregnancy
    Arrhythmias During Pregnancy
    Fetal Tachycardia
    An Overview: Pharmacology During Pregnancy
    The Use of Cardiac Drugs During Pregnancy
    Anticoagulation During Pregnancy
    Cardiac Effects of Drugs Commonly Used in Obstetrics
    Cardiac Effects of Anesthetic Agents That May Be Used in Labor and Delivery
    Anesthesia for Cardiac Patients During Labor and Delivery
    Anesthesia for Nonobstetric Procedures During Pregnancy
    Cardiac Testing During Pregnancy
    Cardiac Intervention During Pregnancy
    Cardiac Surgery During Pregnancy
    Cardiac Arrest in Pregnancy
    The Maternal Cardiac Care Team and the Maternal Cardiac Care Facility
    Assessment of Maternal Risk and Assessment of Fetal Risk
    The Patient Management Plan
    Nursing Considerations
    Pregnancy After Heart Transplant
    COVID-19 in Pregnant Patients
    Breastfeeding
    Contraception
    Termination of Pregnancy
    Infertility Treatment
    Genetic Counseling
    Substance Abuse in Pregnancy
    The Placenta.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2023
  • Digital
    David A. Schwartz, editor.
    Summary: This ambitious sourcebook surveys both the traditional basis for and the present state of indigenous women's reproductive health in Mexico and Central America. Noted practitioners, specialists, and researchers take an interdisciplinary approach to analyze the multiple barriers for access and care to indigenous women that had been complicated by longstanding gender inequities, poverty, stigmatization, lack of education, war, obstetrical violence, and differences in language and customs, all of which contribute to unnecessary maternal morbidity and mortality. Emphasis is placed on indigenous cultures and folkways--from traditional midwives and birth attendants to indigenous botanical medication and traditional healing and spiritual practices--and how they may effectively coexist with modern biomedical care. Throughout these chapters, the main theme is clear: the rights of indigenous women to culturally respective reproductive health care and a successful pregnancy leading to the birth of healthy children. A sampling of the topics: Motherhood and modernization in a Yucatec village Maternal morbidity and mortality in Honduran Miskito communities Solitary birth and maternal mortality among the Rarámuri of Northern Mexico Maternal morbidity and mortality in the rural Trifino region of Guatemala The traditional Ngäbe-Buglé midwives of Panama Characterizations of maternal death among Mayan women in Yucatan, Mexico Unintended pregnancy, unsafe abortion, and unmet need in Guatemala Maternal Death and Pregnancy-Related Morbidity Among Indigenous Women of Mexico and Central America is designed for anthropologists and other social scientists, physicians, nurses and midwives, public health specialists, epidemiologists, global health workers, international aid organizations and NGOs, governmental agencies, administrators, policy-makers, and others involved in the planning and implementation of maternal and reproductive health care of indigenous women in Mexico and Central America, and possibly other geographical areas.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Bengt Källén.
    Summary: This book is the combination of the literature on maternal drug use and birth defects with a set of new data on most types of drugs. In this book, for each group of drugs the relevant scientific literature on drug teratogenicity is presented, with consideration of possible sources of error and also what the findings may mean from a practical point of view. The book also adds data from the Swedish health registers for 1996-2013 based on more than 1.7 million early-pregnancy midwife interviews. Maternal Drug Use and Infant Congenital Malformations will find an engaged audience among people working within the field, and will be of interest to healthcare providers, especially obstetricians and other clinicians who treat women of childbearing age. -- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Intro; Preface; Contents; Abbreviations;
    Chapter 1: Background; Introduction; Ascertainment of Congenital Malformations; Other Outcomes; Ascertainment of Maternal Drug Use; Case-Control Methods; Prospective Methods Based on Interviews or Questionnaires; Teratology Information Services (TIS); Pregnancy Registers; Medical Documents and Prescription Registers; The Swedish Health Registers; Confounding; Mass Significance; References;
    Chapter 2: Maternal Use of Antacids or Drugs for Gastroesophageal Reflux Diagnosis (GERD) or Stomach Ulcer and Infant Congenital Malformations; Introduction Data from the Swedish Health RegistersMalformation Risk After Maternal Use of Antacids; Malformation Risk After Maternal Use of Drugs for GERD; Discussion; References;
    Chapter 3: Maternal Use of Drugs for Intestinal Problems, Except Intestinal Inflammations, and Infant Congenital Malformations; Introduction; Data from the Swedish Health Registers; Malformation Risk After the Use of Drugs for Functional Intestinal Disorders; Malformation Risk After the Use of Laxatives; Malformation Risk After the Use of Drugs for Intestinal Infections; Malformation Risk After the Use of Drugs for Diarrhea Malformation Risk After the Use of Anti-Propulsive Drugs (Loperamide)Discussion; References;
    Chapter 4: Maternal Use of Drugs for Inflammatory Intestinal Disease and Infant Congenital Malformations; Introduction; Data from the Swedish Health Registers; Congenital Malformations After Maternal Use of Drugs for Intestinal Inflammatory Disease; Discussion; References;
    Chapter 5: Maternal Use of Anti-Obesity Drugs and Infant Congenital Malformations; Introduction; Data from the Swedish Health Registers; Discussion; References
    Chapter 6: Maternal Use of Insulin or Oral Hypoglycemic Drugs and Infant Congenital MalformationsIntroduction; Data from the Swedish Health Registers; Insulin; Oral Hypoglycemic Agents; Discussion; References;
    Chapter 7: Maternal Use of Vitamins and Infant Congenital Malformation; Introduction; Data form the Swedish Health Registers; Malformation Risk After Maternal Use of Multivitamins; Malformation Risk After Maternal Use of Folic Acid; Malformation Risk After Maternal Use of Vitamin B12; Malformation Risk After Maternal Use of Some Other Vitamins; Discussion; References
    Chapter 8: Maternal Use of Anticoagulants or Hemostatic Drugs and Infant Congenital MalformationsIntroduction; Data from the Swedish Health Registers; Malformation Risk After Maternal Use of Anticoagulants; Malformation Risk After Maternal Use of Hemostatics; Discussion; References;
    Chapter 9: Maternal Use of Drugs for Cardiovascular Diseases and Infant Congenital Malformations; Introduction; Anti-hypertensives; Statins; Data from the Swedish Health Registers; Cardiac Therapy; Drugs Used at Hypertension; Other Anti-hypertensive Drugs; Diuretics; Beta-Blocking Agents; Calcium Channel Blockers
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Zoe Z. Dai.
    Summary: This brief explores the resurgence of the role of doulas in the child birthing process in Chinese clinical settings, as a lens to understand comparative pre- and post-natal care worldwide. The demand for doulas in China is increasing, and the rise in the use of doulas is thought to be due to increasing dissatisfaction with current institutional maternity health care. Attention is focused on Chinese women's relationships with their bodies and on women's experiences of choice, agency, and access to health and reproductive services as well as maternal health care information and support. Chapters present an overview of the current experience of pre- and post- natal care in China. In addition, chapters explore interview data on how Chinese doulas construct multiple identities, in terms of serving as lactation consultants, child care providers, and child care educators for women during pregnancy and childbirth. Maternal Healthcare and Doulas in China will be of interest to researchers in public health and health policy, particularly with an interest in maternal health or Asian studies, as well as, health practitioners, and clinicians who are interested in issues related to women, maternity, health care, childbirth, and feminist research in China.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1: Introduction
    Chapter 2: Critical Health Communication and Feminism
    Chapter 3: Career Motivations for Doulas
    Chapter 4: Sisterhood: Sisters, Families, or Emotional Labour?
    Chapter 5: Medical Procedures and Discourses Around Women's Bodies
    Chapter 6: Disagreements and Conflicts: Who is in Charge of the Delivery Room?
    Chapter 7: Looking Forward
    Concluding Thoughts and A New Beginning.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    edited by Christoph Lees, Wilfried Gyselaers.
    Summary: Discover new concepts in cardiovascular and hemodynamic functionality during pregnancy, with international experts in feto-maternal medicine. During the early stages of pregnancy, the maternal heart and circulation are subject to major gestational adaptive changes that allow for a normal course and outcome for both mother and baby. Any disruption to these processes can precipitate the onset of severe maternal and fetal complications such as preeclampsia, or intrauterine growth restriction. This invaluable reference work provides a comprehensive discussion of each aspect of the circulation. With a focus on the physiologic and pathophysiologic aspects of maternal cardiovascular function, this guide supports non-invasive assessment, management and prevention techniques for cardiovascular disease, for all stages of fetal and neonatal life. This text supports researchers and specialists in maternal-fetal medicine, whilst providing a key grounding in the topic, for trainees wishing to be at the cutting edge of theories and research.

    Contents:
    Cardiovascular and volume regulatory functions in pregnancy : an overview / Louis L. Peeters
    Cardiac function / Herbert valensise & Giuseppe Novelli & D. Farsetti
    The venous compartment in normal pregnancy / Kathleen Tomsin & Wilfried Gyselaers
    The microcirculation / Jerome Cornette & Andreas Bruckmann
    Plasma volume changes in pregnancy / Marc Spaanderman & Anneleen Staelens
    Arterial function in pathological pregnancies / Asma Khalil & Sylvia Salvi
    Cardiac dysfunction in hypertensive pregnancy / H. Valensise & G.P. Novelli
    Dysfunction of the venous system before and during preeclampsia / Sharona Vonck & Wilfried Gyselaers
    Microvascular findings in pathological pregnancy / Andreas Bruckmann & Jerome Cornette
    How to assess arterial function? / Helen Perry, Carmel Mceniery, Asma Khalil
    How to do a maternal venous doppler assessment? / Wilfried Gyselaers
    Non-invasive techniques of measuring cardiac output during pregnancy / Victoria Meah, Erik Stohr, John Cockcroft
    Techniques of measuring plasma volume changes in pregnancy / Anneleen Staelens & Marc Spaanderman
    Treatment options of hypertension in pregnancy / Foo L., Tay J., Wilkinson I.B.
    Aspirin / Shireen Meher
    Vascular endothelial growth factor gene therapy in the management of cardiovascular problems in pregnancy / Y. Ginsberg & Anna David
    No donors in preeclampsia / Thomas R. Everett, Taminrit Johal, and Christoph C. Lees
    Vasodilatation and fluid expansion / Herbert Valensise, D. Lo Presti, Marc Spaanderman
    Beyond temporal classification of early and late preeclampsia / Ferrazzi E., Di Martino D., Stampalija T., Muggiasca M.L.
    Chemotherapy and cardiovascular function in pregnancy / Kristel van Calsteren
    Maternal cardiovascular disease after preeclampsia / Johannes Duvekot.
    Digital Access Cambridge 2018
  • Digital
    Luis D. Pacheco, George R. Saade, Gary D.V. Hankins.
    Summary: Focusing primarily on diagnosis and management, this unique reference delivers algorithmic care of the pregnant woman. Confidently diagnose and treat common pregnancy complications with this unique algorithmic approachMaternal Medicine is point-of-care reference designed to help you effectively treat conditions that often coexist with pregnancy. Focusing primarily on diagnosis and management with the goal of limiting complications early, the chapters focus on specific conditions rather than organ systems. This practical guide is designed to impart important relevant information that enables you to deliver patient care based on recommendations provided by experts in each field and grounded in the latest clinical evidence (when available). The authors have carefully selected topics that reflect conditions most often encountered in clinical practice. Coverage of each topic includes antepartum, intra-partum, and post-partum management, enabling you to deliver complete, uninterrupted patient care. You will find all the data you need in one convenient reference, including tables, tips, medication dosages, contraindications, lab values, diagnostic criteria, management algorithms, and levels of evidence. Luis D. Pacheco, MD is Associate Professor, Departments of Obstetrics and Gynecology and Anesthesiology, Divisions of Maternal-Fetal Medicine and Surgical Critical Care, Director of Project # Obstetrical Patient Safety, and Director of Residency Education Program in Surgical Intensive Care Unit, University of Texas Medical Branch, Galveston, Texas. George R. Saade, MD is Jennie Sealy Smith Distinguished Chair, Professor of ObGyn and Cell Biology, Chief of Obstetrics and Maternal-Fetal Medicine, and Director of Perinatal Research Division, University of Texas Medical Branch, Galveston, Texas. Gary D.V. Hankins, MD is Professor and Chairman, Garland D. Anderson, MD Distinguished University Chair in Maternal-Fetal Medicine, University of Texas Medical Branch, Galveston, Texas.

    Contents:
    Epilepsy and pregnancy
    Headache and pregnancy
    Meningitis
    Stroke
    Structural heart disease
    Myocardial infarction
    Treatment of arrhythmias during pregnancy
    Pulmonary edema in pregnancy
    Pneumonia and tuberculosis in pregnancy
    Asthma
    Pulmonary hypertension
    Hypertensive disorders
    Diabetes
    Thyroid disease
    Acute and chronic kidney disease
    Practical considerations for HIV care in pregnancy
    Obesity
    Lupus and collagen diseases
    Hepatitis
    Gastrointestinal bleeding in pregnancy
    Nausea, vomiting, and reflux
    Acute pancreatitis
    Peripheral neuromuscular diseases
    Depression in pregnancy
    Thrombophilias
    Anemia during pregnancy
    Breast cancer
    Other cancers
    Hematologic malignancies in pregnancy
    Deep venous thrombosis and pulmonary embolism
    Disseminated intravascular coagulopathy
    Severe sepsis
    Burn injuries in pregnancy
    Transplantation, pregnancy, and maternal-fetal medicine
    Pruritus in pregnancy
    Diagnositic imaging in pregnancy
    Physiologic and pharmacologic changes in pregnancy
    Physiologic and pharmacologic changes in pregnancy
    Pregnancy as a window to future health.
    Digital Access AccessObGyn 2015
  • Digital
    Kusum Jashnani, editor.
    Summary: The book discusses about 45 cases of maternal autopsies. These maternal mortalities are related to pregnancy-related diseases, pre-existing diseases that worsen or manifest during pregnancy and diseases for which pregnant patient has increased risk. As the study of maternal mortality is a healthcare quality indicator and plays an important role in the improvement of obstetric care, the book aims at discussing autopsy findings, which is the gold standard for establishing not only the causes of death, but also to uncover the various pathological lesions produced by the physiologic phenomenon of pregnancy. This helps in identifying the direct and indirect causes, which can be reviewed at multidisciplinary review meetings. The chapters are arranged according to direct and indirect causes of maternal death, involving varied target organ systems i.e. central nervous system, cardiovascular system, respiratory system, gastro-intestinal tract, hepato-biliary system and pancreas, urinary system, female genital tract and others. However, it does not include diseases coincidental in pregnancy. Each case begins with the complete case history (age, duration of pregnancy, clinical presentation, investigations, clinical diagnosis, therapy, and course during ward stay, if any), autopsy findings, followed by a clinico-pathological discussion and includes appropriate gross organ and microscopic images. The book caters to the specialists in pathology, obstetrics, general medicine, critical care, surgery, pulmonologists, cardiology and all those involved in the care of pregnant women.

    Contents:
    Part: I - Direct Maternal Death
    Catastrophic Abruptio Placentae- An Autopsy Case Series
    Liver Infarct in Pregnancy: A Complex, Rare and Dreadful Affair
    Cerebral Venous Sinus Thrombosis An Avertable Catastrophe
    Fatty Liver: More Likely to be Fatal in Pregnancy!
    Eclampsia: A Risk Factor for Intracranial Haemorrhage
    Cervical Trauma: Clinical Conundrum and Correlation
    Amniotic Fluid Embolism Syndrome: A Rare, Unpredictable and Catastrophic Complication of Pregnancy
    Systemic Thromboembolism and Giant Gastric Mucor Ulcer
    Puerperal Sepsis: A Preventable Cause of Maternal Death
    Peri-partum Cardiomyopathy- Failed Cardiac Physiology
    HELLP Syndrome: The Snowball Effect
    Uterine Anomalies: Less Common but Lethal if not Detected
    Retained Products of Conception and Dilatation & Curettage: A cause for Disseminated Intravascular Coagulation
    Part: II - Indirect Maternal Death
    Pulmonary Bone Marrow Embolism: The Uncommon but Fatal Complication of Sickle Cell Disease
    Neurocysticercosis, Pregnancy and Albendazole The Unholy Trio
    Lupus Nephritis and Pregnancy: Concern for Both Mother and Fetus
    Disseminated Microthrombi in Pregnancy: Not Always DIC, Think of TTP
    Hepatitis E Virus Associated Hepatic Necrosis
    H1N1 Influenza in Pregnancy Yet Another Dreaded Flu
    "Uber Diffuse" Myocarditis: Still a Giant Mystery!
    Liver: A Fatal Target of Sepsis Related Organ Dysfunction
    Complicated Malaria in Pregnancy
    Adrenal Hemorrhage: A Dark Horse in Maternal Mortality
    Disseminated Miliary Tuberculosis: A classic Case of Fatality!
    Disseminated Miliary TB with Missing Millet Tubercles on Gross: Suspect Severe Immunocompromised State
    Mystic Hepatopathy in a Sickle Hemoglobinopathy
    Acute Hemorrhagic Pancreatitis and Sepsis: A Cause for Maternal Death
    Maternal Death due to Nonhodgkins Lymphoma
    Normal Physiologic Changes of Gravid Uterus
    Lobar Pneumonia: A Fatal Non-Obstetric Infection!
    Uterine Arterio-Venous Malformation
    Herpes Simplex Pneumonitis
    Renal Cortical Necrosis in Pregnancy: Still a Sad Reality in Developing Countries
    Severe Anaemia and Pregnancy
    Hypertrophic Cardiomyopathy as an Incidental Finding
    Gastro-Intestinal Candidiasis An Unusual Accompaniment
    Plugging of Visceral Blood Vessels by Atypical Cells: Clue to Leukemia!
    Chronic Kidney Disease Masquerading as Pregnancy Induced Hypertension
    Pulmonary Edema and Aspiration Pneumonia- Cause for Maternal Death
    Post-Partum Febrile Illness - Recurrent Acute Rheumatic Fever
    Common Atrio-Ventricular Canal: A Fatality Due to A Commonality
    Choked Prosthetic Mitral Valve
    Interstitial Lung Disease: Scarred, Stiff Lungs with Honeycombing
    Diffuse Alveolar Damage in Covid 19 infection
    Takayasu Arteritis Third Trimester Tragedy.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    by George Mias.
    Summary: This book offers a comprehensive introduction to using Mathematica and the Wolfram Language for Bioinformatics. The chapters build gradually from basic concepts and the introduction of the Wolfram Language and coding paradigms in Mathematica, to detailed worked examples derived from typical research applications using Wolfram Language code. The coding examples range from basic sequence analysis, accessing genomic databases, and differential gene expression, to time series analysis of longitudinal omics experiments, multi-omics integration and building dynamic interactive bioinformatics tools using the Wolfram Language. The topics address the daily bioinformatics needs of a broad audience: experimental users looking to understand and visualize their data, beginner bioinformaticians acquiring coding expertise in providing biological research solutions, and practicing expert bioinformaticians working on omics who wish to expand their toolset to include the Wolfram Language.

    Contents:
    1 Introduction to Bioinformatics
    2. A Mathematica Primer for Bioinformaticians
    3. Statistics for Genomic Analysis
    4. Genomic Sequences
    5. Databases
    6. Transcriptomics
    7. Proteomics
    8. Metabolomics
    9. Systems Biology
    10. Networks
    11. Time Series Analysis
    12. Omics Integration and Systems Medicine
    13. Bioinformatics Development with Mathematica.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Carmen Molina-París, Grant Lythe, editors.
    Summary: The purpose of this book is to present current mathematical and computational models that are used to describe and characterise the immunology of T cells. The reader will be exposed to a variety of tools/methods that go hand-in-hand with the T cell-mediated immunological process that is being modelled. We aim in the proposed book to emphasise the role that mathematical (or computational) modelling has already played in Immunology. Each chapter will provide an example of the contribution of mathematics to T cell immunology under one of the following four headings: i) Generation of hypotheses, ii) Quantification of immunological processes, iii) Definition of observables to measure given an experimental objective, iv) reconciling disparate (or even conflicting) experimental results.

    Contents:
    Cytokine receptor signaling and CD4/CD8 lineage choice during T cell development in the thymus
    An agent-based model of T helper cell fate decisions in the thymus
    Modelling naive T cell homeostasis
    Mechanistic models of CD4 T cell homeostasis and reconstitution in health and disease
    Section 1MODELING THE DYNAMICS OF CD4+ T CELLS IN HIV- 1 INFECTION
    Modelling the response to Interleukin-7 therapy in HIV-infected patients
    Modeling immunopathology during persistent viral infections
    Delay in differentiation may suggest division of labour in models for CD8+ T cell differentiation
    Inferring differentiation order in adaptive immune responses from population level data
    Experimental and mathematical approaches to quantify recirculation kinetics of lymphocytes
    The public face and private lives of T cell receptor repertoires
    Population dynamics of immune repertoires
    Mathematical Modelling of T cell activation
    Agent-based model of heterogeneous T cell activation in vitro
    CTLA-4 mediated ligand trans-endocytosis: a stochastic model
    Automated gating and dimension reduction of high-dimensional cytometry data
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    edited by Marinella Cappelletti and Wim Fias.
    Contents:
    Chapter 1 - Neuronal foundations of human numerical representations / E. Eger
    Chapter 2 - What counts in estimation? The nature of the preverbal system / V. Karolis, B. Butterworth
    Chapter 3 - Core mathematical abilities in infants: Number and much more / M.D. de Hevia
    Chapter 4 - Cognitive and brain systems underlying early mathematical development / D.C. Geary, A.M. Moore
    Chapter 5 - Individual differences in children's mathematics achievement: The roles of symbolic numerical magnitude processing and domain-general cognitive functions / K. Vanbinst, B. De Smedt
    Chapter 6 - Similarity interference in learning and retrieving arithmetic facts / A. De Visscher, M.-P. Noël
    Chapter 7 - Memory and cognitive control circuits in mathematical cognition and learning / V. Menon
    Chapter 8 - On the ordinality of numbers: A review of neural and behavioral studies / I.M. Lyons, S.E. Vogel, D. Ansari
    Chapter 9 - On the instability and constraints of the interaction between number representation and spatial attention in healthy humans: A concise review of the literature and new experimental evidence / E. Fattorini, M. Pinto, S. Merola, M. D?Onofrio, F. Doricchi
    Chapter 10 - Age-related changes in strategic variations during arithmetic problem solving: The role of executive control / T. Hinault, P. Lemaire
    Chapter 11 - Subtypes and comorbidity in mathematical learning disabilities: Multidimensional study of verbal and visual memory processes is key to understanding / D. Szűcs
    Chapter 12 - Neurocognitive accounts of developmental dyscalculia and its remediation / T. Iuculano
    Chapter 13 - Approximate numerical abilities and mathematics: Insight from correlational and experimental training studies / D.C. Hyde, I. Berteletti, Y. Mou
    Chapter 14 - Brain stimulation, mathematical, and numerical training: Contribution of core and noncore skills / C.Y. Looi, R. Cohen Kadosh
    Index
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2016
  • Digital
    edited by Matthias Dehmer, Frank Emmert-Streib, Zengqiang Chen, Xueliang Li, and Yongtang Shi.
    Contents:
    Entropy and Renormalization in Chaotic Visibility Graphs / Bartolo Luque, Fernando Javier Ballesteros, Alberto Robledo, Lucas Lacasa
    Generalized Entropies of Complex and Random Networks / Vladimir Gudkov
    Information Flow and Entropy Production on Bayesian Networks / Sosuke Ito, Takahiro Sagawa
    Entropy, Counting, and Fractional Chromatic Number / Seyed Saeed Changiz Rezaei
    Graph Entropy: Recent Results and Perspectives / Xueliang Li, Meiqin Wei
    Statistical Methods in Graphs: Parameter Estimation, Model Selection, and Hypothesis Test / Suzana de Siqueira Santos, Daniel Yasumasa Takahashi, Joao Ricardo Sato, Carlos Eduardo Ferreira, Andre Fujita
    Graph Entropies in Texture Segmentation of Images / Martin Welk
    Information Content Measures and Prediction of Physical Entropy of Organic Compounds / Chandan Raychaudhury, Debnath Pal
    Application of Graph Entropy for Knowledge Discovery and Data Mining in Bibliometric Data / Andre Calero Valdez, Matthias Dehmer, Andreas Holzinger.
    Digital Access Wiley 2016
  • Digital
    edited by Stefano Ramat, Aasef G. Shaikh.
    Summary: Mathematical Modelling in Motor Neuroscience: State of the Art and Translation to the Clinic, Gaze Orienting Mechanisms and Disease, Volume 249, the latest release in the Progress in Brain Research series, highlights new advances in the field, with this new volume presenting interesting chapters on a variety of topics, including Sequential Bayesian updating, Maps and Sensorimotor Transformations for Eye-Head Gaze Shifts: Role of the Midbrain Superior Colliculus, Modeling Gaze Position-Dependent Opsoclonus, Eye Position-Dependent Opsoclonus in Mild Traumatic Brain Injury, Saccades in Parkinson's disease -- hypometric, slow, and maladaptive, Brainstem Neural Circuits for Fixation and Generation of Saccadic Eye Movements, and much more.

    Contents:
    Section I: Didactic : Modeling: 1. Sequential Bayesian updating as a model for human perception / Stefan Glasauer
    2. Maps and sensorimotor transformations for eye-head gaze shifts: Role of the midbrain superior colliculus / A. John van Opstal, Bahadir Kasap
    3. Modeling gaze position-dependent opsoclonus / Lance M. Optican, Janet C. Rucker, John-Ross Rizzo, Todd E. Hudson. Section II: Didactic : Translational: 4. Eye position-dependent opsoclonus in mild traumatic brain injury / John-Ross Rizzo, Todd E. Hudson, Alexandra J. Sequeira, Weiwei Dai, Yash Chaudhry, John Martone, David S. Zee, Lance M. Optican, Laura J. Balcer, Steven L. Galetta, Janet C. Rucker. Section III: Research : Saccades: 5. Saccades in Parkinson's disease : hypometric, slow, and maladaptive / Aasef G. Shaikh, Fatema F. Ghasia
    6. Brainstem neural circuits for fixation and generation of saccadic eye movements / Yoshikazu Shinoda, Mayu Takahashi, Yuriko Sugiuchi
    7. Morphological and electrophysiological characteristics of the commissural system in the superior colliculi for control of eye movements / Mayu Takahashi
    8. Potassium channels in omnipause neurons / Ümit S. Mayadali, Karoline Lienbacher, Michael Mustari, Michael Strupp, Anja K.E. Horn
    9. The cerebellum improves the precision of antisaccades by a latency-duration trade-off / Pietro Piu, Elena Pretegiani, Francesca Rosini, Valeria Serchi, Domenica Zaino, Tommaso Chiantini, Alessandra Rufa
    10. Saccade variability in healthy subjects and cerebellar patients / Thomas Eggert, Andreas Straube
    11. Electrical stimulation in a spiking neural network model of monkey superior colliculus / A. John van Opstal, Bahadir Kasap. Section IV: Research : Adaptation: 12. A neuronal process for adaptive control of primate saccadic system / Yoshiko Kojima
    13. A unified computational framework for visual attention dynamics / Dario Zanca, Marco Gori, Alessandra Rufa
    14. Improving the repeatability of two-rate model parameter estimations by using autoencoder networks / Murat C. Ozdemir, Thomas Eggert, Andreas Straube. Section V: Research : Nystagmus: 15. Rebound nystagmus, a window into the oculomotor integrator / Jorge Otero-Millan, Ayse I. Colpak, Amir Kheradmand, David S. Zee
    16. Central positional nystagmus: Characteristics and model-based explanations / Jeong-Yoon Choi, Ji-Soo Kim
    17. Modulation of acquired monocular pendular nystagmus in multiple sclerosis: A modeling approach / Ileok Jung, Sung-Hee Kim, Hyo-Jung Kim, Jeong-Yoon Choi, Ji-Soo Kim
    18. Fixation instability in amblyopia: Oculomotor disease biomarkers predictive of treatment effectiveness / Matteo Scaramuzzi, Jordan Murray, Jorge Otero-Millan, Paolo Nucci, Aasef G. Shaikh, Fatema F. Ghasia. Section VI: Research : Dystonia: 19. What can kinematic studies tell us about the mechanisms of dystonia? / Anna Sadnicka, Joseph Galea, Mark J. Edwards
    20. Implications of asymmetric neural activity patterns in the basal ganglia outflow in the integrative neural network model for cervical dystonia / Alexey Sedov, Ulia Semenova, Svetlana Usova, Alexey Tomskiy, John Douglas Crawford, Hyder A. Jinnah, Aasef G. Shaikh
    21. A motor control model of task-specific dystonia and its rehabilitation / Anna Sadnicka, Jaume Rosset-Llobet
    22. Tremor in chronic inflammatory demyelinating polyneuropathy: Proof of unifying network model for dystonia / Nataliya Pyatka, Alexey Sedov, Benjamin L. Walter, Hyder A. Jinnah, Aasef G. Shaikh. Section VII: Research : Parkinson's disease: 23. Oculomotor effects of medical and surgical treatments of Parkinson's disease / Salil Patel, James J. Fitzgerald, Chrystalina A. Antoniades
    24. Vestibular heading perception in Parkinson's disease / Sinem Balta Beylergil, Sarah Ozinga, Mark F. Walker, Cameron C. McIntyre, Aasef G. Shaikh
    25. A new approach for estimation of spiketrain patterns in basal ganglia / Vladislav Myrov, Alexey Sedov, Alexey Tomskiy, Ludmila Myrova, Elena Belova. Section VIII: Research : Others: 26. A model-based study of internuclear ophthalmoparesis and ocular-motor fatigue in multiple sclerosis / Jonathan B. Jacobs, Clara Chisari, Margaret M. Skelly, Mark F. Walker, Alessandro Serra
    27. Central positional vertigo : a clinical-imaging study / Emiliano De Schutter, Zachariah O. Adham, Jorge C. Kattah
    28. Eye-hand re-coordination: A pilot investigation of gaze and reach biofeedback in chronic stroke / John-Ross Rizzo, Mahya Beheshti, Azadeh Shafieesabet, James Fung, Maryam Hosseini, Janet C. Rucker, Lawrence H. Snyder, Todd E. Hudson
    29. Kinematics and the neurophysiological study of visually-guided eye movements / Laurent Goffart
    30. Deficient head motor control in functional dizziness : experimental evidence of central sensory-motor dysfunction in persistent physical symptoms / Nadine Lehnen, Lena Schröder, Peter Henningsen, Stefan Glasauer, Cecilia Ramaioli.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2019
  • Digital
    Richard J. Morris, editor.
    Summary: Progress in plant biology relies on the quantification, analysis and mathematical modeling of data over different time and length scales. This book describes common mathematical and computational approaches as well as some carefully chosen case studies that demonstrate the use of these techniques to solve problems at the forefront of plant biology. Each chapter is written by an expert in field with the goal of conveying concepts whilst at the same time providing sufficient background and links to available software for readers to rapidly build their own models and run their own simulations. This book is aimed at postgraduate students and researchers working the field of plant systems biology and synthetic biology, but will also be a useful reference for anyone wanting to get into quantitative plant biology.

    Contents:
    Physical models of plant morphogenesis
    Fluid transport in plants
    Modelling ion channels
    Modelling the plant microtubule cytoskeleton
    Bridging scales from protein function to whole-plant water relations with the OnGuard platform
    Single-cell approaches for understanding morphogenesis using computational morphodynamics
    Modeling plant tissue growth and cell division
    Modeling plant development with l-systems
    Flowering time as a model trait to bridge proximate and evolutionary questions
    All but sleeping? Consequences of soil seed banks on neutral and selective diversity in plant species.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Leszek Pstras and Jacek Waniewski.
    Summary: Beginning with an introduction to kidney function, renal replacement therapies, and an overview of clinical problems associated with haemodialysis, this book explores the principles of the short-term baroreflex regulation of the cardiovascular system and the mechanisms of water and solute transport across the human body from a mathematical model perspective. It synthesizes theoretical physiological concepts and practical aspects of mathematical modelling needed for simulation and quantitative analysis of the haemodynamic response to dialysis therapy. Including an up-to-date review of the literature concerning the modelled physiological mechanisms and processes, the book serves both as an overview of transport and regulatory mechanisms related to the cardiovascular system and body fluids and as a useful reference for the study and development of mathematical models of dynamic physiological processes. Mathematical Modelling of Haemodialysis: Cardiovascular Response, Body Fluid Shifts, and Solute Kinetics is intended for researchers and graduate students in biomedical engineering, physiology, or medicine interested in mathematical modelling of cardiovascular dynamics and fluid and solute transport across the human body, both under physiological conditions and during haemodialysis therapy.

    Contents:
    Introduction to renal replacement therapies and mathematical modelling in physiology
    Mathematical modelling in physiology
    Model structure, equations and parameters
    Model analysis and validation
    Simulation results and model outcomes
    Conclusions, challenges and future research directions.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Alex Fok, Hooi Pin Chew.
    Summary: This book presents a mechanistic approach--mathematical modeling--for carrying out dental materials research. This approach allows researchers to go beyond the null hypothesis and obtain a solution that is more general and therefore predictive for conditions other than those considered in a study. Hence it can be used either on its own or to complement the commonly used statistical approach. Through a series of practical problems with wide-ranging application, the reader will be guided on: How to construct a mathematical model for the behavior of dental materials by making informed assumptions of the physical, chemical, or mechanical situation How to simplify the model by making suitable simplifications How to calibrate the model by calculating the values of key parameters using experimental results How to refine the model when there are discrepancies between predictions and experiments Only elementary calculus is required to follow the examples and all the problems can be solved by using MS Excel© spreadsheets. This is an ideal book for dental materials researchers without a strong mathematical background who are interested in applying a more mechanistic approach to their research to give deeper insight into the problem at hand. Advance praise for Mathematical Models for Dental Materials Research: "This is a nice addition for research students on how to conduct their work and how to manage data analysis. It brings together a number of important aspects of dental materials investigations which has been missing in the literature. The practical examples make it much easier to understand."--Michael F. Burrow, Clinical Professor in Prosthodontics, The University of Hong Kong "The great strengths of this volume are the real world examples of dental materials research in the successive chapters. In turn, this is an outcome of the outstanding expertise of both authors. I warmly recommend this book to the dental biomaterials community worldwide." - David C. Watts, Professor of Biomaterials Science, University of Manchester, UK.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1
    Systematic Errors in Longitudinal Measurements
    Chapter 2
    Endodontic Treatment and Vertical Root Fracture
    Chapter 3
    Debonding of Resin Composite Restorations
    Chapter 4
    Attenuation of Curing Light through Resin Composite Restorations
    Chapter 5
    Release of Ions or Molecules from Dental Restorations
    Chapter 6
    Heat Generated from Dental Resin Composites during Curing
    Chapter 7
    Mechanical Failure of Dental Restorations
    The Weakest-Link Theory
    Chapter 8
    Stability of Dental Implants
    Chapter 9
    Kinetics of Photo-polymerization
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Stanislaw Brzychczy, Roman R. Poznanski.
    Summary: Mathematical Neuroscience is a book for mathematical biologists seeking to discover the complexities of brain dynamics in an integrative way. It is the first research monograph devoted exclusively to the theory and methods of nonlinear analysis of infinite systems based on functional analysis techniques arising in modern mathematics. Neural models that describe the spatio-temporal evolution of coarse-grained variables-such as synaptic or firing rate activity in populations of neurons -and often take the form of integro-differential equations would not normally reflect an integrative approach. This book examines the solvability of infinite systems of reaction diffusion type equations in partially ordered abstract spaces. It considers various methods and techniques of nonlinear analysis, including comparison theorems, monotone iterative techniques, a truncation method, and topological fixed point methods. Infinite systems of such equations play a crucial role in the integrative aspects of neuroscience modeling. The first focused introduction to the use of nonlinear analysis with an infinite dimensional approach to theoretical neuroscience. Combines functional analysis techniques with nonlinear dynamical systems applied to the study of the brain. Introduces powerful mathematical techniques to manage the dynamics and challenges of infinite systems of equations applied to neuroscience modeling.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2014
  • Digital/Print
    by Arne Fisher ; translated from the Danish by Charlotte Dickson and William Boynge ; with introductory notes by M.C. Rorty and F.W. Frankland... v.1-.
    Digital Access Google Books 1922-
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    A175 .F53d 1922
    1
  • Digital
    Fabrizio Gabbiani, Steven James Cox.
    Summary: This book presents a comprehensive introduction to mathematical and computational methods used in neuroscience to describe and model neural components of the brain from ion channels to single neurons, neural networks and their relation to behavior. The book contains more than 200 figures generated using Matlab code available to the student and scholar. Mathematical concepts are introduced hand in hand with neuroscience, emphasizing the connection between experimental results and theory.

    Contents:
    Passive isopotential cell
    Differential equations
    Active isopotential cell
    Quasi-active isopotential cell
    Passive cable
    Fourier series and transforms
    Passive dendritic tree
    Active dendritic tree
    Extracellular potential
    Reduced single neuron models
    Probability and random variables
    Synaptic transmission and quantal release
    Neuronal calcium signaling
    Neurovascular coupling, the BOLD signals and MRI
    Singular value decomposition and applications
    Quantification of spike train variability
    Stochastic processes
    Membrane noise
    Power and cross spectra
    Natural light signals and phototransduction
    Firing rate codes and early vision
    Models of simple and complex cells
    Models of motion detection
    Stochastic estimation theory
    Reverse-correlation and spike train decoding
    Signal detection theory
    Relating neuronal responses and psychophysics
    Population codes
    Neuronal networks
    Solutions to selected exercises.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2017
  • Digital
    edited by Hozefa Ebrahim, David Ashton-Cleary.
    Contents:
    Data analysis and medical statistics / Andrew Biffen and David Ashton-Cleary
    Basic physics and electronics / Emma Foster and Hozefa Ebrahim
    Heat, temperature and humidity / Hozefa Ebrahim and Sean Chadwick
    Behaviour of fluids / Hozefa Ebrahim, Sunita Balla and James Rudge
    Gas measurement and supply / Jonathon Paige
    Gas concentration measurement / Catriona Frankling
    Blood gas analysis / David Connor
    Vapours and vaporizers / Ed Copley
    Ventilators and breathing systems / Dan Shuttleworth and Nick Dodds
    The environment and safety / Lauren Weekes
    Blood pressure measurement / Laura Beard and David Ashton-Cleary
    Cardiac output monitoring / Hozefa Ebrahim and Alistair Burns
    Cardiac support equipment / Katie Ramm and Laura May
    Ultrasound and doppler / David Ashton-Cleary
    Atomic structure, radiation, imaging, and lasers / David Ashton-Cleary and Jumana Hussain
    Electro-biophysiology / Vijay Venkatesh and David Ashton-Cleary.
    Digital Access Cambridge 2019
  • Digital
    Summary: Covers the world's mathematical literature since 1940. Its Author Database identifies authors and possible variations of authors' names as listed in Mathematical Reviews.
    Digital Access Database
  • Digital
    Stormy Attaway.
    Summary: MATLAB has become the standard software tool for solving scientific and engineering problems due to its powerful built-in functions and its ability to program. Assuming no knowledge of programming, this book guides the reader through both programming and built-in functions to easily exploit MATLAB's extensive capabilities for tackling engineering problems. The book starts with programming concepts, such as variables, assignments, and selection statements, moves on to loops, and then solves problems using both the programming concept and the power of MATLAB. In-depth coverage is given to input/output, a topic fundamental to many engineering applications. The third edition of MATLAB: A Practical Introduction to Programming and Problem Solving has been updated to reflect the functionality of the current version of MATLAB. It features new and revised end-of-chapter exercises, stronger coverage of loops and vectorizing, and more engineering applications to help the reader learn this software tool in context. -- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Part 1 Introduction to Programming Using MATLAB
    Introduction to MATLAB
    Vectors and matrices
    Introduction to MATLAB programming
    Selection statements
    Loop statements and vectorizing code
    MATLAB programs
    String manipulation
    Data structures
    Part 2 Advanced Topics for Problem Solving With MATLAB
    Advanced file input and output
    Advanced functions
    Introduction to object-oriented programming and graphics
    Advanced plotting techniques
    Sights and sounds
    Advanced mathematics.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2016
  • Digital
    Pascal Wallisch, Michael E. Lusignan, Marc D. Benayoun, Tanya I. Baker, Adam S. Dickey, Nicholas G. Hatsopoulous.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2014
  • Print
    im Auftrage der Universität Basel ; hrsg. von Jans Georg Wackernagel.
    Contents:
    1. Bd. 1460-1529
    2. Bd. 1532/33-1600/01
    3. Bd. 1601/02-1665/66
    4. Bd. 1666/67-1725/26
    5. Bd. 1726/27-1817/18.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: History - LC Classification (Downstairs)
    L183 .B29 1956
    1
  • Print
    Irvin D. Yalom & Marilyn Yalom.
    Summary: "A co-written project by Irvin and Marilyn Yalom, which describes their heartbreaking journey as a couple married 65 years facing the end of their long partnership. A longtime teacher and therapist on the subject of death anxiety, Dr. Yalom now confronts the loss of his wife and his own mortality. This book will offer wisdom from one of the foremost existential psychiatrists and illuminate the importance of relationships--friendship, family, and romantic--as we all age"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    The vital box
    Becoming an invalid
    Awareness of evanescence
    Why don't we move to assisted living?
    Retirement : the precise moment of decision
    Setbacks and renewed hopes
    Staring at the sun, once again
    Whose death is this anyway?
    Facing endings
    Considering physician-assisted suicide
    A tense countdown to Thursday
    A complete surprise
    So now you know
    Death sentence
    Farewell to chemotherapy-and to hope
    From palliative care to hospice
    Hospice care
    A soothing illusion
    French books
    The end approaches
    Death arrives
    The after-death experience
    Life as an independent separate adult
    Home alone
    Sex and grief
    Unreality
    Numbness
    Help from Schopenhauer
    Denial revealed
    Stepping out
    Indecisiveness
    On reading my own work
    Seven advanced lesson on the therapy of grief
    My education continues
    Dear Marilyn.
    Print
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RC339.52.Y35 A3 2021
    1
  • Print
    Print
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Varies.
    Call number varies. Search for Matthew B. Rosenhaus lecture to find individual volumes of this title.
  • Print
    Mark Horowitz, David Taylor.
    Summary: "The term 'deprescribing' originates from geriatric medicine where polypharmacy in frail patients can cause more harm than benefit.1 Deprescribing is increasingly recognised to be a key component of good prescribing - reducing doses when they are too high, and stopping medications when they are no longer needed.2 This process cannot occur in a vacuum of theoretical concerns but should take into account the patient's health, current level of functioning and, importantly, their values and preferences.1 Deprescribing seeks to apply best practice in prescribing to the process of stopping a medication. It requires the same skill and experience as for the process of prescribing from prescribers, as well as support from pharmacists and other healthcare staff to get the best results. Importantly, it should place patients at the centre of the process to ensure medicines optimisation"-- Provided by publisher.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    New Books Shelf (Duck Room)
    RC483.3 .H67 2024
    1
  • Print
    Print
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Varies.
    Call number varies. Search for Maudsley monographs to find individual volumes of this title.
  • Digital
    editors, Matthew L. Boulton, Robert B. Wallace.
    Summary: "The leading post-graduate reference-text spanning the fields of public health and preventive medicine"-- Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access AccessMedicine 2022
  • Digital
    William C. Scarfe, Christos Angelopoulos, editors.
    Contents:
    Part I Fundamentals of CBCT
    Historical Perspectives on CBCT
    What Is CBCT and How Does It Work?
    Image Processing and Visualization Techniques
    Image Quality
    Part II CBCT in Daily Clinical Practice
    CBCT Use in Daily Practice
    Ethical and Medicolegal Issues Related to CBCT
    CBCT Quality Assurance
    Radiation Dose, Risks, and Protection in CBCT
    Part III Regional Maxillofacial Imaging
    The Skull
    The Jaws, Oral Cavity, and Nasopharynx
    Neck and Cervical Spine
    Anatomy of the Nose and Paranasal Sinuses
    The Upper Airway
    Temporal Bone
    Part IV Clinical Applications
    Cone Beam Computed Tomography and Maxillofacial Diagnosis
    Incidental Findings on CBCT
    Soft Tissue Hyperdensities
    Applications of CBCT in Orthodontics
    Orthodontic and Orthognathic Surgery Planning and Simulation Software
    Dental Implants
    Planning and Assessment of Bone Reconstruction for Dental Implants
    Endodontic Applications of CBCT
    Periodontal Disease
    CBCT and the Diagnosis of Temporomandibular Joint Disease
    CBCT Sialography
    Image-Guided Surgical Navigation
    CBCT-Based Image Guidance for Sinus and Skull Base Surgery
    Obstructive Sleep Apnea Hypopnea Syndrome
    Dental Impactions
    CBCT Imaging of Sinonasal Disease
    CBCT and Additive Manufacturing Technology.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Peter Brennan, Henning Schliephake, G.E. Ghali, Luke Cascarini.
    Summary: Now in full color, Maxillofacial Surgery, 3rd Edition covers the entire specialty of maxillofacial surgery, including craniofacial deformity, oral surgery, trauma, and oncology. Unlike other OMFS texts where the contributors are singly boarded in oral surgery, this richly illustrated text boasts OMFS contributors who are all dual boarded in both oral surgery and medicine. Thoroughly updated with evidence-based content, it addresses the advances in technology and procedures providing oral and maxillofacial surgeons with new and exciting treatment options. And with print and digital formats, it is easy to use in any setting.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2017
  • Digital
    Akhilesh Kumar Singh, Naresh Kumar Sharma, editors.
    Summary: This book amalgamates the basic concepts in understanding the science of maxillofacial skeleton with the clinical skills required towards managing complex facial fractures. The book is presented in two sections. The first section introduces the readers with the introduction to maxillofacial trauma, biomechanics of maxillofacial skeleton, the principle of internal fixation, medicolegal aspects of maxillofacial trauma, and preoperative workup which provides a brief outline towards an understanding of the basic concepts about the anatomy and physiology of facial skeleton. The second section is oriented clinically with case-based discussions that start from the emergency management of facial trauma including the recent protocols of basic life support and advanced trauma life support, emergency airway management followed by definitive management guidelines in stabilizing and fixing the fractured facial bones. The clinical cases have been discussed in a way to provide practical knowledge and skills to the postgraduate students and clinicians who will enhance their knowledge and facilitate the decision-making process. This book would be a valuable read for clinicians in oral & maxillofacial surgery, ENT surgery, plastic surgery and allied trauma specialists dealing with maxillofacial trauma.

    Contents:
    Introduction to Craniomaxillofacial trauma
    Surgical Anatomy of the Face
    Biomechanics of Maxillofacial region
    Principles of Osteosynthesis
    Basic introduction to Internal Fixation devices and armamentarium
    Medicolegal aspects in Maxillofacial Trauma
    Perioperative and Anaesthetic considerations in Maxillofacial Trauma
    Emergency management of trauma patient and general considerations
    Soft tissue injuries
    Dentoalveolar fractures
    Introduction to Mandibular fractures
    Symphysis, Parasymphysis & Body Fractures
    Angle & Ramus fractures
    Condylar fractures
    Introduction to Mid face fractures
    Lefort fractures
    Zygomaticomaxillary complex fractures
    Naso-orbito-ethmoidal complex fractures
    Orbital fractures
    Frontal sinus wall fractures
    Panfacial Trauma
    Animal Bite, Firearm and Ballistic Injuries
    Complications in maxillofacial trauma
    Rehabilitation.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Deborah Alma Falta, MPH, PhD.
    Summary: "Maxwell's Environmental Health takes a unique approach to presenting Environmental Health. Rather than organizing topics around the traditional regulatory fields (air and water pollution, hazardous wastes, radiation, etc.), this book is structured around the choices we make as individuals and societies that result in environmental health hazards. Hence the subtitle: "How We Live in the World"-- Provided by publisher
    Limited to 3 simultaneous users
  • Digital
    David R. Holmes Jr., Robert L. Frye, Paul A. Friedman, Donald J Hagler, Thomas M. Munger, Erik L. Ritman, editors.
    Summary: This book explores the history of the Mayo Clinic Cardiac Catheterization Laboratory from 1940 to present day. It examines the life and journey of the Cardiac Catheterization Lab and its ultimate success in implementing the vision of the Mayo philosophy of emphasizing collaboration between lab-based scientists and clinical health care professionals to bring innovation to the clinical practice and lead landmark changes in the practice of medicine profoundly enhancing what we can offer to patients and society alike. The book is divided into decades, with separate sections in each decade on key cardiology topics such as congenital heart disease, coronary heart disease, hemodynamics, pacing, and electrophysiology (EP). Chapters will highlight training, advances, new procedures, new technologies, and fundamental changes to the field throughout the decades, attributed to the work done by Cath lab personnel. Chapters also identify the problems faced, the unmet clinical needs of patients and society, problems solved, and things learned and transmitted into the clinical arena along the way. The Mayo Clinic Cardiac Catheterization Laboratory will be a valuable resource for health care professionals, clinicians, scientists, innovators, administrators, and small and large device manufacturing companies as well as historians and past and present patients.

    Contents:
    Section 1: 1940
    1960
    Section 2. 1960
    Section 3. 1970
    Section 4. 1980
    Section 5. 1990
    Section 6. 2000
    Section 7. 2010
    Section 8. Current Developments and Future Directions.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    editor-in-Chief, Christopher M. Wittich
    Summary: The Mayo Clinic Internal Medicine Board Review, Twelfth Edition, is the result of the dedicated efforts of Mayo Clinic physicians in multiple specialties whose primary mission is to put the needs of the patient first. The field of internal medicine is constantly changing as science is advanced, and this textbook was written to provide readers with the essential elements for the practice of internal medicine. Readers preparing for the American Board of Internal Medicine Certification and Maintenance of Certification examinations will find the textbook comprehensive and easy to study. Additionally, readers who want a reference or a general knowledge review in internal medicine will find this textbook an important addition to their medical library. The current edition builds on years of knowledge, refinement, and expertise from the Department of Medicine. Chapters have been revised to include the most up-to-date knowledge for the practice of medicine. Two entirely new chapters on physician well-being and hospital internal medicine emphasize the importance of those areas to the practice of internal medicine. All the authors are Mayo Clinic experts primarily focused on caring for patients, and the editors are experienced internists who are expert diagnosticians and medical educators.
    Digital Access Oxford 2020
  • Digital
    Eduardo E. Benarroch, Jeremy K. Cutsforth-Gregory, Kelly D. Flemming.
    Contents:
    Integrated neuroscience for the clinician
    Neuroembryology and development of the nervous system
    Anatomical localization
    Neurocytology and pathologic reactions of the nervous system
    Neurophysiology
    Neurochemistry
    Sensory system
    Motor system
    Autonomic nervous system
    Emotion system
    Consciousness system
    Ventricular and cerebrospinal fluid system
    Vascular system
    Peripheral level
    Spinal level
    Posterior fossa level : brainstem and cranial nerve nuclei
    Posterior fossa level : cerebellar, auditory, and vestibular systems
    Diencephalon : thalamus, hypothalamus, and visual system
    Supratentorial level : cerebral hemisphe.
    Digital Access Oxford 2017
  • Digital
    Stephen J. Swensen, Tait D. Shanafelt.
    Contents:
    Section I: Foundation. Introduction ; Consequences of Professional Burnout ; Drivers of Burnout and Engagement ; The Business Case ; Quality Shortfalls From Health Care Waste: A Unifying Root Cause of Burnout
    Section II: Strategy. The Blueprint for Cultivating Esprit de Corps ; Ideal Work Elements ; Getting Senior Leadership on Board ; Assessment
    Section III: Execution.The Three Action Sets of the Intervention Triad: Evidence-based Strategies for Reducing Burnout and Promoting Esprit de Corps ; Agency Action Set: Introduction ; Agency Ideal Work Element: Partnership ; Agency Ideal Work Element: Trust and Respect ; Agency Ideal Work Element: Control and Flexibility ; Agency Action: Measuring Leader Behaviors ; Agency Action: Removing Pebbles ; Agency Action: Introducing Control and Flexibility ; Agency Action: Creating a Values Alignment Compact ; Coherence Action Set: Introduction ; Coherence Ideal Work Element: Professional Development and Mentorship ; Coherence Ideal Work Element: Fairness and Equity ; Coherence Ideal Work Element: Safety ; Coherence Action: Selecting and Developing Leaders ; Coherence Action: Improving Practice Efficiency ; Coherence Action: Establishing Fair and Just Accountability ; Coherence Action: Forming Safe Havens ; Camaraderie Action Set: Introduction ; Camaraderie Ideal Work Element: Community at Work and Camaraderie ; Camaraderie Ideal Work Element: Intrinsic Motivation and Rewards ; Camaraderie Action: Cultivating Community and Commensality ; Camaraderie Action: Optimizing Rewards, Recognition, and Appreciation ; Camaraderie Action: Fostering Boundarylessness ; Applying the Action Sets to Address the Unique Needs of Medical Students, Residents, and Fellows ; Nurturing Well-Being ; Section IV: The Journey. Summary ; Conclusion.
    Digital Access Oxford 2020
  • Digital
    Joseph S. Sanfilippo, MD, MBA, Professor of Obstetrics, Gynecology & Reproductive Sciences, University of Pittsburgh School of Medicine, Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania, Eric J. Bieber, MD, MSHCM, President and Chief Executive Officer, Rochester Regional Health, Clinical Professor of Health Sciences, Rochester Institiute of Techology, Rochester, New York, David Javitch, PHD, President, Javitch Associates, Adjuct Assistant Professor, Harvard T.H. Chan School of Public Health, Boston, Massachusetts, Richard B. Siegrist, Jr., MS, MBA, CPA, Director of Innovation and Entrepreseneurship, Co-Director, Health Care Management Program, Harvard T.H. Chan School of Public Health, Boston, Massaachusetts.
    Contents:
    Cost accounting : the foundation of management control / Richard Siegrist
    Management control structure and process / Richard Siegrist
    The next generation of information technology in the health care industry / John B. Foley and Eric J. Bieber
    Leadership / David Javitch
    Ethics and the business of the health care professional / S. Smith and Joseph Sanfilippo
    Applied business law / S. Smith and Joseph Sanfilippo
    Quality improvement in healthcare / Eric J. Bieber and William Annable
    Strategic planning creating a culture of quality and safety / Eric J. Bieber and Jennifer Radin
    Organizational development / David Javitch
    Motivation / David Javitch
    Negotiations / David Javitch
    Communication skills / Shruti Malik and Joseph Sanfilippo
    Competitive marketing / Linda MacCracken and Richard Siegrist
    The patient experience / Richard Siegrist
    The modern hospital/physician relationship / Eric J. Bieber and Elizabeth Hammack
    Entrepreneurship in health care / Richard Siegrist
    Risk management / Joseph Sanfilippo and S. Smith
    Extended case studies / David Javitch.
    Digital Access Oxford [2016]
  • Print
    Macnow, Alexander Stone.
    Summary: "Kaplan's MCAT Behavioral Sciences Review 2023-2024 offers an expert study plan, detailed subject review, and hundreds of online and in-book practice questions -- all authored by the experts behind the MCAT prep course that has helped more people get into medical school than all other major courses combined." -- Amazon.com.

    Contents:
    Biology and behavior
    Sensation and perception
    Learning and memory
    Cognition, consciousness, and language
    Motivation, emotion, and stress
    Identity and personality
    Psychological disorders
    Social processes, attitudes, and behavior
    Social interaction
    Social thinking
    Social structure and demographics
    Social stratification.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Exam Review Books (shelved at Information Desk)
    R838.5 .K37 2022 [v. 1]
    2
  • Print
    edited by Alexander Stone Macnow.
    Summary: "Kaplan's MCAT Biochemistry Review 2023-2024 offers an expert study plan, detailed subject review, and hundreds of online and in-book practice questions -- all authored by the experts behind the MCAT prep course that has helped more people get into medical school than all other major courses combined." -- Amazon.com.

    Contents:
    Amino acids, peptides, and proteins
    Enzymes
    Nonenzymatic protein function and protein analysis
    Carbohydrate structure and function
    Lipid structure and function
    DNA and biotechnology
    RNA and the genetic code
    Biological membranes
    Carbohydrate metabolism I: Glycolysis, glycogen, gluconeogenesis, and the pentose phosphate pathway
    Carbohydrate metabolism II: Aerobic respiration
    Lipid and amino acid metabolism
    Bioenergetics and regulation of metabolism.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Exam Review Books (shelved at Information Desk)
    R838.5 .K37 2022 [v. 2]
    2
  • Print
    Kaplan Test Prep.
    Summary: "Kaplan's MCAT Biology Review 2023-2024 offers an expert study plan, detailed subject review, and hundreds of online and in-book practice questions -- all authored by the experts behind the MCAT prep course that has helped more people get into medical school than all other major courses combined." -- Amazon.com.

    Contents:
    The cell
    Reproduction
    Embryogenesis and development
    The nervous system
    The endocrine system
    The respiratory system
    The cardiovascular system
    The immune system
    The digestive system
    Homeostasis
    The musculoskeletal system
    Genetics and evolution.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Exam Review Books (shelved at Information Desk)
    R838.5 .K37 2022 [v. 3]
    2
  • Print
    edited by Alexander Stone Macnow, MD.
    Summary: "Kaplan's MCAT General Chemistry Review 2023-2024 offers an expert study plan, detailed subject review, and hundreds of online and in-book practice questions -- all authored by the experts behind the MCAT prep course that has helped more people get into medical school than all other major courses combined." -- Amazon.com summary.

    Contents:
    Atomic structure
    The periodic table
    Bonding and chemical interactions
    Compounds and stoichiometry
    Chemical kinetics
    Equilibrium
    Thermochemistry
    The gas phase
    Solutions
    Acids and bases
    Oxidation-reduction reactions
    Electrochemistry.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Exam Review Books (shelved at Information Desk)
    R838.5 .K37 2022 [v. 5]
    2
  • Print
    edited by Alexander Stone Macnow, MD.
    Summary: "Kaplan's MCAT Organic Chemistry Review 2023-2024 offers an expert study plan, detailed subject review, and hundreds of online and in-book practice questions -- all authored by the experts behind the MCAT prep course that has helped more people get into medical school than all other major courses combined." -- Amazon.com.

    Contents:
    Nomenclature
    Isomers
    Bonding
    Analyzing organic reactions
    Alcohols
    Aldehydes and ketones I: Electrophilicity and oxidation-reduction
    Aldehydes and ketones II: Enolates
    Carboxylic acids
    Carboxylic acid derivatives
    Nitrogen- and Phosphorus-containing compounds
    Spectroscopy
    Separations and purifications.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Exam Review Books (shelved at Information Desk)
    R838.5 .K37 2022 [v. 6]
    2
  • Print
    edited by Alexander Stone Macnow ; in partnership with Scientific American.
    Summary: "Kaplan's MCAT Physics and Math Review 2023-2024 offers an expert study plan, detailed subject review, and hundreds of online and in-book practice questions -- all authored by the experts behind the MCAT prep course that has helped more people get into medical school than all other major courses combined." -- Amazon.com.

    Contents:
    Kinematics and dynamics
    Work and energy
    Thermodynamics
    Fluids
    Electrostatics and magnetism
    Circuits
    Waves and sound
    Light and optics
    Atomic and nuclear phenomena
    Mathematics
    Reasoning about the design and execution of research
    Data-based and statistical reasoning.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Exam Review Books (shelved at Information Desk)
    R838.5 .K37 2022 [v. 7]
    2
  • Print
    Summary: "Portable quicksheets that visually emphasize the most important information."-- Set container
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Exam Review Books (shelved at Information Desk)
    R838.5 .K37 2022 [v. 8]
    2
  • Digital
    Alan B. Carr, DMD, MS, David T. Brown, DDS, MS.
    Contents:
    Partially edentulous epidemiology, physiology, and terminology
    Considerations for managing partial tooth loss : tooth replacements from the patient perspective
    Classification of partially edentulous arches
    Biomechanics of removable partial dentures
    Major and minor connectors
    Rests and rest seats
    Direct retainers
    Indirect retainers
    Denture base considerations
    Principles of removable partial denture design
    Surveying
    Considerations for the use of dental implants with removable partial dentures
    Diagnosis and treatment planning
    Preparation of the mouth for removable partial dentures
    Preparation of abutment teeth
    Impression materials and procedures for removable partial dentures
    Support for the distal extension denture base
    Occlusal relationships for removable partial dentures
    Laboratory procedures
    Work authorizations for removable partial dentures
    Initial placement, adjustment, and servicing of the removable partial denture
    Relining and rebasing the removable partial denture
    Repairs and additions to removable partial dentures
    Interim removable partial dentures
    Removable partial denture considerations in maxillofacial prosthetics.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2016
  • Digital
    [edited by] Jeffrey A. Dean ; associate editors, James E. Jones, Brian J. Sanders, LaQuia A. Walker Vinson, Juan Fernando Yepes ; video producer, Allison C. Scully.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2022
  • Digital
    [edited by] Brian Carpenter, Michelle L. Butterworth, William D. Fishco, John T. Marcoux, Daniel F. Vickers.
    Summary: "Newly reorganized and streamlined, the fifth edition of McGlamry's Foot and Ankle Surgery remains the definitive text for today's podiatrist, foot and ankle surgeon, resident, or student, whether for everyday reference or preparing for certification exams. All clinical chapters have been formatted for ease of use, with clearly written, highly illustrated coverage of traditional as well as new and emerging techniques. Covering topics from perioperative management to postoperative complications, this must-have reference helps you master the full range of foot and ankle surgeries and procedures"-- Publisher's website.
    Digital Access LWW Health Library 2022
  • Digital
    [edited by] Eduardo Calonje MD, DipRCPath, Thomas Brenn MD, PhD, FRCPath, Alexander J. Lazar MD, PhD and Steven D. Billings MD.
    Summary: "Comprehensive and lavishly illustrated, McKee's Pathology of the Skin, 5th Edition, is your reference of choice for up-to-date, authoritative information on dermatopathology. You'll find clinical guidance from internationally renowned experts along with details on etiology, pathogenesis, histopathology, and differential diagnosis - making this unique reference unparalleled in its wealth of clinical and histopathological material."--Publisher's description.

    Contents:
    The structure and function of skin
    Specialized techniques in dermatopathology
    Disorders of keratinization
    Inherited and autoimmune subepidermal blistering diseases
    Acantholytic disorders
    Spongiotic, psoriasiform and pustular dermatoses
    Lichenoid and interface dermatitis
    Superficial and deep perivascular inflammatory dermatoses
    Granulomatous, necrobiotic and perforating dermatoses
    Inflammatory diseases of the subcutaneous fat
    Diseases of the oral mucosa
    Diseases of the anogenital skin
    Degenerative and metabolic diseases
    Cutaneous adverse reactions to drugs
    Neutrophilic and eosinophilic dermatoses
    Vascular diseases
    Idiopathic connective tissue disorders
    Infectious diseases of the skin
    Human immunodeficiency virus (HIV) and acquired immunodeficiency syndrome (aids)-associated cutaneous diseases
    Disorders of pigmentation
    Diseases of collagen and elastic tissue
    Diseases of the hair
    Diseases of the nails
    Tumors of the surface epithelium
    Melanocytic nevi
    Melanoma
    Tumors of the conjunctiva
    Sentinel lymph node biopsies
    Cutaneous lymphoproliferative diseases and related disorders
    Cutaneous metastases and Paget's disease of the skin
    Tumors of the hair follicle
    Tumors and related lesions of the sebaceous glands
    Tumors of the sweat glands
    Cutaneous cysts
    Connective tissue tumors
    Comparative dermatopathology.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2020
  • Digital
    by Ethan Rasiel.
    Summary: In today's fast-paced world, it's tough to find the time to read. But with Joosr guides, you can get the key insights from bestselling non-fiction titles in less than 20 minutes. Whether you want to gain knowledge on the go or find the books you'll love, Joosr's brief and accessible eBook summaries fit into your life. Find out more at joosr.com. What would you give to have the skills of a world-renowned consultant to help you address your business problems each and every day? Discover how you can translate the techniques of the world's leading business consultancy into meaningful practices that you can employ in your business or within your current role. The McKinsey Way is a look into the minds and practices of the most celebrated and respected consultancy in the game. By highlighting the tactics used by McKinsey consultants on every project, the book informs businessmen and women of techniques and strategies they can use on a daily basis to be more successful in their business roles. You will learn: ʺ How to become your boss's go to problem solver ʺ How to impress your audience when presenting informative data ʺ How maintaining a positive, adventurous attitude can make your job easier.
    Digital Access eBook Comp Acad 2016
  • Digital
    Bari M. Logan, Patricia A. Reynolds, Scott Rice ; original photography by Ralph T. Hutchings.
    Contents:
    Skull, skull bone articulations and teeth
    Cervical vetebrae and neck
    Face, orbit and eye
    Nose, oral cavity, pharynx, ear and larynx
    Cranial cavity and brain
    Clinical imaging.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2017
  • Digital
    Bari M. Logan, David J. Bowden ; original photography by Ralph T. Hutchings ; regional anaesthesia by Anand M. Sardesai, Sachin Daivajna, A.H.N. Robinson.
    Summary: McMinn s Color Atlas of Lower Limb Anatomy is the ideal study aid or trusted visual reference for the range of students and practitioners who require a detailed understanding of the anatomy of the foot, ankle and lower limb. It provides you with the perfect grasp of all the important lower limb structures that are likely to be encountered in practice or in the anatomy lab. Superb images of dissections, osteology, radiographic and surface anatomy offer an unmatched view of muscles, nerves, skeletal structures, blood vessels and more. Figures are accompanied by concise notes and commentaries, as well as orientational artworks to help you locate the structure accurately on the body.

    Contents:
    I: Lower limb, pelvis and hip
    II: Thigh, knee and leg b
    III: Foot
    IV: Imaging of the foot and ankle.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2018
  • Digital
    revised by Thomas R. Freeman.
    Summary: "Highly acclaimed in its first three editions, McWhinney's Textbook of Family Medicine is one of the seminal texts in the field. While many family medicine texts simply cover the disorders a practitioner might see in clinical practice, McWhinney's defines the principles and practices of family medicine as a separate and distinct field of practice. The fourth edition presents six new clinical chapters of common problems in family medicine: respiratory illness, musculoskeletal pain, depression, diabetes, obesity and multimorbidity. This new edition also provides information on stewardship of resources, patient information and data, delivery of care in the home, and consultation and referral. The volume also covers continuing advances in the research base of family medicine. Readers will come away with a deeper appreciation for the role of the generalist in healthcare"--Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    The origins of family medicine
    Principles of family medicine
    Illness in the community
    The family in health and disease
    A profile of family practice
    Philosophical and scientific foundations of family medicine
    Illness, suffering, and healing
    Patient-doctor communication
    Clinical method
    The enhancement of health and the prevention of disease
    Respiratory illness
    Musculoskeletal pain
    Depression
    Diabetes
    Obesity
    Multimorbidity
    Home visits
    Stewardship of resources, patient information and data
    Practice management
    The health professions
    The community service network
    Consultation and referral
    Alternative or complementary medicine
    Education and research
    Continuing self-education
    Research in family practice.
    Digital Access Oxford 2016
  • Digital
    editors, Hagop M. Kantarjian, Robert A. Wolff.
    Contents:
    Sect. I: Leukemia
    Sect. II: Lymphoma and myeloma
    Sect. III: Stem cell transplantation
    Sect. IV: Lung cancer
    Sect. V: Head and neck cancer
    Sect. VI: Gastrointestinal cancers
    Sect. VII: Breast cancer
    Sect. VIII: Gynecologic malignancies
    Sect. IX: Genitourinary malignancies
    Sect. X: Neurologic tumors
    Sect. XI: Malignant melanoma and sarcomas
    Sect. XII: Other tumors
    Sect. XIII: Novel and other cancer topics of interest
    Sect. XIV: Supportive care
    Sect. XV: Palliative care and symptom management.
    Digital Access AccessMedicine 2016
  • Digital
    editors, Hagop M. Kantarjian, Robert A. Wolff, Alyssa G. Rieber.
    Summary: "Expert guidance on the management and treatment of all major cancers, from the world-renown physicians at The MD Anderson Cancer Center"-- Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    AccessHemOnc
    AccessHemOnc
    AccessMedicine
  • Digital
    edited by Barry W. Feig ; associate editor, C. Denise Ching.
    Summary: "The sixth edition of the MD Anderson Surgical Oncology Handbook focuses on multidisciplinary, cooperative approaches to issues confronting the surgical oncologist. Organized by disease and in full color for the first time, this volume is comprehensive yet concise, and takes into account all of the oncologic issues you need to consider in order to fully understand each disease and its relevant treatments. Written by current and former MD Anderson surgical oncology fellows. Each disease- or system-specific chapter covers epidemiology, pathology, staging, diagnosis, clinical presentation, surgical treatment and targeted therapies, and more. Includes a new chapter on peritoneal malignancies and is updated with the latest staging and protocols. Ideal for surgical residents, medical students facing a surgical/oncology rotation, and practicing surgeons. Enrich Your eBook Reading Experience with Enhanced Video, Audio and Interactive Capabilities! Read directly on your preferred device(s), such as computer, tablet, or smartphone. Customize for your language, including right-to-left reading, vertical writing, and enhanced annotation in over 30 languages. Easily convert to audiobook, powering your content with natural language text-to-speech. Adapt for unique reading needs, supporting learning disabilities, visual/auditory impairments, second-language or literacy challenges, and more."--Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Noninvasive breast cancer / Oluwadamilola M. Fayanju and Kelly K. Hunt
    Invasive breast cancer / Rhiana S. Menen and Mediget Teshome
    Melanoma / Peter A. Prieto and Jeffrey E. Gershenwald
    Non-melanoma skin cancer / Melinda M. Mortenson, Kelly Herne, Sharon R. Hymes, and Janice N. Cormier
    Soft tissue and bone sarcoma / Naruhiko Ikoma, Christina L. Roland, and Barry W. Feig
    Cancers of the head and neck / Ryan P. Goepfert and Mark E. Zafereo
    Thoracic malignancies / Scott Atay and Boris Sepesi
    Esophageal carcinoma / Wayne L. Hofstetter
    Primary gastric malignancies / Michael E. Egger, Naruhiko Ikoma, and Brian D. Badgwell
    Small bowel malignancies / Sameer H. Patel and Jason B. Fleming
    Peritoneal malignancies / Travis E. Grotz, Keith F. Fournier, and Gary Mann
    Cancers of the colon, rectum, and anus / Callisia N. Clarke, Y. Nancy You, and Barry W. Feig
    Hepatobiliary cancers / Rebecca A. Snyder and Jean-Nicolas Vauthey
    Pancreatic adenocarcinoma / Jason W. Denbo, Michael P. Kim, Matthew H. G. Katz
    Pancreatic neuroendocrine tumors and multiple endocrine neoplasia / Jordan M. Cloyd and Jeffrey E. Lee
    Adrenal tumors / Casey B. Duncan and Jeffrey E. Lee
    Carcinoma of the thyroid and parathyroid glands / Kristin L. Long, Nancy D. Perrier, and Elizabeth G. Grubbs
    Hematologic malignancies and splenic tumors / Lakhbir Sandhu, David Santos, and Hun Ju Lee
    Genitourinary cancer / Firas G. Petros, Jose A. Karam, and Christopher G. Wood
    Gynecologic cancers / Katherine C. Kurnit and Pamela T. Soliman
    Neurosurgical malignancies / Ian E. McCutcheon
    Cancer of unknown primary site / Ashley Holder and Gauri R. Varadhachary
    Surgical emergencies in cancer Patients / Brian Badgwell
    Principles of radiation oncology / Shalini Moningi, Christopher Crane, and Prajnan Das
    Reconstructive surgery in cancer patients / Margaret S. Roubaud, Donald P. Baumann, Mark T. Villa, Geoffrey L. Robb, and Matthew M. Hanasono.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Ovid
    LWW Health Library
  • Print
    senior editor, Barry W. Feig ; associate editors, Michael G. White, Cameron Gaskill, Anai Kothari, Sandra Renae DiBrito.
    Summary: "Now with additional review content and a larger page size, The MD Anderson Surgical Oncology Manual, Seventh Edition, focuses on multidisciplinary, cooperative management approaches to issues confronting today’s surgical oncologist. Lead editor Dr. Barry W. Feig is joined by recently graduated surgical oncology fellows Michael G. White, Cameron E. Gaskill, Anai N. Kothari, and Sandra R. DiBrito to bring you comprehensive yet concise information on the complete range of oncologic considerations needed to effectively understand cancer and all aspects of its treatment. "-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Noninvasive breast cancer
    Invasive breast cancer - Melanoma
    Nonmelanoma skin cancers
    Merkel cell carcinoma
    Soft tissue and bone sarcoma
    Cancer of the head and neck
    Thoracic malignancies
    Esophageal carcinoma
    Primary gastric malignancies
    Small bowel malignancies
    Peritoneal malignancies
    Cancer of the colon, rectum, and anus
    Hepatobiliary cancers
    Pancreatic ductal adenocarcinoma
    Pancreatic neuroendocrine tumors and multiple endocrine neoplasia
    Adrenal tumors
    Carcinoma of the thyroid gland and neoplasms of the parathyroid glands
    Hematologic malignancies and splenic tumors
    Genitourinary cancer - Gynecologic cancers
    Neurosurgical malignancies: treating tumors of brain and spine and their effects on the nervous system
    Cancer of unknown primary site
    Surgical emergencies and palliative interventions in cancer patients
    Principles of radiation oncology
    Reconstructive surgery in cancer patients.
  • Digital
    Stephen Liben, Tom A. Hutchinson.
    Summary: This unique, step-by-step guide for instructors offers a comprehensive approach to teaching pre-clerkship medical students -- as well as residents and even experienced physicians -- about the transformational impact of mindful medical practice, or mindful whole person care. Indeed, integrating contemplative practices – such as "presence" and "relationship" -- into medical education is an established but still rapidly growing approach to bringing experiential learning to medical students. This book gives the rationale for administering a mindful medical practice (MMP) course, details the moment to moment process for each of the 7 classes that are outlined, and summarizes a way forward for instructors. Pages of the book can be copied and used in class with students, and there are appendices that include helpful tools a teacher can immediately copy and hand out in each class. Handy, one-page templates are provided at the end of each chapter for teachers to use as a guide while teaching each class. A unique contribution to the medical literature and the increasing focus on mindful medical practice, MD Aware: A Mindfulness-Based Whole Person Care Course Guide for Physicians is not only the ideal resource for teachers interested in setting up an MMP course in a medical school; it is also an invaluable practical guide for any clinician hoping to learn more about the importance and benefits of offering mindful medical practice to patients – and to themselves as healers.

    Contents:
    1. Introduction
    2. Attention and Awareness
    3. Congruent Communication (Intra- and interpersonal)
    4. Awareness and Decision Making
    5. Clinical Congruence
    6. Building Resilience
    7. Responding to Suffering
    8. Mindful Congruent Practice
    9. Teaching for Learning that Sticks
    10. Live and In Person: One Class from Moment to Moment
    11. Conclusion: From Not Knowing to Actualization.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Michael Patlas, Douglas S. Katz, Mariano Scaglione, editors.
    Summary: This superbly illustrated book describes a comprehensive and modern approach to the imaging of abdominal and pelvic emergencies of traumatic and non-traumatic origin. The aim is to equip the reader with a full understanding of the roles of advanced cross-sectional imaging modalities, including dual-energy computed tomography (DECT) and magnetic resonance imaging (MRI). To this end, recent literature on the subject is reviewed, and current controversies in acute abdominal and pelvic imaging are discussed. Potential imaging and related pitfalls are highlighted and up-to-date information provided on differential diagnosis. The first two chapters explain an evidence-based approach to the evaluation of patients and present dose reduction strategies for multidetector CT imaging (MDCT). The remaining chapters describe specific applications of MDCT, DECT, and MRI for the imaging of both common and less common acute abdominal and pelvic conditions, including disorders in the pediatric population and pregnant patients. The book will be of value to emergency and abdominal radiologists, general radiologists, emergency department physicians and related personnel, general and trauma surgeons, and trainees in all these specialties.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Valeria Panebianco, Jurgen J. Fütterer.
    Summary: The new series A-Z Notes in Radiological Practice and Reporting provides practical guides for residents and general radiologists, organized alphabetically, primarily according to disease or condition, permitting easy and fast consultation. All booklet are designed so as to cover a large spectrum of topics referring to different anatomical regions of interests. The present booklet offers a reliable assistance during the performance and reporting of multidetector row computed tomography and magnetic resonance imaging in patients with urogenital conditions. Entries typically include a short description of pathological and clinical characteristics, guidance on selection of the most appropriate imaging technique, a schematic review of potential diagnostic clues, and useful tips and tricks. Some helpful illustrations and schemes are also included.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Carlo Nicola De Cecco, Marco Rengo.
    Summary: The new series A-Z Notes in Radiological Practice and Reporting provides practical guides for residents and general radiologists, organized alphabetically, primarily according to disease or condition. All booklets are designed so as to comprise only a small number of illustrations and to cover a large spectrum of topicsreferring to different anatomical regions of interest. The first volume on cardiac CT and MR imaging contains all the practical suggestions that can help a radiologist in the execution and reporting of a cardiac examination. The book is structured to offer an easy and fast consultation on cardiac imaging and pathology with the use of tables and figures. Entries typically include a short description of pathological and clinical characteristics, guidance on selection of the most appropriate imaging technique, a schematic review of potential diagnostic clues, and useful tips and tricks.

    Contents:
    Acute coronary syndrome
    Adenosine
    ALARA
    Alcohol septal ablation
    Amyloidosis, Cardiac
    Anderson-Fabry disease
    Angina
    Angiosarcoma
    Aorta, Thoracic
    Aortic aneurysm, Thoracic
    Aortic arch, Cervical
    Aortic arch, Right sided
    Aortic bleb
    Aortic bovine arch
    Aortic coarctation
    Aortic dissection
    Aortic valve
    Aortic valve, Bicuspid
    Aortic valve, Regurgitation
    Aortic valve, Stenosis
    Aortitis
    Apex, Ventricular
    Arrhythmia
    Arrhythmogenic right ventricular cardiomyopathy
    Artifacts, Magnetic resonance
    Assiste device, Left ventricular
    Atrial fibrillation
    Atrial isomerism
    Atrial septal aneurysm
    Atrial septal defect
    Atrial situs inversus
    Atrioventricular block
    Atrium, Left
    Atypical chest pain
    Balloon atrial septostomy
    Balloon valvuloplasty
    Barlow's syndrome
    Bentall operation
    Bernoulli formula
    Beta-blockers
    Biological risk
    Blalock-Taussig shunt
    Body mass index
    Bourneville-Pringle disease
    Breath hold
    Brock procedure
    Brugada syndrome
    Bundle branch block
    Bypass, Coronary
    Calcium score
    Cardiac index
    Cardiac resynchronization therapy
    Cardiomyopathies
    Catheter ablation
    Chagas disease
    Chiari network
    Chronic coronary occlusion
    Churg-Strauss syndrome
    Cine sequence, High temporal resolution
    Claustrophobia
    Common atrioventricular canal
    Congenitally corrected transposition of the great arteries
    Constrictive pericarditis
    Contrast-to-noise ratio
    Conversion factors, Radiation dose
    Cor triatriatum
    Coronary artery, Anomalous origin
    Crisscross anatomy
    Crista terminalis
    CT dose index
    CTDIW
    CTDI volume
    Culprit plaque
    Damus-Kaye-Stansel operation
    D-dimers
    Dextrocardia
    Diastolic dysfunction
    Diastolic tail
    DiGeorge syndrome
    Dilated cardiomyopathy
    Dipyridamole
    Dobutamine
    Dominance, Coronary
    Dose length product
    Double outlet right ventricle
    Dressler syndrome
    Ductus arteriosus or ductus botalli
    Ductus arteriosus, Persistent
    Dyslipidemia
    Dyssynchrony, Cardiac
    Dystrophies, Muscular
    Early gadolinium enhancement
    Ebstein's anomaly
    ECG
    ECG, Exercise
    ECG, Leads
    ECG, Preparation
    ECG pulsing
    Edema, Myocardial
    Effective dose
    Ehlers-Danlos syndrome
    Eisenmenger's syndrome
    Ejection fraction
    Embolic protection device
    Endocarditis, Infective
    Endocarditis, Prosthetic valve
    Endomyocardial fibrosis
    Endovascular aortic aneurysm repair
    Equivalent dose
    Eustachian valve
    Extramedullary hematopoiesis
    Fetal circulation
    Fibroelastoma, Papillary
    Fibroma
    Flail leaflet
    Flip angle
    Flow
    Fontan intervention
    Foramen ovale, Patent
    Fraction flow reserve
    Friedreich's ataxia
    Gadolinium
    Giant cell arteritis
    Glenn shunt
    Gray
    Heart failure
    Heart failure, Diastolic
    Hemochromatosis
    Heterotaxic syndrome
    Heyde's syndrome
    Hibernating myocardium
    Holt-Oram syndrome
    Hurler disease
    Hydatid disease
    Hypertrophic cardiomyopathy
    Implantable cardioverter defibrillator
    Inferior vena cava filter
    Inflammatory aortic aneurysm
    Interventricular septum movement
    Intra-aortic balloon counterpulsation
    Intramural hematoma
    Intravascular ultrasound
    Inversion time
    Iodine
    Iron overload, Myocardial
    Ischemic heart disease
    Jatene procedure
    Kartagener's syndrome
    Kawasaki's disease
    Keshan disease
    Konno operation
    Late gadolinium enhancement
    Lecompte maneuver
    Left superior vena cava
    Leiomyosarcoma
    Libman-Sacks syndrome
    Lipoma
    Lipomatous hypertrophy, Septal
    Liposarcoma
    Loffler's syndrome
    Lyme disease
    Lymphoma
    Lutembacher's syndrome
    Magnetohydrodynamic effect
    Major aortopulmonary collateral arteries
    Marfan syndrome
    Microvascular obstruction
    Milliampere
    Mitral valve
    Mitral valve, Prolapse
    Mitral valve regurgitation
    Mitral valve stenosis
    Myxoma
    Mustard procedure
    Myocardial infarct
    Myocardial viability
    Myocarditis
    Myocarditis, Eosinophilic
    Myocarditis, Tubercular
    Myocardium, Hibernating
    Myocardium, Stunned
    Nephrogenic systemic fibrosis
    Noncompaction cardiomyopathy
    Noonan's syndrome
    Norwood operation
    Osteosarcoma
    Pacemaker
    Paravalvular abscess
    Perfusion imaging, Myocardial
    Pericardial cyst
    Pericardial effusion
    Pericardial metastases
    Pericardial neoplasms
    Pericarditis, Acute
    Pericardium, Congenital absence
    Peripartum cardiomyopathy
    Plaque composition
    Pott's shunt
    Prinzmetal angina
    Prosthetic valves
    Pulmonary arteries
    Pulmonary artery aneurysm
    Pulmonary artery dissection
    Pulmonary artery tumors
    Pulmonary atresia
    Pulmonary arterial hypertension
    Pulmonary valve regurgitation
    Pulmonary valve stenosis
    Pulmonary veins
    Pulmonary vein atresia
    Pulmonary venous drainage, Anomalous
    Q fever
    Qp/Qs
    Rastelli procedure
    Regadenoson
    Restrictive cardiomyopathy
    Rhabdomyoma
    Rhabdomyosarcoma
    Rheumatic fever
    Right ventricle dilatation
    Right ventricular outflow tract obstruction
    Ross operation
    Sarcoidosis, Cardiac
    Saturation band
    Scimitar syndrome
    Senning operation
    Shimming
    Shunt
    Shunt, Surgical
    Simpson modified rule
    Sinus, Coronary
    Starr-Edwards valve
    Stent, Coronary
    Stent, Coronary biodegradable
    Stent, Coronary drug eluting
    Stroke volume
    Sudden cardiac death
    Takayasu arteritis
    Takotsubo cardiomyopathy
    Tamponade, Cardiac
    Taussig-Bing syndrome
    Test bolus
    Tetralogy of fallot
    Thalassemia
    Tissue doppler imaging
    Total cavopulmonary connection
    Transcatheter aortic valve replacement
    Transesophageal echocardiography
    Transplantation, Cardiac
    Transposition of the great arteries
    Tricuspid atresia
    Tricuspid valve
    Tricuspid valve regurgitation
    Tricuspid valve stenosis
    Troponin
    Truncus arteriosus
    Tumors, Cardiac
    Turner's syndrome
    Univentricular heart
    Uremic pericarditis
    Valvular cardiomyopathy
    Valvular tumors
    Valvular vegetations
    Vascular remodeling
    Vascular ring
    Velocity-encoded gradient
    Ventricular chambers identification
    Ventricular septal defect
    Ventricular systolic function
    Ventricular volumes
    Wall motion score index
    Warfarin ridge
    Waterston shunt
    Wegener's granulomatosis
    Weil disease
    Wenckebach's phenomenon
    Whipple disease
    William's syndrome
    Window/level setting
    Wolff-Parkinson-White syndrome
    X, Syndrome.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital/Print
    Layla F. Saad ; foreword by Robin DiAngelo
    Summary: "When Layla Saad began an Instagram challenge called #meandwhitesupremacy, she never predicted it would spread as widely as it did. She encouraged people to own up and share their racist behaviors, big and small. She was looking for truth, and she got it. Thousands of people participated in the challenge, and nearly 100,000 people downloaded the Me and White Supremacy Workbook. Updated and expanded from the original workbook, Me and White Supremacy, takes the work deeper by adding more historical and cultural contexts, sharing moving stories and anecdotes, and including expanded definitions, examples, and further resources. Awareness leads to action, and action leads to change. The numbers show that readers are ready to do this work--let's give it to them."--Provided by publisher

    Contents:
    A little about me
    What is white supremacy?
    Who is this work for?
    What you will need to do this work
    How to use this book
    Self-care, support, and sustainability
    Week 1: The basics
    Week 2: Anti-blackness, racial stereotypes, and cultural appropriation
    Week 3: Allyship
    Week 4: Power, relationships, and commitments
    Continuing the work after Day 28
    Working in groups: Me and White Supremacy book circles.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    HT1575 .S23 2020
    1
  • Digital
    Simon van Rysewyk, editor.
    Summary: Experiential evidence shows that pain is associated with common meanings. These include a meaning of threat or danger, which is experienced as immediately distressing or unpleasant; cognitive meanings, which are focused on the long-term consequences of having chronic pain; and existential meanings such as hopelessness, which are more about the person with chronic pain than the pain itself. This interdisciplinary book - the second in the three-volume Meanings of Pain series edited by Dr Simon van Rysewyk - aims to better understand pain by describing experiences of pain and the meanings these experiences hold for the people living through them. The lived experiences of pain described here involve various types of chronic pain, including spinal pain, labour pain, rheumatic pain, diabetic peripheral neuropathic pain, fibromyalgia, complex regional pain syndrome, endometriosis-associated pain, and cancer-related pain. Two chapters provide narrative descriptions of pain, recounted and interpreted by people with pain. Language is important to understanding the meaning of pain since it is the primary tool human beings use to manipulate meaning. As discussed in the book, linguistic meaning may hold clues to understanding some pain-related experiences, including the stigmatisation of people with pain, the dynamics of patient-clinician communication, and other issues, such as relationships between pain, public policy and the law, and attempts to develop a taxonomy of pain that is meaningful for patients. Clinical implications are described in each chapter. This book is intended for people with pain, their family members or caregivers, clinicians, researchers, advocates, and policy makers. "It is my opinion that this ... work will stand as the definitive reference work in this field. I believe it will enrich the professional and personal lives of health care providers, researchers and people who have persistent pain and their family members. The combination of framework chapters with chapters devoted to analysing the lived experience of pain conditions gives the requisite breadth and depth to the subject."--Dr Marc A. Russo, MBBS DA(UK) FANZCA FFPMANZCA, Newcastle, Australia, from the Foreword.

    Contents:
    Intro; Foreword; Contents;
    Chapter 1: Exploring the Meanings of Pain: My Pain Story; 1 Introduction; 2 My Pain Story; 3 Meanings When Nothing Made Sense; 4 Changing Meanings, Making Sense; 5 New Meanings, Sense Made; 6 Conclusion; References;
    Chapter 2: After the Tango in the Doorway: An Autoethnography of Living with Persistent Pain; 1 Introduction; 2 Writing an Autoethnography; 3 Going to the Doctor; 4 The Tango in the Doorway; 5 The Good Doctor Said; 6 Is Explanation Enough?; 7 Tensions Between a Culture of Medicine and a Personś Need 3.3 The Importance of Support in Managing the Struggle4 Managing the Self in Pain; 4.1 Long Term Support for Self-Management; 4.2 The Role of Medications; 4.3 Developing Knowledge About Medication Use; 4.4 Exercise; 4.5 Psychological Interventions; 4.6 Mindfulness; 4.7 Cognitive Behavioural Therapy for Pain; 5 Conclusion; References;
    Chapter 5: Changing Pain: Making Sense of Rehabilitation in Persistent Spine Pain; 1 Introduction; 2 Defining Pain; 3 Pain and Psychosocial Context; 4 Chronic Spine Pain Management as Patient-Centered Active Care 4 The Phenomenological Shift: Assessing the Modalities of Suffering5 An Integrative Method that Objectively Captures Subjective Suffering; References;
    Chapter 4: ``Pain Takes Over Everything:́́ The Experience of Pain and Strategies for Management; 1 The Somatic Experience of Chronic Pain; 2 The Personal Experience of Chronic Pain; 2.1 Body as Obstacle; 2.2 Disrupted Sense of Self; 2.3 Invisible But Real; 2.4 Unpredictability; 2.5 Fighting to Keep Going; 3 Learning to Live with Chronic Pain; 3.1 Adjusting to the Inevitable; 3.2 Doing It My Way Without Medication 5 The Promise of Interdisciplinary, Multimodal Pain Management6 Patient Education and the Therapeutic Alliance; 7 Exercise in the Management of Spine Pain; 8 The Science of Exercise in Spine Pain Management; 9 Medical Treatments and Interventions: When Is It the Right Time?; 10 Conclusion; References;
    Chapter 6: ``Let Me Be a Meaningful Part in the Outside World:́́ A Caring Perspective on Long-Term Rheumatic Pain and Fear-Avo ... ; 1 Rheumatic Pain; 2 Meanings of Pain; 3 Emotional Meanings of Pain Associated with Rheumatism: The Painful and Untrustworthy Body 8 What Am I Today and How Did I Get There? And Why Does that Matter in a Book About the Meanings of Pain?9 ``Us ́́and ``Them:́́ Othering; 10 Learning to Live with Pain; 11 Physician, Heal Thyself; 12 Alone But Not Alone, Yet Alone; References;
    Chapter 3: Diagnosing Human Suffering and Pain: Integrating Phenomenology in Science and Medicine; 1 Introduction: Phenomenology for the Practical Life of Evaluating Suffering in Pain Patients; 2 Defining Suffering/Pain-Related Suffering: Biases and Confusions; 3 The Important Parallelism Between Pain and Suffering
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    John Doerr.
    Summary: "In the fall of 1999, John Doerr met with the founders of a start-up he'd just given nearly $12 million, the biggest investment of his career. Larry Page and Sergey Brin had amazing technology, entrepreneurial energy, and sky-high ambitions, but no real business plan. For Google to change the world, or even survive, Page and Brin had to learn how to make tough choices on priorities while keeping their team on track. They had to know when to pull the plug on losing propositions, to fail fast. They needed timely, relevant data to track their progress--to measure what mattered. Doerr introduced them to a proven approach to operating excellence--Objectives and Key Results. The rest is history."--Jacket.

    Contents:
    Part 1. OKRs in action. Google, meet OKRs
    The father of OKRs
    Operation crush: An Intel story
    Superpower #1: Focus and commit to priorities
    Focus: The Remind story
    Commit: The Nuna story
    Superpower #2: Align and connect for teamwork
    Align: The MyFitnessPal story
    Connect : the Intuit story
    Superpower #3: Track for accountability
    Track : the Gates Foundation story
    Superpower #4: stretch for amazing
    Stretch: the Google Chrome story
    Stretch: the YouTube story
    Part 2. The new world of work. Continuous performance management : OKRs and CFRs
    Ditching annual performance reviews: the Adobe story
    Baking better every day: the Zume Pizza story
    Culture
    Culture change : the Lumeris story
    Culture change : Bono's ONE campaign story
    The goals to come.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    OverDrive
    Fulltext Limited to 1 simultaneous usersSUNet ID login required
    OverDrive
    Audio Book Limited to 1 simultaneous usersSUNet ID login required
  • Digital
    Peter J. Fabri.
    Contents:
    Introduction to Measurement and Analysis
    Data and Types of Data
    Software for Analytics
    Measurement and Uncertainty
    Mathematical and Statistical Concepts in Data Analysis
    Analysis by Modeling Data
    Principles of Supervised Learning
    Unsupervised Machine Learning
    Datasets Without Outcomes
    Survival Analysis
    Interpreting Outcomes: Cause and Effect and p-values
    Useful Tools.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Harry C. Sax, editor.
    Contents:
    1. Healthcare transformation: what are the challenges?
    2. Terminology and applications: hospital performance measures
    3. Measurements and analysis in transforming healthcare delivery: terminology and applications-- physician performances
    4. Assuring appropriate care
    5. Aligning medical staff within the academic medical center
    6. Aligning healthcare systems
    7. Influencing with integrity
    8. Perspectives from single payer systems
    9. Leadership to encourage and sustain performance
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    edited by Michael E. Harris and Vernon E. Anderson.
    Contents:
    1. Binding isotope effects for interrogating enzyme-substrate interactions
    2. Chemical ligation and isotope labeling to locate dynamic effects
    3. Measurement of enzyme isotope effects
    4. Extracting kinetic isotope effects from a global analysis of reaction progress curves
    5. Natural isotope abundance in metabolites: techniques and kinetic isotope effect measurement in plant, animal and human tissues
    6. Measurement of kinetic isotope effects in an enzyme-catalyzed reaction by continuous-flow mass spectrometry
    7. Primary deuterium kinetic isotope effects from product yields: rationale, implementation, and interpretation
    8. Measurement and prediction of chlorine kinetic isotope effects in enzymatic systems
    9. Kinetic deuterium isotope effects in cytochrome P450 reactions
    10. Use of isotopes and isotope effects for investigations of diiron oxygenase mechanisms
    11. Characterization of substrate, cosubstrate, and product isotope effects associated with enzymatic oxygenations of organic compounds based on compound-specific isotope analysis
    12. pH-free measurement of relative acidities, including isotope effects
    13. Isotope ratio monitoring ¹³C nuclear magnetic resonance spectrometry for the analysis of position-specific isotope ratios
    14. Applications of isotope ratio mass spectrometry in sports drug testing accounting for isotope fractionation in analysis of biological samples
    15. Kinetic isotope effect analysis of RNA 2'-O-Transphosphorylation
    16. Theory and application of the relationship between steady-state isotope effects on enzyme intermediate concentrations and net rate constants
    17. Determining carbon kinetic isotope effects using headspace analysis of evolved CO₂
    18. Kinetic isotope effect studies to elucidate the reaction mechanism of RNA-modifying enzymes
    19. Measurement of kinetic isotope effects by continuously monitoring isotopologue ratios using NMR spectroscopy
    Author index
    Subject index.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2017
  • Print
    Carolyn Feher Waltz, Louise Sherman Jenkins, editors.
    Contents:
    v. 1. Measuring nursing performance in practice, education, and research
    v. 2. Client outcomes and quality of care
    v. 3. Self care and coping.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RT85.5 .M434
    3
  • Digital
    Victor N. Cassar-Pullicino, A. Mark Davies, editors.
    Summary: Practical and comprehensive, this heavily-illustrated reference offers the latest information on the application of all imaging techniques currently used to manage musculoskeletal disorders. It has a unique design of three dovetailed sections.

    Contents:
    Part I Measurement
    1 The Radiograph
    2 Computed Tomography
    3 Ultrasound
    4 Magnetic Resonance Imaging
    5 Computer-Assisted Quantification
    Part II Measurements at Anatomical Sites
    6 Cervical Spine
    7 Thoracolumbar Spine
    8 Shoulder
    9 Elbow
    10 Wrist/Hand
    11 Pelvis/Hip Paediatric
    12 Pelvis/Hip: Adult
    13 Knee
    14 Patellofemoral Joint
    15 Foot and Ankle: Paediatric Measurements
    16 The Adult Ankle and Foot
    17 Long Bone Measurements
    Part III Measurements in Disease States
    18 Arthritis
    19 Metabolic Bone Disease
    20 Bone Marrow Disease
    21 Bone and Soft Tissue Tumours
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Print
    Joel Fischer, Kevin Corcoran, and David W. Springer.
    Summary: "This title serves as the definitive reference volume on assessment measures for both practice and research in clinical mental health. It includes hundreds of standardized measures for use in clinical practice and in research. It features instruments that are cross-indexed by problem area. New to this edition : a new preface ; new instruments for measuring children's clinical conditions ; new measures for couples and families ; six new chapters ; target searches for instruments in health care conditions, personality disorders, and addictions. One of the key challenges of all types of practice and research is finding a way to measure a given problem. The seminal Measures for Clinical Practice and Research two-volume set contains hundreds of the most useful assessment measurement tools - alongside the authors' guidance on how to select and score them - for use in clinical practice and in research. While the first volume focuses on measures for use with couples, families, and children, the second volume focuses on measures for use with adults whose conditions of concerns are not focused on family relationships or couple relationships. Both include an introduction to the basic principles of measurement, an overview of different types of measures, and an overview of Rapid Assessment Instruments. The texts also contain descriptions and reviews of each instrument and information on how they were selected. Each classic compendium serves as a powerful tool that clinicians and researchers alike will find to be an invaluable addition to - or update of - their libraries."--adapted from publisher description.

    Contents:
    Volume 1. Couples, families, and children
    [List of] Instruments for Couples
    [List of] Instruments for Families
    [List of] Instruments for Children
    [List of] Instruments for Adults (Vol. 2)
    [List of] Instruments Cross-Indexed by Problem Area (Vols. 1 and 2)
    Foreword / by Bruce A. Thyer
    Preface to the Sixth Edition
    Part 1. Measurement and Practice
    Chapter 1. Introduction
    Chapter 2. Basic Principles of Measurement
    Chapter 3. Types of Measurement Tools
    Chapter 4. Advantages and Disadvantages of Rapid Assessment Instruments
    Chapter 5. Selecting Measures for Practice
    Chapter 6. Administering the Instruments
    Part 2. Instruments for Practice and Research
    Introduction
    Instruments for Couples
    Instruments for Families
    Instruments for Children
    References. Volume 2. Adults
    [List of] Instruments for Adults
    [List of] Instruments for Couples (Vol. 1)
    [List of] Instruments for Families (Vol. 1)
    [List of] Instruments for Children (Vol. 1)
    [List of] Instruments Cross-Indexed by Problem Area (Vols. 1 and 2)
    Foreword / by Bruce A. Thyer
    Preface to the Sixth Edition
    Instruments for Practice and Research
    Introduction to Volume 2
    Instruments for Adults. Tests/Measurements covered in this book. Instruments for couples. Beier-Sternberg discord questionnaire
    Competitiveness scale
    Conflict in adolescent dating relationships inventory
    Construction of problems scale
    Controlling behaviours scale
    Dominance-accommodation scale
    Dual-career family scale
    Dual-employed coping scales
    Dyadic adjustment scale
    Equity/inequity scale
    Hendrick sexual attitude scale
    Hypothetical, jealousy-producing events scale
    Index of marital satisfaction
    Index of sexual satisfaction
    Inventory of dyadic heterosexual preferences
    Kansas marital conflict scale
    Kansas marital goals orientation scale
    Kansas marital satisfaction scale
    Life distress inventory
    Locke-Wallace marital adjustment test
    Marital aggrandizement scale
    Marital alterantives scale
    Marital comparison level index
    Marital conventionalization scale
    Marital happiness scale
    Marital instability index
    Miller marital locus of control scale
    Non-physical abuse of partner scale
    Ongoing violence assessment tool
    Partner abuse scale: non-physical
    Partner abuse scale: physical
    Passionate love scale
    Physical abuse of partner scale
    Positive feelings questionnaire
    Primary communication inventory
    Relationship assessment scale
    Relationship events scale
    Semantic differential of sex roles
    Sexual arousability inventory and sexual arousability inventory--expanded
    Sexual attitude scale
    Sexual behavior inventory--female
    Sexual behavior inventory--male
    Sexual enabling inventory
    Spouse sobriety influence inventory
    Spouse treatment mediation inventories
    Survey of heterosexual interactions
    Tests/Measurements covered in this book. Instruments for families. Adolescent-family inventory of life vents and changes
    Adult-adolescent parenting inventory
    Attitude toward the provision of long-term care
    Beck codependence assessment scale
    Boundary ambiguity scales 1-6
    Chinese family assessment instrument
    Co-dependence inventory
    Codependent questionnaire
    Conflict tactics scales
    Coping health inventory for parents
    Cultural receptivity in fostering scale
    Environmental assessment index
    Family adaptability and cohesion evaluation scale
    Family assessment device
    Family attachment and changeability index 8
    Family awareness scale
    Family beliefs inventory
    Family celebrations index
    Family coping coherence index
    Family coping index
    Family coping inventory
    Family crisis oriented personal evaluation scales
    Family distress index
    Family emotional involvement and criticism scale
    Family empowerment scale
    Family functioning scale
    Family hardiness index
    Family inventory of life vents and changes
    Family inventory of resources and management
    Family member well-being
    Family-of-origin scale
    Family organized cohesiveness scale
    Family pressures scale--ethnic
    Family problem-solving communication
    Family responsibility index
    Family responsibility scale-Spanish version and English version
    Family schema--ethnic
    Family sens of coherence and family adaptation scales
    Family times and routines index
    Family traditions scale
    Family unpredictability scale
    Fatherhood scale
    Fetal health locus of control scale
    Healthy families parenting inventory
    Index of brother and sister relations
    Index of family relations
    Index of parental attitudes
    Individuation test for emerging adults--in relation to father (ITEA-F)
    Individuation test for emerging adults--in relation to mother (ITEA-M)
    Kansas family life satisfaction scale
    Kansas personal satisfaction scale
    Level of expressed emotion
    Memory and behavior problems checklist
    MOM empowerment scale
    Needs inventory for caregivers of hospitalized elderly
    Nuclear family functioning scale
    Parent affect test
    Parent's report
    Parent-child relationship survey
    Parental attachment scale
    Parental authority questionnaire
    Parental bonding instrument
    Parental nurturance scale
    Parental tolerance scale
    Parenting scale
    Perinatal grief scale
    Realizations of filial responsibility
    Self-report family instrument
    Social support index
    Transracial adoption parenting scale
    Tests/Measurements covered in this book. Instruments for children. Adolescent concerns evaluation
    Adolescent coping orientation for problem experiences
    Adolescent domain screening inventory
    Arizona risk/needs assessment
    Arizona risk/needs assessment instrument
    Assertiveness scale for adolescents
    Behavioral self-concept scale
    Behavior rating index for children
    Belonging scale and belonging scale-revised
    Body investment scale
    Child dental control assessment
    Child report of posttraumatic symptoms and parent report of posttraumatic symptoms
    Childhood personality scale
    Child's attitude toward father and mother scales
    Children's action tendency scale

    Children and adolescent social and adaptive functioning scale
    Children's attributional style questionnaire--revised
    Children's belifes about parental divorce scale
    Children's cognitive assessment questionnaire
    Children's loneliness questionnaire
    Children's perceived self-control scale
    Children's somatization inventory
    Children's thoughts questionnaire
    Chinese ways of coping questionnaire
    Common belief inventory for students
    Companion animal bonding scale
    Compulsive eating scale
    Concern over weight and dieting scale
    Depression self-rating scale
    Drinking motives questionnaire
    Elementary school success profile
    Emotion regulation questionnaire for children and adolescents
    Eyberg child behavior inventory
    Family, friends, and self form
    Hare self-esteem scale
    Hawaiian culture scale--adolescent
    Homework problem checklist
    Hopelessness scale for children
    Hospital fears rating scale
    How I feel
    Impulsivity scale
    Index of peer relations
    Internet sex screening test-adolescent
    Inventory of parent and peer attachment
    Level of stability index for children
    Mood thermometers
    Multi-attitude suicide tendency scale
    Multigroup ethnic identity measure and MEIN-R
    Nowicki-Strickland locus of control scale
    Oregon mental health referral checklist--youth version, parents and staff
    Ostracism experience scale for adolescents
    Pain response inventory
    Peer and self-rating scale
    Perceived school experiences scale
    Perceived social competence scale
    Perceived scale for children
    Personal attribute inventory for children and nonsexist personal attribute inventory
    Positive and negative suicide ideation inventory
    Purpose in life--short form
    Reason for living inventory for adolescents
    Risk-taking and self-harm inventory for adolescents
    Rosenberg self-esteem scale
    Scale of racial socialization for adolescents
    Self-concept scale for children
    Self-control rating scale
    Shortform assessment scale for children
    Spider phobia questionnaire for children
    Urban hassles scale
    Young children's social desirability scale
    Youth coping index
    Youth coping response inventory --
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    BF176 .F57 2020
    2
  • Digital
    Jean Carlos Santos, Geraldo Wilson Fernandes, editors.
    Springer Nature eBook.
    Summary: This book brings together a wide range of sampling methods for investigating different arthropod groups. Each chapter is organised to describe and evaluate the main sampling methods (field methods, materials and supplies, sampling protocols, effort needed, and limitations); in addition, some chapters describe the specimen preparation and conservation, species identification, data collection and management (treatment, statistical analysis, interpretation), and ecological/conservation implications of arthropod communities. The book aims to be a reference for zoologists, entomologists, arachnologists, ecologists, students, researchers, and for those interested in arthropod science and biodiversity. We hope the book will contribute to advance knowledge on field assessments and conservation strategies. Arthropods represent the most speciose group of organisms on Earth, with a remarkable number of species and interactions still to be described. These invertebrates are recognized for playing key ecological roles in terrestrial, freshwater and marine ecosystems. Because of the increasing and relentless threats arthropods are facing lately due to a multitude of human induced drivers, this book represents an important contribution to assess their biodiversity and role in ecosystem functioning and generation of ecosystem services worldwide.

    Contents:
    1. Fungal by-products in Food Technology
    2. Sampling and Analysis Methods for Ant Diversity Assessment
    3. Bees
    How and Why to Sample Them
    4. Social Wasp Sampling Methods
    5. Sampling Methods for Butterflies (Lepidoptera)
    6. Sampling Methods for Beetles (Coleoptera)
    7. Arthropods: Why it is so Crucial to Know Their Biodiversity?
    8. Sampling Methods of True Fruit Flies (Tephritidae)
    9. Sampling Methods for Dragonflies and Damselflies (Odonata)
    10. Sampling Methods for Termites (Insecta: Blattaria: Isoptera)
    11. Measuring Orthoptera Diversity
    12. Hemiptera Sampling Methods
    13. Collecting and Sampling Methods for Thrips
    14. Techniques for Collection and Sampling of Pseudoscorpions (Arthropoda, Arachnida)
    15. Standardized Sampling Methods and Protocols for Harvestman and Spider Assemblages
    16. Sampling Galls and Galling Arthropods
    17. Collecting, Rearing and Preserving Leaf-Mining Insects
    18. Canopy Insect Sampling
    19. Sampling Methods for Soil and Litter Fauna
    20. Sampling Methods for Aquatic Insects
    21. Sampling Methods for Blood Feeding Insects Diversity
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Artur Struzik.
    Summary: This book presents a thorough description and critical discussion of different approaches to measuring leg stiffness during vertical jumps, as well as practical applications. Various topics covered include the applicability of the spring-mass (linear) model of the human motion system, leg stiffness controversies and interpretations, and computational and measuring methods of leg stiffness during vertical jumps. Additionally, a description of a research project performed expressly for inclusion in this book is given; the study aims to determine normative values for leg stiffness for young, healthy, non-athletes during single vertical jumps to maximal and specific heights. A final chapter covers additional perspectives, enabling the reader to acquire different perspectives on measuring leg stiffness during vertical jumps across a breadth of information and interpretations. Measuring Leg Stiffness During Vertical Jumps: Theory and Methods is an ideal book for researchers and practitioners in the fields of biomedical engineering, biomechanics, and sport sciences.

    Contents:
    Introduction
    Biomechanical Characteristics of the Countermovement Jump
    Leg Stiffness and Quasi-stiffness
    Research Project
    Leg stiffness controversies and interpretations
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    editors: Shaun D. Gregory, Michael C. Stevens, John F. Fraser.
    Contents:
    1. Descent into heart and lung failure
    2. Heart and lung transplantation
    3. First-generation ventricular assist devices
    4. Second-generation ventricular assist devices
    5. Third-generation ventricular assist devices
    6. Biventricular assist devices
    7. Total artificial hearts
    8. Extracorporeal membrane oxygenation
    9. Pediatric devices
    10. Hydraulic design
    11. Motor design and impeller suspension
    12. Pulsatile vs. continuous flow
    13. Preclinical evaluation
    14. Optimizing the patient and timing of the introduction of mechanical circulatory and extracorporeal respiratory support
    15. Surgical implantation
    16. Complications of mechanical circulatory and respiratory support
    17. Medical management of the supported patient
    18. Cannula design
    19. Blood-device interaction
    20. Physiological control
    21. Percutaneous and transcutaneous connections
    22. Wearable systems
    23. Route to market
    24. Cost-effectiveness
    25. The past, present, and future
    Index.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2017
  • Digital
    Andrea Montalto, Antonio Loforte, Francesco Musumeci, Thomas Krabatsch, Mark S. Slaughter, editors ; in collaboration with Cristiano Amarelli.
    Contents:
    PART I: PREOPERATIVE EVALUATION
    1 Physiopathology and Fate of End-Stage Cardiac Heart Failure in the era of Mechanical Circulatory Support
    2 The Advantage of Mechanical Solution: Results of Clinical Trials to Date
    3 Mechanical Circulatory Support Candidate Selection Criteria
    4 Preoperative Assessment and Clinical Optimization
    5 Preoperative Evaluation of Right Ventricular Function
    6 High INTERMACS profiles: Medical vs. Mechanical Circulatory Support treatment
    7 Low INTERMACS Profiles: which Strategies? (Temporary ECMO or TAH support; Temporary mid-term Paracorporeal Ventricular Assisted Device Support; Primary long-term Ventricular Assisted Device placement)
    8 From BTT to DT Strategy: USA and Europe views
    9 Mechanical Circulatory Support as a Bridge to Recovery
    10 Mechanical Circulatory Support as a Bridge to Candidacy
    PART II: INTRAOPERATIVE TIPS AND PITFALLS
    11 Pulsatile vs. Continuous Flow pumps: Engineering and Clinical Considerations
    12 Which Approach? Traditional vs. MICS
    13 To Pump or not to Pump: the Role of Cardio-Pulmonary Bypass or ECMO
    14 Techniques for Inflow Cannula Placement
    15 Techniques for Outflow Cannula Placement
    16 Techniques for Driveline Positioning
    17 Percutaneous Devices: Options
    18 Paracorporeal Biventricular Devices
    19 Biventricular Implantable Continuous flow pumps
    20 The Total Artificial Heart
    21 Mechanical Circulatory Support in Pediatric Population
    22 Concomitant Cardiac Surgery during Ventricular Assisted Device Placement: When is It too Much?
    23 Pump Removal after Recovery
    24 Intraoperative anesthesiological monitoring and management
    25 Intraoperative right ventricular failure management
    PART III: POSTOPERATIVE RECOMMENDATIONS
    26 Physiotherapy and Rehabilitation Management in Ventricular Assisted Device Patients
    27 Coagulation Monitoring
    28 Adverse events management: Ischemic and Haemorragic Stroke
    29 Adverse events management: Gastro-intestinal Bleeding
    30 Adverse events management: Pump Thrombosis
    31 Adverse events management: Infectious Complications
    32 Adverse events management: AVW Syndrome
    33 Adverse events management: Concomitant non-Cardiac Surgery during MCS: Management of Therapy
    34 Pump and Equipment Failure: How to Behave
    35 The Outpatient Care: The Role of Ventricular Assisted Device coordinator and the Remote Monitoring
    PART IV: MISCELLANEA
    36. Miniaturization and Future Technologies
    37 ReliantHeart
    Forward Compatibility and TET
    38 The BIVACOR project
    39 Potential of CARMAT in the Future
    40 The ReinHeart Solution
    41 Ethical and Psychological aspects of long-term MCS
    42 Health-Economic Aspects of Mechanlical Circulatory Support Therapy
    43 The Mechanical Circulatory Support Registries: Role and Perspectives
    44 Conclusions.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Hua Yan, editor.
    Summary: This book provides state-of-the-art information for ophthalmologists and other clinicians facing tough cases, helping them to make the most appropriate decision concerning the management of patients who have suffered mechanical ocular trauma. The discussion of mechanical ocular trauma addresses various parts of the eye: each chapter discusses a certain part of the eye, supplemented by illustrative sample cases. Though the latest consensus is provided for each topic or case, different opinions on controversial topics will also be discussed in detail. Pearls of advice at the end of each chapter highlight its main points. Topics covered include: Traumatic cataract and the timing of surgery and IOL implantation, Traumatic hypotony, Traumatic glaucoma, Timing of vitrectomy after primary repair, Use of silicone oil in traumatic eyes, Intraocular foreign bodies, Traumatic endophthalmitis, and much more. As a topic-based clinical reference work on mechanical ocular trauma bringing together consensus and controversies, the book offers useful and attractive information for ophthalmologists and other readers. Hua Yan is a professor and chairman at the Department of Ophthalmology and the secretary of Tianjin Medical University General Hospital, Tianjin, China.

    Contents:
    Introduction.- Anterior Segment Trauma
    Posterior Segment Trauma.- Intraocular Foreign Bodies (IOFBs)
    Traumatic Endophthalmitis
    Mechanical Ocular Trauma in Children
    Severe traumatic eyes with No Light Perception.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Jamshid H. Karimov, Kiyotaka Fukamachi, Randall C. Starling, editors.
    Springer Nature eBook.
    Summary: This book provides a comprehensive overview of mechanical circulatory support of the failing heart in adults and children. The book uniquely combines engineering knowledge and the clinicians perspective into a single resource, while also providing insights into current and future development of mechanical circulatory support technology, such as ventricular assist devices, the total artificial heart and catheter-based technologies for heart failure. Topics featured in this book include: The history of mechanical circulatory device development. Fundamentals of hemodynamics support. Clinical management of mechanical circulatory devices. Surgical implantation techniques. Current limitations of device therapies in advanced heart failure. Advanced and novel devices in the development pipeline. Opportunities for advancement in the field. Mechanical Support for Heart Failure: Current Solutions and New Technologies is a must-have resource for not only physicians, residents, fellows, and medical students in cardiology and cardiac surgery, but also clinical and basic researchers in biomedical engineering with an interest in mechanical circulatory support, heart failure, and new technological applications in medicine.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Foreword
    Foreword
    Preface
    Contents
    Contributors
    Part I: Overview of the Mechanical Circulatory Support
    1: A History of Mechanical Circulatory Support
    The Possibility of Mechanical Circulatory Support Revealed
    The US Artificial Heart Program as Key Catalyst
    Early Assist Devices: 1960s-1970s
    Early Total Artificial Hearts: 1950s-1960s
    The Goal of Permanent Replacement: TAHs
    Wider Clinical Uptake: VADs
    Conclusion
    References
    2: A Personalized History of Rotary Blood Pumps
    Epiphany
    The Secret of my Success: Serendipity The Beginning of the Journey
    Happy Chance
    First Human Implantation of a Rotary Blood Pump: A Moment in History [13]
    Patient Selection
    Case Report
    CorAide LVAD
    HeatWare HVAD
    Complete Magnetic Suspension
    The Future
    Stroke
    Percutaneous Site Infection
    Pump Intelligence
    Lessons Learned
    References
    3: History of Pediatric Devices for Mechanical Circulatory Support
    Introduction
    Early History Leading to the Need for Pediatric Mechanical Circulatory Devices
    Key Events Leading Up to Pediatric ECMO
    Evolution of Pediatric Ventricular Assist Devices Conclusions
    References
    4: Overview of Mechanical Circulatory Support Devices and Concepts
    Introduction
    The Intra-aortic Balloon Pump (IABP)
    The Impella Pump
    TandemHeart
    Extracorporeal Membrane Oxygenation (ECMO)
    HeartMate III
    References
    5: Physiology of Blood Pump Circulation in Heart Failure
    Introduction
    Types of Ventricular Assist Device
    Continuous-Flow Left Ventricular Assist Device (cf-LVAD) Hemodynamics
    Pressure-Flow Relationship (HQ Curve)
    Impact of LVAD Pumping on Ventricular Mechanics and Energetics
    Physiology of Myocardial Energetics LVAD Impact on Ventricular Mechanics
    Impact of Blood Inertia on the Instantaneous Pressure-Flow Relationship
    Pump Power and Flow Relationship
    Artificial Flow Pulsatility
    Impact of RPMs on LVAD Flow and Total Flow to the Body
    Ramp Test
    HeartMate II Echocardiographic Ramp Test
    HVAD Echocardiographic Ramp Test
    Impact of RPM on Left Ventricle
    Impact of RPM on Total Body Flow
    Defining and Quantifying Ventricular Unloading
    Impact of RPM on CVP and PCWP
    Special Considerations
    RV Failure with LVAD
    Pulmonary Hypertension
    Clinical LVAD Physiology
    Hypertension VAD-Exercise Physiology
    Hemodynamic Factors Affecting VAD Flow During Exercise
    Chronotropic Incompetence and Preload
    Effect of Pump Speed Adjustment During Exercise
    Summary
    References
    6: Engineering Requirements for Mechanical Circulatory Support Devices
    Introduction
    Engineering MCS Devices
    Differing MCS Designs and Their Corresponding Engineering Requirements
    Risk Analysis to Engineer MCS Devices
    Disclaimer
    References
    7: Clinical Requirements for Mechanical Circulatory Support Devices
    Introduction
    Long-Term MCS and End-Stage Heart Failure
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Amir A. Hakimi, Thomas E. Milner, Govind R. Rajan, Brian J-F Wong, editors.
    Summary: The surge in COVID-19 cases leading to hospitalizations around the world quickly depleted hospital resources and reserves, forcing physicians to make extremely difficult life-or-death decisions on ventilator allocation between patients. Leaders in academia and industry have developed numerous ventilator support systems using both consumer- and industry-grade hardware to sustain life and to provide intermediate respiratory relief for hospitalized patients. This book is the first of its kind to discuss the respiratory pathophysiology underlying COVID-19, explain ventilator mechanics, provide and evaluate a repository of innovative ventilator support devices conceived amid the pandemic, and explain both hardware and software components necessary to develop an inexpensive ventilator support device. This book serves both as a historical record of the collaborative and innovative response to the anticipated ventilator shortage during the COVID-19 pandemic and as a guide for physicians, engineers, and DIY'ers interested in developing inexpensive transitory ventilator support devices. Provides a qualitative appraisal of numerous transitory ventilator devices developed and/or used during the COVID-19 pandemic including non-invasive ventilation; Explores the mechanics, considerations, and concerns of emergency ventilator components; Provides a detailed framework for beginners and experts alike to develop their own emergency ventilation systems.

    Contents:
    History of ventilator devices
    Ventilator splitters: requirements and feasibility
    SARS CoV-2 transmission and innovative protective barriers
    What is a bridge ventilator and why is it needed?
    Fundamental requirements for a bridge ventilator
    Categorization for emergency ventilators amid COVID-19 pandemic
    Mechanics of resuscitation bag
    How to compress a bag: an overview of mechanical and pneumatic methods
    Choosing the right motor: considerations and concerns
    Re-purposing positive airway pressure machines (CPAP and BiPAP) for ventilators
    The role of non-invasive ventilation to treat COVID-19 induced lung disease
    Categorization of non-invasive ventilators amid the COVID-19 pandemic
    An appraisal of FDA-approved emergency ventilator designs
    DIY: A detailed guide to build your own bridge ventilator
    Regulatory considerations for ventilator production
    Post-regulatory concerns: liability, risk mitigation, and more.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Giacomo Bellani, editor.
    Summary: This book aims to give a comprehensive overview of the current challenges and solution posed to the health care professionals who need to use mechanical ventilation to treat their patients. Mechanical ventilation is a cornerstone of the treatment of critically ill patients, as also dramatically underlined by the recent COVID-19 pandemic. The topic is not simple to approach, since it requires integration of multiple data which, in turn, result from complex interplays between patient's condition and ventilatory settings. While technological development empowered advanced monitoring and decision support, these also increase the burden of data on the practitioners. Furthermore, considering that sometimes mechanical ventilation is seen under two, apparently opposite, approaches, physiology vs. protocols the book aims to reconcile these two aspects. And this has been done by each author following the above trajectory in their chapters. The exposure of the topic begins from the pathophysiology (i.e. the physiology of the disease so that the reader can better understand the concept and rationale of any given approach. At the same time, any rationale or hypothesis (for as much as supported by physiology) must hold at the proof of clinical research and evidence, which is summarized in each chapter. In summary, the purposes is that the readers understand not only which is the best clinical practice to adopt but also why and which mechanisms this is based upon and how to approach a novel issue they might encounter. The book addressed to physicians, nurses and respiratory therapist features chapters on novel or not topics like, obviously, COVID-19, ECMO, but also MV in low resource setting.

    Contents:
    Part 1. Techniques
    Chapter 1. Basic physiology of respiratory system: gas exchange and respiratory mechanics
    Chapter 2. A short history of Mechanical Ventilation
    Chapter 3. Airway management in critically ill
    Chapter 4. Controlled mechanical ventilation: modes and monitoring
    Chapter 5. Assisted ventilation: pressure support and bilevel ventilation modes
    Chapter 6. Monitoring the patient during assisted ventilation
    Chapter 7. Neurally Adjusted Ventilatory Assist
    Chapter 8. Proportional Assist Ventilation
    Chapter 9. Non-invasive ventilation: indications and caveats
    Chapter 10. High-flow Nasal Cannula
    Chapter 11. Nursing of mechanically ventilated and ECMO patient
    Chapter 12. Closed Loop ventilation modes
    Chapter 13. Aiway pressure release ventilation
    Part 2. Clinical Scearios
    Chapter 14. Acute Respiratory Failure and Acute Respiratory Distress Syndrome
    Chapter 15. Ventilator Induced Lung Injury and Lung Protective Ventilation
    Chapter 16. Mechanical ventilation in the heathy lung: OR and ICU
    Chapter 17. PEEP setting in ARDS
    Chapter 18. Ventilation in brain injured patient
    Chapter 19. Invaisve and noninvasive ventilation in patient with cardiac failure
    Chapter 20. COPD and severe asthma
    Chapter 21. Ventilation in the obese patient
    Chapter 22. Weaning the simple and complex patients
    Chapter 23. Noninvasive ventilation in COVID-19
    Chapter 24. Invasive Ventilation in COVID-19
    Chapter 25. Mechanical ventilation in different surgical settings
    Chapter 26. Following up the patients at long term
    Chapter 27. Mechanical Ventilation in limited resource settings
    Chapter 28. Mechanical Ventilation during patient's trasferral
    Part 3. Adjuncts to MV
    Chapter 29. Prone Position
    Chapter 30. Veno-Venous ECMO and ECCO2R
    Chapter 31. Mechanical Ventilation setting during ECMO
    Part 4. Monitoring
    Chapter 32. Ultrasound assesment of the respiratory system
    Chapter 33. Electrical Impedance Tomography
    Chapter 34. Esophageal pressure monitoring
    Chapter 35. Lung Volumes and volumetric capnography
    Chapter 36. Radiological monitoring
    Chapter 37. Clinical vignettes (waveforms)
    Chapter 38. Teaching Mechanical ventilation: on line resources and simulation.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Antonio M. Esquinas, S. Egbert Pravinkumar, Ayman O. Soubani, editors.
    Summary: This book aims to equip the reader to make optimal decisions on the use of mechanical ventilatory support in critically ill cancer patients with acute respiratory failure (ARF) and to implement the different strategies effectively. Detailed information is provided on the rationale for invasive and non-invasive ventilation, the different modes of ventilation, indications and contraindications, prognostic factors, and outcomes. The role of postoperative mechanical ventilation following various forms of surgery is extensively addressed, and key aspects of withdrawal from ventilatory support are discussed. Attention is also devoted to mechanical ventilation in the palliative care context. The concluding part of the book focuses on healthcare resource utilization and organizational support in cancer critical care. ARF is the most common reason for hospital and intensive care admission among oncological patients, and there is growing evidence that outcome following mechanical ventilation is improving. Readers will find this book to be an invaluable aid when selecting and executing a strategy for management of ARF in individual cancer patients.

    Contents:
    Part I. Background and Therapeutic Procedures in Critically Ill Cancer Patients
    Epidemiology of Acute Respiratory Failure
    Acute Respiratory Failure in Different Settings
    Chemotherapy
    Radiation Therapy
    Blood Marrow Transplantation
    Bronchoscopy
    Non-bronchoscopic Procedures
    Invasive and Interventional Procedures
    Part II. Invasive Mechanical Ventilation
    Rationale
    Mechanical Ventilatory Modes
    Part III. Non-invasive Mechanical Ventilation
    Nasal High-Flow System
    Devices
    Continuous Positive Airway Pressure (CPAP)
    Bilevel Positive Airway Pressure
    Indications and Contraindications
    Determinants of Success or Failure
    NIV Outcome Decision Algorithm
    Part IV. Postoperative Mechanical Ventilation
    General Postoperative Complications
    Mechanical Ventilation After Neurosurgery
    Mechanical Ventilation After Cardiothoracic Surgery
    Mechanical Ventilation After Thoracic Surgery
    Mechanical Ventilation After Abdominal Surgery
    Mechanical Ventilation After Orthopedic Surgery
    Part V. Withdrawal from Mechanical Ventilation Support
    Weaning from Mechanical Ventilation
    Tracheotomy
    Analgesia/Sedation
    Venous Thromboembolic and Gastrointestinal Prophylaxis
    Chest Physiotherapy
    Nutrition
    Long-Term Mechanical Ventilation
    Part VI. Palliative Ventilatory Support in Cancer Critical Care
    Palliative Care
    Avoidance of Endotracheal Intubation
    End-of-life Care. Part VII. Healthcare Resource Utilization and Organizational Support in Cancer Critical Care
    Organization of Ventilatory Support
    Healthcare Resources Ventilatory Support
    Quality-of-Life Ventilatory Support
    Mechanical Ventilation: Current Evidence and Evidence-Based Practice.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Susan R. Wilcox, Ani Aydin, Evie G. Marcolini.
    Summary: This book functions as both an introduction and a refresher of fundamental mechanical ventilation concepts. It reviews the core evidence-based principles of ventilation and focuses on this topic as it occurs in the emergency setting, covering the management from intubation until transfer to the ICU. Comprehensive and concise, this second edition features updated new material on blood gas analysis, advanced modes of ventilation, as well as a completely revamped chapter on the ventilator screen, and five new case studies. Additionally, many of the expertly written chapters are supplemented with illustrations crafted for quick, visual learning. Written with the daily challenges of the emergency room in mind, Mechanical Ventilation in Emergency Medicine, Second Edition, is an invaluable reference for all emergency health care providers.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Ashok P. Sarnaik, Shekhar T. Venkataraman, Bradley A. Kuch, editors.
    Summary: This textbook comprehensively covers mechanical ventilation in neonates and children integrating the latest knowledge and understanding of developmental biology, age-related and disease-specific physiologic differences in the practice of mechanical ventilation. The physiology associated with ventilation and lung mechanics are described. Guidance is provided on how to carry out a range of clinical assessments appropriately, including those for ventilation, mechanics and breathing control. Available pathophysiology-based management strategies for a range of situations including respiratory failure and ventilatory failure are also provided. Mechanical Ventilation in Neonates and Children: A Pathophysiology Based Management Approach broadly covers a range of topics associated with mechanical ventilation in children and neonates. It is a valuable resource for specific seminars or courses that concentrate on respiratory failure in children and for those preparing for board certification examinations for neonatal/perinatal medicine and pediatric critical care medicine.

    Contents:
    Mechanical Characteristics of the Lung and the Chest Wall
    Physiology of Inflation and Deflation
    Gas Exchange
    Clinical Examination and Assessment
    Monitoring
    Ventilators and Modes
    Mechanical Ventilation Strategies
    Mechanical Ventilation for Neonates
    Ventilator graphics
    Noninvasive Mechanical Ventilation
    Respiratory Care Equipment
    Chronic Ventilation and Home Care
    Case-based Analysis of Respiratory Failure.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    editors, W. Ben Kibler and Aaron D. Sciascia.
    Summary: As clinical interest in overhead athletic injuries is on the upswing, so is greater interest in the factors for performance and injury risk in throwing and other overhead motion. This practical, case-based text is divided into two sections and will present the basic principles of overhead athletes followed by unique clinical case presentations describing different aspects of performance, injury and management in throwing and other overhead athletes. Part I discusses the mechanics and pathomechanics of the overhead motion, along with principles of evaluation, the physical exam, surgical management of both the shoulder and elbow, rehabilitation and return to play, injury risk modification, and the role of the scapula. Unique clinical cases comprise all of part II and follow a consistent format covering the history, exam, imaging, diagnosis and outcome of the chosen intervention. These cases illustrate a cross-section of sports and activities, from the baseball player to the swimmer, and a range of shoulder and elbow problems in pediatric and adult overhead athletes Providing a unique case-based approach to a growing hot topic, Mechanics, Pathomechanics and Injury in the Overhead Athlete is an ideal resource for orthopedic surgeons, sports medicine specialists, physiatrists, physical therapists, certified athletic trainers and allied medical professions treating active persons of all ages.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Andrea Aliverti, Antonio Pedotti, editors.
    Summary: This book offers a state-of-the-art description of the complexity of the healthy and pathological respiratory system, with particular reference to the mechanics of the airways, lung and chest wall. Detailed information is provided on new insights into the mechanics of breathing that have been obtained through technological innovations in measurement systems, cutting-edge modeling techniques and novel approaches to functional imaging of the respiratory system. It is explained how these advances permit the assessment of emerging treatment approaches, including new drugs, innovative surgical techniques and modes of mechanical ventilation and new forms of rehabilitation. In order to ensure comprehensive coverage of the subject, the editor has assembled a multidisciplinary team of authors comprising basic scientists in respiratory medicine, chest and intensive care physicians and bioengineers involved in both modeling and instrumentation. The book is intended for intensive care physicians, respirologists, physiologists, rehabilitation specialists, basic scientists in respiration, research and clinical fellows, biomedical engineers involved with respiratory mechanics and respiratory therapists. They will update their knowledge and improve their clinical expertise.

    Contents:
    The Act of Breathing
    Work of Breathing During Exercise: Implications for Performance
    Pathology of COPD and Asthma
    Pathophysiology of Airflow Obstruction
    Role of Airway Smooth Muscle Mechanical Properties in the Regulation of Airway Caliber
    Nitric Oxide in Asthma Is Like Insulin in Type II Diabetes
    Static and Dynamic Hyperinflation in Chronic Obstructive Pulmonary Disease
    Lung Recruitment and De-recruitment
    Lung Function Testing, Spirometry, Diffusion Capacity and Interpretation
    Forced Oscillation Technique
    Optoelectronic Plethysmography: Principles of Measurements and Recent Use in Respiratory Medicine
    Respiratory Muscle Blood Flow Measured by Near-Infrared Spectroscopy (NIRS) and Indocyanine Green Dye (ICG)
    Assessment of Dyspnoea
    Noninvasive Measures of Lung Structure and Ventilation Heterogeneity
    Computed Tomography (CT)-Based Analysis of Regional Lung Ventilation
    Functional Imaging of Airway Distensibility
    Function and Microstructure by Hyperpolarized Gas MRI
    Pulmonary Functional Imaging with Positron Emission Tomography
    Pharmacological Treatment: an Update
    Respiratory and Non-respiratory Muscle Dysfunction in COPD
    Pathophysiology of Chronic Obstructive Pulmonary Disease
    Old and New Trends in Invasive Mechanical Ventilation
    Use of Respiratory Mechanics for Monitoring and Setting of Noninvasive Mechanical Ventilation
    Use of FOT for Optimising Mechanical Ventilation.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Print
    edited by Fred E. Hahn.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RM267 .M4 1979
    1
  • Print
    Lundholm, Lennart.
    Contents: <br/
    >1. Effect on skeletal muscle vessels.
  • Digital
    Kathleen A. Sluka, PT, PhD, FAPTA, Kate Daum Research Professor, Department of Physical Therapy and Rehabilitation Science, Pain Research Program, The University of Iowa, Iowa City, Iowa.
    Summary: "Comprehensive in scope and invaluable for both practitioners and students, Mechanisms and Management of Pain for the Physical Therapist, Second Edition, thoroughly covers the wide range of issues requiring the interdisciplinary management of pain. Joined by more than 20 international contributors, Dr. Kathleen Sluka provides a practical, evidence-based framework for understanding the basics of pain mechanisms and management. This highly regarded, updated text covers the basics of pain neurobiology and reviews evidence on the mechanisms of action of physical therapy treatments, as well as their clinical effectiveness in specific pain syndromes."--Back cover.

    Contents:
    Introduction : definition, concepts, and models of pain / Kathleen A. Sluka
    Peripheral pathways involved in nociception / Kathleen A. Sluka
    Central nociceptive pathways / Kathleen A. Sluka
    Motor control and pain / Paul W. Hodges
    Individual differences and pain variability / Laura Frey Law and Steven Z. George
    Pain assessment / Josimari M. DeSantana and Kathleen A. Sluka
    General principles of physical therapy practice / Kathleen A. Sluka
    The specific influences of non-specific effects / Mark D. Bishop and Joel E. Bialosky
    Education and self-management for pain control / Kathleen A. Sluka and G. Lorimer Moseley
    Exercise-induced hypoalgesia : an evidence-based review / Marie Hoeger Bement and Kathleen A. Sluka
    Transcutaneous electrical nerve stimulation (tens) and interferential therapy (ift) / Kathleen A. Sluka and Deirdre M. Walsh
    Overview of other electrophysical agents including thermal modalities / G. David Baxter and Jeffrey R. Basford
    Manual therapy / Kathleen A. Sluka and Stephan Milosavljevic
    Interdisciplinary pain management / Harriet Wittink
    Medical management of pain / Eva Kosek
    Psychological approaches in pain management / Dennis C. Turk and Hilary D. Wilson
    Myofascial pain and fibromyalgia syndrome / Kathleen A. Sluka
    Temporomandibular disorders and headache / Kathleen A. Sluka
    Low back pain / Steven Z. George and Katie A. Butera
    Neck pain / Michele Sterling
    Neuropathic pain and complex regional pain syndrome / Kathleen A. Sluka
    Osteoarthritis and rheumatoid arthritis / Kathleen A. Sluka
    Pain associated with central nervous system disorders : central neuropathic pain / Sonja Bareiss and Dana Dailey
    Case studies / Kathleen A. Sluka and Carol G.T. Vance.
    Digital Access Ovid 2016
  • Digital
    volume editor, Paul B. Fisher, Devanand Sarkar.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2021
  • Digital
    Mirza Hasanuzzaman, Kamrun Nahar, Masayuki Fujita, editors.
    Summary: Arsenic is likely the most talked-about metalloid in the modern world because of its toxic effects on both animal and plants. Further, arsenic pollution is now producing negative impacts on food security, especially in many south Asian countries. Since plants are a major food source, their adaptation to As-rich environments is essential, as is being informed about recent findings on multifarious aspects of the mechanisms of arsenic toxicity and tolerance in plants. Although numerous research works and review articles have been published in journals, annual reviews and as book chapters, to date there has been no comprehensive book on this topic. This book contains 19 informative chapters on arsenic chemistry, plant uptake, toxicity and tolerance mechanisms, as well as approaches to mitigation. Readers will be introduced to the latest findings on plant responses to arsenic toxicity, various tolerance mechanisms, and remediation techniques. As such, the book offers a timely and valuable resource for a broad audience, including plant scientists, soil scientists, environmental scientists, agronomists, botanists and molecular biologists.

    Contents:
    Intro; Preface; Contents; List of Contributors; About the Editors;
    Chapter 1: Arsenic Uptake and Transportation in Plants; 1.1 Introduction: Uptake and Transport of Arsenic Depend on Soil Properties and As Species; 1.2 Arsenite and Arsenic Methylated Derivatives; 1.2.1 Uptake and Translocation Systems; 1.2.1.1 NIPs in Arsenic Transport; 1.2.1.2 PIPs in Arsenic Transport; 1.2.1.3 TIPs in Arsenic Transport; 1.2.1.4 Transport Systems for Arsenite and Methylated Derivatives of As Other than AQPs; 1.3 Arsenate Uptake and Its Translocation Systems; 1.4 Concluding Remarks; References 2.4.3.3 Respiration Rate2.4.4 Nutrient and Water Uptake; 2.4.4.1 Micro- and Macronutrient; 2.4.4.2 Water Loss; 2.4.5 Membrane Integrity; 2.4.5.1 Cellular Membrane Damage; 2.4.5.2 Release of Electrolytes; 2.5 Conclusions and Outlook; References;
    Chapter 3: Consequences of Paddy Cultivation in Arsenic-Contaminated Paddy Fields of Lower Indo-Gangetic Plain on Arsenic Accumulation Pattern and Selected Grain Quality Traits: A Preliminary Assessment; 3.1 Introduction; 3.1.1 Rice and Economy; 3.1.2 Rice Grain Quality Attributes from Consumer's Prospective 3.1.3 Arsenic Contamination in Rice Agroecosystem3.1.3.1 Consequences of Rice Cultivation in As-Contaminated Agroecosystem; 3.2 Materials and Methods; 3.2.1 Description of Study Sites and Agriculture Practice; 3.2.2 Sample Collection, Soil Physicochemical Properties, and As Content Analysis; 3.2.3 Physicochemical Properties and Cooking Characteristics of Milled Rice; 3.2.4 Data Analysis; 3.3 Results and Discussion; 3.3.1 Physicochemical Properties of As Content in Paddy Field Soil; 3.3.2 As Content in Irrigation Water 3.3.2.1 As Accumulation Pattern in Different Plant Parts of Studied Varieties3.3.2.2 A Correlative Aspect of Grain as Content and Physicochemical Properties of As-Contaminated Paddy Field Soil; 3.3.3 Selected Grain Quality Attributes of Studied Rice Varieties Cultivated in As-Contaminated Paddy Fields; 3.3.4 Statistical Aspect of Grain As Content and Physicochemical Properties and Cooking Characteristics of Non-parboiled Milled Rice; References;
    Chapter 4: Arsenic-Induced Oxidative Stress in Plants; 4.1 Introduction; 4.2 Sites and Pathways of ROS Generation in Plants
    Chapter 2: Plant Responses to Arsenic Toxicity: Morphology and Physiology2.1 Introduction; 2.2 Uptake and Transport of Arsenic; 2.3 Morphological Effects of Arsenic; 2.4 Physiological Effects of Arsenic; 2.4.1 Growth and Productivity; 2.4.1.1 Root Plasmolysis; 2.4.1.2 Biomass; 2.4.1.3 Cell Division, Elongation, and Expansion; 2.4.2 Photosynthetic System; 2.4.2.1 Chlorophyll Synthesis; 2.4.2.2 CO2 Fixation; 2.4.2.3 Stomatal Conductance; 2.4.2.4 Chloroplast Membrane; 2.4.2.5 Expression of RuBisCO Gene; 2.4.3 ATP Synthesis and Energy Flow; 2.4.3.1 Rate of ATP Synthesis; 2.4.3.2 Energy Flow
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    edited by Maria Spies and Anna Malkova.
    Contents:
    Using the Flp recombinase to induce site-specific protein-DNA nicks / Kristoffer P. Jakobsen and Lotte Bjergbaek - A proximity ligation-based method for quantitative measurement of D-loop extension in S. cerevisiae / Aurèle Piazza, Romain Koszul, and Wolf-Dietrich Heyer - Inducing and detecting mitotic DNA synthesis at difficult-to-replicate loci / Lorenza Garribba, Wei Wu, Özgün Özer, Rahul Bhowmick, Ian D. Hickson, and Ying Liu - An approach to detect and study DNA double-strand break repair by transcript RNA using a spliced-antisense RNA template / Havva Keskin and Francesca Storici
    Assaying repair at DNA nicks / Luther Davis, Yinbo Zhang, and Nancy Maizels
    Recovery of alternative end-joining repair products from Drosophila embryos / Terrence Hanscom, Varandt Y. Khodaverdian, and Mitch McVey
    High-throughput analysis of DNA break-induced chromosome rearrangements by amplicon sequencing / Alexander J. Brown, Aneesa T. Al-Soodani, Miles Saul, Stephanie Her, Juan C. Garcia, Dale A. Ramsden, Chengtao Her, and Steven A. Roberts
    Assaying mutations associated with gene conversion repair of a double-strand break / Gajendrahar Dwivedi and James E. Haber
    Investigation of break-induced replication in yeast / Rajula Elango, Zachary Kockler, Liping Liu, and Anna Malkova - Targeting allostery with avatars to design inhibitors assessed by cell activity: dissecting MRE11 endo- and exonuclease activities / Davide Moiani, Daryl A. Ronato, Chris A. Brosey, Andrew S. Arvai, Aleem Syed, Jean-Yves Masson, Elena Petricci, and John A Tainer - Integrating experimental and in silico HTS in the discovery of inhibitors of protein-nucleic acid interactions / Quinn Li, Laura Folly da Silva Constantino, and M. Ashley Spies - Monitoring recombination during meiosis in budding yeast / Shannon Owens, Shangming Tang, and Neil Hunter - S1-seq assay for mapping processed DNA ends / Eleni P. Mimitou and Scott Keeney
    Methods for controlled protein depletion to study protein function during meiosis / Hardeep Kauer, Jasvinder S. Ahuja, and Michael Lichten - Quantitative methods to investigate the 4D dynamics of heterochromatic repair sites in Drosophila cells / Christopher P. Caridi, Laetitia Delabaere, Harianto Tjong, Hannah Hopp, Devika Das, Frank Alber, and Irene Chiolo
    Analysis of meiotic double-strand break initiation in mammals / Kevin Brick, Florencia Pratto, Chi-Yu Sun, Rafael D. Camerini-Otero, and Galina Petukhova..
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2018
  • Digital
    edited by Maria Spies and Anna Alkova.
    Summary: Mechanisms of DNA Recombination and Genome Rearrangements: Intersection between Homologous Recombination, DNA Replication and DNA Repair, Volume 601, the latest release in the Methods in Enzymology series, continues the legacy of this premier serial with quality chapters authored by leaders in the field. Homologous genetic recombination remains the most enigmatic process in DNA metabolism. The molecular machines of recombination preserve the integrity of the genetic material in all organisms and generate genetic diversity in evolution. The same molecular machines that support genetic integrity by orchestrating accurate repair of the most deleterious DNA lesions, however, also promote survival of cancerous cells and emergence of radiation and chemotherapy resistance. This two-volume set offers a comprehensive set of cutting edge methods to study various aspects of homologous recombination and cellular processes that utilize the enzymatic machinery of recombination. The chapters are written by the leading researches and cover a broad range of topics from the basic molecular mechanisms of recombinational proteins and enzymes to emerging cellular techniques and drug discovery efforts.

    Contents:
    1. DSB processing in yeast Loraine Symington 2. Purification of DNA end resection enzymes Petr Ceijka 3. Biochemistry of DNA end resection Petr Ceijka 4. Visualization of telomere movement and interchromosomal homology searches in ALT Roger Greenberg 5. Pre-steady state kinetic methods for investigating the DNA exonuclease activity of Mre11 Scott Nelson 6. Production of large quantities of human RAD51 Maria Spies 7. Determining the RAD51 nucleoprotein filamentous structure and mechanism by CryoEM Hong-Wei Wang 8. Single-molecule TIRF analysis of human RAD51 nucleation Maria Spies 9. TIRF-based single-molecule detection of the RecA presynaptic filament dynamics Sung Hyun Kim 10. Archaeal (Sulpholobus) RadA and its paralogs Cynthia Haseltine 11. 4-strand DNA strand exchange Alexander Mazin 12. Purification and biochemistry of DMC1 recombinase Doug Bishop 13. Single-molecule TIRF analysis of yeast Rad51 nucleoprotein disassembly by helicases Sua Myong 14. The recombination mediator BRCA2: architectural plasticity of recombination intermediates revealed by single molecule imaging (SFM/TIRF) Claire Wyman 15. Visualisation and quantitation of BRCA2/RAD51 dynamics in cells Roland Kanaar 16. RPA
    DNA curtains Eric Greene 17. Single-molecule studies of ssDNA binding proteins Taekjip Ha 18. BRCA2 as recombination mediator Aura Carreira 19. Ustilago maydis Brh2 as a model for human BRCA2 Bill Holloman 20. Purification and analysis of holiday junction resolvases Stephen West 21. Structural analysis of HJ resolving enzyme GEN1 David Lilley 22. The preparation of four-stranded recombination intermediates for use in the HJ resolution reactions Stephen West
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2018
  • Digital
    Carsten Carlberg, Ferdinand Molnár.
    Summary: This textbook aims to describe the fascinating area of eukaryotic gene regulation for graduate students in all areas of the biomedical sciences. Gene expression is essential in shaping the various phenotypes of cells and tissues and as such, regulation of expression is a fundamental aspect of nearly all processes in physiology, both in healthy and in diseased states. This pivotal role for the regulation of gene expression makes this textbook essential reading from students of all the biomedical sciences in order to be better prepared for their specialized disciplines. A complete understanding of transcription factors and the processes that alter their activity is a major goal of modern life science research. The availability of the whole human genome sequence (and that of other eukaryotic genomes) and the consequent development of next-generation sequencing technologies have significantly changed nearly all areas of the biological sciences. For example, the genome-wide location of histone modifications and transcription factor biding sites, such as provided by the ENCODE consortium, has greatly improved our understanding of gene regulation. Therefore, the focus of this book is the description of the post-genome understanding of gene regulation. The purpose of this book is to provide, in a condensed form, an overview on the present understanding of the mechanisms of gene regulation.

    Contents:
    Overview: What is gene expression?
    The impact of chromatin
    The basal transcriptional machinery
    Transcription factors
    Linking signal transduction and gene regulation
    Switching genes on and off at the example of nuclear receptors
    Mapping the genome
    Chromatin modifiers
    Genomic imprinting
    The epigenome
    Chromatin remodeling
    Chromatin architecture
    Regulatory RNA.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Robert Fitridge, editor.
    Summary: This extensively revised third edition provides a practically applicable guide to the pathophysiology, assessment and management of vascular disorders encountered in vascular surgical practice. It features detailed information on the latest developments in the pathophysiology of conditions including atherosclerosis, multi-organ failure, limb compartment syndromes and Raynaud's phenomenon in a clear easy to digest format. Disorders such as reperfusion injuries, vasculitides, and aortic dissection are covered. Furthermore, key topics in vascular and endovascular practice such as radiation biology and radiation safety are also detailed. Each chapter contains a set of learning objectives and key references, enabling the reader to quickly identify key points. Mechanisms of Vascular Disease: A Textbook for Vascular Specialists comprehensively covers a variety of common and unusual pathophysiologies encountered in vascular surgery, and is an ideal resource for both the trainee, and practicing clinical vascular surgeon seeking an up-to-date resource on the topic.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Contents
    Abbreviations
    Chapter 1: Vascular Endothelium in Health and Disease
    1.1 Introduction
    1.2 Endothelium-Dependent Regulation of Vascular Tone
    1.2.1 Gaseous Mediators
    1.2.2 Endothelium-Dependent Hyperpolarisation
    1.2.3 Metabolites of Arachidonic Acid
    1.2.4 Endothelins
    1.3 Angiogenesis
    1.4 Haemostasis
    1.5 Inflammation
    1.6 Conclusions
    References
    Further Reading
    Chapter 2: Pathophysiology of Atherosclerosis
    2.1 Introduction
    2.2 Normal Vessel Wall
    2.3 Stages of Atherosclerosis
    2.3.1 Intimal Xanthomas or Fatty Streaks 2.3.2 Fibroatheroma
    2.3.3 Thin-Cap Fibroatheroma
    2.3.4 Plaque Rupture
    2.3.5 Fibrous Calcified Plaque
    2.3.6 Plaque Erosion
    2.4 Pathophysiology of Atherosclerosis and Atherothrombosis
    2.4.1 Endothelial Dysfunction
    2.4.2 Lipoprotein Entry and Modification
    2.4.3 Leukocyte Recruitment
    2.4.4 Foam Cell Formation
    2.4.5 Lymphocyte Responses
    2.4.6 Smooth Muscle Cell Migration and Fibrous Cap Formation
    2.4.7 Macrophage Apoptosis and Necrotic Core Formation
    2.4.8 Calcification
    2.4.9 Neovascularisation and Intraplaque Haemorrhage 2.4.10 Fibrous Cap Degradation and Plaque Rupture
    2.4.11 Plaque Erosion
    2.5 The Role of Inflammation in Atherosclerosis
    2.6 Risk Factors
    2.6.1 Genetic Risk Factors
    2.6.2 Traditional Risk Factors
    2.7 Conclusion
    References
    Further Reading
    Chapter 3: Mechanisms of the Vulnerable Atherosclerotic Plaque and Imaging
    3.1 Introduction
    3.2 Plaque Rupture
    3.2.1 Thin Cap Fibroatheromas
    3.2.2 Plaque Size and Positive Luminal Remodeling
    3.2.3 Lipid-Rich Necrotic Core
    3.2.4 Neovascularisation and Plaque Haemorrhage
    3.2.5 Calcification
    3.3 Plaque Erosion 3.4 Calcified Nodules
    3.5 Effect of Diabetes on Plaque Morphology
    3.6 Carotid Imaging
    3.6.1 Carotid Ultrasound
    3.6.2 Carotid Computed Tomography
    3.6.3 Carotid Magnetic Resonance Imaging
    3.7 Molecular Imaging
    3.7.1 Imaging Inflammation: Fluorodeoxyglucose (18F-FDG)
    3.7.2 Imaging Microcalcification: Sodium Fluoride (18F-NaF)
    3.8 Intravascular Imaging
    3.8.1 Intravascular Ultrasound (IVUS)
    3.8.2 Optical Coherence Tomography (OCT)
    3.8.3 Intravascular Molecular Imaging
    3.9 Conclusion: Vulnerable Plaques and Vulnerable Patients
    References
    Further Reading Chapter 4: Current and Emerging Therapies for Atherosclerosis
    4.1 Introduction
    4.2 Risk Stratification
    4.3 Lifestyle Measures
    4.4 Anti-platelet and Anti-thrombotic Therapies
    4.5 Blood Pressure Therapies
    4.6 LDL Cholesterol Lowering Therapies
    4.7 Additional Lipid Modifying Therapies
    4.8 Glucose Lowering Therapies
    4.9 Anti-Inflammatory Therapies
    4.10 Obesity Targeted Therapies
    4.11 Cardiac Rehabilitation
    4.12 Conclusion
    References
    Further Reading
    Chapter 5: Pathophysiology of Angiogenesis and Its Role in Vascular Disease
    5.1 Introduction
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    edited by Simon C. F. Rawlinson.
    Contents:
    Extracellular Matrix Structure and Stem Cell Mechanosensing / Nicholas D Evans, Camelia G Tusan
    Molecular Pathways of Mechanotransduction / Hamish T J Gilbert, Joe Swift
    Sugar-Coating the Cell / Stefania Marcotti, Gwendolen C Reilly
    The Role of the Primary Cilium in Cellular Mechanotransduction / Kian F Eichholz, David A Hoey
    Mechanosensory and Chemosensory Primary Cilia in Ciliopathy and Ciliotherapy / Surya M Nauli, Rinzhin T Sherpa, Caretta J Reese, Andromeda M Nauli
    Mechanobiology of Embryonic Skeletal Development / Andrea S Pollard, Andrew A Pitsillides
    Modulating Skeletal Responses to Mechanical Loading by Targeting Estrogen Receptor Signaling / Gabriel L Galea, Lee B Meakin
    Mechanical Responsiveness of Distinct Skeletal Elements / Simon C F Rawlinson
    Pulmonary Vascular Mechanics in Pulmonary Hypertension / Zhijie Wang, Lian Tian, Naomi C Chesler
    Mechanobiology and the Kidney Glomerulus / Franziska Lausecker, Christoph Ballestrem, Rachel Lennon
    Dynamic Remodeling of the Heart and Blood Vessels / Ken Takahashi, Hulin Piao, Keiji Naruse
    Aortic Valve Mechanobiology / K Jane Grande-Allen, Daniel Puperi, Prashanth Ravishankar, Kartik Balachandran
    Testing the Perimenopause Ageprint using Skin Visoelasticity under Progressive Suction / Gérald E Piérard, Claudine Piérard-Franchimont, Ulysse Gaspard, Philippe Humbert, Sébastien L Piérard
    Mechanobiology and Mechanotherapy for Skin Disorders / Chao-Kai Hsu, Rei Ogawa
    Mechanobiology and Mechanotherapy for Cutaneous Wound-Healing / Chenyu Huang, Yanan Du, Rei Ogawa
    Mechanobiology and Mechanotherapy for Cutaneous Scarring / Rei Ogawa, Chenyu Huang
    Mechanobiology and Mechanotherapy for the Nail / Hitomi Sano, Rei Ogawa
    Bioreactors / James R Henstock, Alicia J El Haj
    Cell Sensing of the Physical Properties of the Microenvironment at Multiple Scales / Julien E Gautrot
    Predictive Modeling in Musculoskeletal Mechanobiology / Hanifeh Khayyeri, Hanna Isaksson, Patrick J Prendergast
    Porous Bone Graft Substitutes / Charlie Campion, Karin A Hing
    Exploitation of Mechanobiology for Cardiovascular Therapy / Winston Elliott, Amir Keshmiri, Wei Tan.
    Digital Access Wiley 2017
  • Print
    Joshua Rueda.
    Summary: "Test Prep Books' Med Surg Certification Review Book: CMSRN(R) Study Guide and Medical Surgical (RN-BC(R)) Exam Prep with Practice Test Questions [5th Edition]"-- Amazon.com.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Exam Review Books (shelved at Information Desk)
    RD99.25 .M437 2021
    1
  • Print
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Retired Reference Periodicals (Downstairs)
    5
  • Print
    Jean F. MacFaddin.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    QR66.3 .M33
    1
  • Digital
    Giuliano Gentili, Mario Di Napoli.
    Summary: This atlas systematically reviews motor conduction studies of the median nerve, from pilot human studies in peripheral nerve conduction during the 1950s through to the most recent scientific evidence. Descriptions are provided of a wealth of motor nerve conduction techniques that were reproduced in the laboratory, including both the originally proposed methods and variants. The techniques are organized according to practical criteria for ease of reference. Attention is focused especially on those techniques which have shown higher sensitivity and specificity in the diagnosis of compressive mononeuropathies like carpal tunnel syndrome (CTS)and on the most widely accepted guidelines, recommendations, quality measures, and electrodiagnostic classifications. The volume is completed with a detailed, well-illustrated glossary explaining the more commonly used terms in electrodiagnostic medicine (EDX). The atlas is primarily intended for residents and professionals in Neurology, as well as rehabilitation physicians and clinical neurophysiologists. The detailed descriptions of techniques and their practical use will also make the book an invaluable tool for novices and clinical neurophysiology technicians.

    Contents:
    Introduction
    List of Abbreviations
    Synoptic Table
    Motor Conduction Studies Index (according to practical criteria)
    Part I Motor Conduction Studies, The Median Nerve
    Part II Motor Conduction Studies, Anterior Interosseous Nerve (motor branch of the median nerve)
    Glossary
    Subject Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Giuliano Gentili, Mario Di Napoli.
    Summary: This atlas systematically reviews sensory conduction studies of the median nerve, from pilot human studies in peripheral nerve conduction during the 1950s through to the most recent scientific evidence. Descriptions are provided of a wealth of sensory nerve conduction techniques that were reproduced in the laboratory, including both the originally proposed methods and variants. The methods are organized according to practical criteria for ease of reference. Attention is focused especially on those techniques which have shown higher sensitivity and specificity in the diagnosis of compressive mononeuropathies like carpal tunnel syndrome (CTS), and on the most widely accepted guidelines, recommendations, quality measures, and electrodiagnostic classifications. A detailed, well-illustrated glossary explains the more commonly used terms in electrodiagnostic medicine (EDX). The book is primarily intended for residents and professionals in Neurology, as well as rehabilitation physicians and clinical neurophysiologists. The detailed descriptions of techniques and their practical use will also make the book an invaluable tool for novices and clinical neurophysiology technicians.

    Contents:
    Introduction
    List of abbreviations
    Synoptic table
    Sensory conduction studies index (according to practical criteria)
    Part 1 Sensory conduction studies
    Part 2
    Glossary
    Subject Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Renato Franco, Federica Zito Marino, Antonio Giordano, editors.
    Summary: This book discusses the main approaches for mediastinal mass diagnosis and treatment, whose different aspects have been thoroughly treated by a multidisciplinary team of experts from different clinical fields. The complex anatomy of the mediastinum, as well as the different clinical, radiographic and prognostic features of mediastinal tumors suggests that specialists adopt more flexible and comprehensive practices, as highlighted in this text. The book includes a brief introductory section describing the anatomic sites of mediastinal masses and the epidemiological evidence for each different clinical-pathological entity. In particular, specific chapters are dedicated to thymic tumors, lymphomas, thyroid and parathyroid masses, and germ cell tumors of the anterior mediastinum.

    Contents:
    Mediastinum masses
    Anterior mediastinum masses
    Middle mediastinum masses
    Posterior mediastinum masses.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Neda Kalhor, Cesar Moran.
    Summary: This book provides a practical approach to the diagnosis of the diverse tumors that can be seen in the mediastinum. It discusses not only a historical perspective of what has been done in the past but also the assessments of those changes from experts in their fields. By doing so, the text aims to improve the treatment and assessment of patients with mediastinal tumors. This book focuses on daily practice, as pathologists are confronted with this type of pathology regularly. In some areas, it is inevitable that current practice calls for ancillary tests, including immunohistochemistry and molecular techniques. Mediastinal Pathology should be useful not only to general surgical pathologists or thoracic surgical pathologists, but also to thoracic surgeons, radiologists, and oncologist, who are called upon to care for patients with mediastinal tumors. .
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Print
    contributors, H.G. Baumgarten ... [et al.] ; editor, G. Bertaccini.
    Contents:
    Part 1. Morphological basis and neurophysiological control
    Part 2. Endogenous and exogenous agents.
  • Digital
    Khan Muhammad Azaan, Gizem Ashraf, Hamza Ashraf, editors.
    Summary: Patient-healthcare worker communication is the cornerstone of an informed and patient-centered approach to healthcare. It is continually stressed throughout all aspects of medical training and practice, but this can be impaired by the myriad of medical jargon and complex pathophysiology required in explaining a patients condition. This book aims to provide a comprehensive reference of analogies which simplify and make the most common medical conditions that patients may question about or be afflicted with comprehensible. There is need for an efficient way to translate years of study and experiential learning from the doctor and healthcare professional to the patient. The book contains over 200 analogies that span across 19 chapters covering a wide variety of medicine specialties, including but not limited to cardiology, dermatology, endocrinology, gastroenterology, and more. Each chapter follows a consistent format: a condition is given, the analogy title for the condition is given, and then the analogy is explained in the body text. The authors took some of the most common encountered medical conditions and attributed them to digestible analogies that help bridge the gap between healthcare professional to patient. Medical Analogies for Clinician-Patient Communication: Innovative Strategies for Improving the Clinical Encounter serves as a fruitful reference for anyone wanting to communicate profoundly with their patients without forfeiting brevity. .

    Contents:
    Cardiology
    Dermatology
    Endocrinology
    Ear, nose and throat
    General practice
    Gastroenterology
    Haematology
    Infectious diseases
    Musculoskeletal system.-Nephrology
    Neurology
    Ophthalmology
    Paediatrics
    Peri- and post-operative care
    Psychology
    Respiratory
    Rhematology
    Womens health
    General Surgery.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Mieczyslaw Pokorski, editor.
    Summary: This book integrates topics in basic research and clinical medicine as well as molecular and cell biology. It presents innovative advances in the field of immunodeficiency syndromes and viral/bacterial respiratory infections, including a novel hyperbaric oxygen treatment for COVID-19. A comprehensive insight is offered into the unresolved molecular pathways in chemosensing that plays a vital role in detecting insufficient tissue oxygenation, as well as in sporting accomplishments. Other articles address cardiorespiratory and humoral responses to hypoxia, the function of cementum in the repair and regeneration of teeth, and periprosthetic fractures following hip arthroplasty in the elderly. The issue of the overwhelming burdens on caregivers to spinal injury patients, damaging both health and psychosocial status, is addressed. The book promotes translation of scientific advances to the general medical practice. It will be a valuable reference for clinical healthcare professionals and researchers interested in innovative practices to improve the prevention, diagnosis, and management of diseases.

    Contents:
    Role of IP3 Receptors in Shaping the Carotid Chemoreceptor Response to Hypoxia but not to Hypercapnia in the Rat Carotid Body: An Evidence Review
    The Role of Hyperbaric Oxygen Treatment for COVID-19: A Review
    Primary Immunodeficiencies
    Diseases of Children and Adults: A Review
    Pneumococcal Vaccine in Adult Asthma Patients
    Immunoglobulin G Deficiency in Children with Recurrent Respiratory Infections with and without History of Allergy
    Pruritus Characteristics in Severe Atopic Dermatitis in Adult Patients
    Pathophysiological Responses to a Record-Breaking Multi-Hour Underwater Endurance Performance: A Case Study
    Respiratory Muscle Strength and Ventilatory Function Outcome: Differences between Trained Athletes and Healthy Untrained Persons
    Uroflowmetry and Altitude Hypoxia: A Report from Healthy Italian Trekkers and Nepali Porters during Himalayan Expedition
    Effects of Intraligamentary Injection of Osteogenic-Induced Gingival Fibroblasts on Cementum Thickness in the Dog Model of Tooth Root Resorption
    In-Silico Evaluation of Treatment of Periprosthetic Fractures in Elderly Patients after Hip Arthroplasty
    Appraisal of burden of caregivers to chronically rehabilitated patients with spinal cord injuries in a tertiary neurological center in Nepal.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Brendan C. Stack, Donald L. Bodenner, editors ; Twlya B. Bartel, associate editor ; Andrew M. Hinson, assistant editor.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    senior editors, Joel Bozue, Christopher K. Cote, Pamela J. Glass.
    Contents:
    Historical overview: from poisoned darts to pan-hazard preparedness
    Epidemiology of biowarfare and bioterrorism
    Food, waterborne, and agricultural diseases
    Consequence management: the local and national response
    Medical management of potential biological casualties: a stepwise approach
    Anthrax
    Brucellosis
    Glanders
    Melioidosis
    Plague
    Tularemia
    Q fever
    Multidrug-resistant bacterial infections as a threat to the US military health system: acinetobacter infections as a case study
    Botulinum toxin
    Clostridium perfringens epsilon toxin
    Ricin
    Staphylococcal enterotoxin B and related toxins produced by staphylococcus aureus and streptococcus pyogenes
    Toxins from venoms and poisons
    Marine algal toxins of concern as intentional contaminants
    Alphavirus encephalitides
    Hemorrhagic fever-causing mammarenaviruses
    Henipaviruses
    Filoviruses
    Smallpox and related orthopox viruses
    Emerging infectious diseases and future threats
    Laboratory identification of threats
    Medical countermeasures
    Future prospects of vaccines and antibodies in biodefense
    Aerobiology: history, development, and programs
    Biosafety
    Biological surety
    Ethical issues in the development of drugs and vaccines for biodefense
    Abbreviations and acronyms.
    Digital Access R2Library 2007
  • Digital
    edited by S. Hossein Fatemi, Paula J. Clayton.
    Contents:
    The Mental Status Examination
    Syndromes of Brain Dysfunction Presenting with Cognitive Impairment or Behavioral Disturbance: Delirium, Dementia, and Mental Disorders Due to Another Medical Condition
    The Amnestic Syndrome
    Bipolar Illness
    Major Depressive Disorder
    Schizophrenia
    Schizoaffective and Schizophreniform Disorders
    Delusional Disorders
    Anxiety Disorders
    Obsessive Compulsive Disorder
    Somatizing and Dissociative Disorders
    Anorexia Nervosa and Bulimia Nervosa
    Antisocial Personality Disorder
    Alcoholism
    Drug Addiction
    Sexual Disorders: Dysfunction, Gender Identity and Paraphilias
    Other Psychiatric Syndromes: Adjustment Disorder, Factitious Disorder, Illicit Steroid Abuse, Cultural Syndromes
    ADHD and the Disruptive Behavior Disorders
    Mood Disorders in Children and Adolescents
    Autism Spectrum Disorder
    Childhood Anxiety Disorders and Obsessive-Compulsive Disorder
    Schizophrenia in Children and Adolescents
    Mood Disturbances
    Anxiety Symptoms
    Thought Disorder
    From Phenomenology to Strong Biologism and Epigenetics in Psychiatry
    Catatonia in Psychiatric Illnesses
    Personality Disorders
    Genetics of Psychiatric Disorders
    Novel Targets for Drug Treatment in Psychiatry
    Use of Laboratory in Psychiatry
    Epidemiology of Psychiatric Illness
    Suicide and Attempted Suicide
    Clinical Psychopharmacology
    Cognitive and Behavioral Therapies
    Forensic Psychiatry
    Sleep Disorders
    Neuromodulation in Psychiatry
    Rating Scales for Psychiatric Disorders
    Neuroimaging in Psychiatry
    Electroconvulsive Therapy: Indications, Use and Adverse Effects
    Profiles in History of Neuroscience and Psychiatry
    Normal Laboratory Values and Drug Therapeutic and Toxic Ranges.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Gustavo Blanco, Antonio Blanco.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2017
  • Digital
    Sankhavaram R. Panini.
    Summary: "Medical Biochemistry - An Illustrated Review - for success in the classroom and on the USMLE! High-yield, biochemical principles presented in a concise, easy-to-understand format with supporting summary tables 200 full-color illustrations of biochemical pathways that highlight associated disorders and drug targets 400 color-coded boxes that connect biochemical concepts with other basic sciences and clinical conditions 400 factual and USMLE-style questions with full explanations"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Nutrition and Digestion
    Carbohydrate Structure and Chemistry
    Lipid Structure and Chemistry
    Amino Acids and Proteins
    Biochemical Reactions and Enzymes
    Membranes and Transport.
    Cell Signaling
    Principles of Cellular Respiration
    Glycolysis and the Fate of Pyruvate
    Tricarboxylic Acid Cycle
    Oxidative Phosphorylation and Mitochondria
    Carbohydrate Metabolism
    Fatty Acid Metabolism
    Cholesterol and Steroid Metabolism
    Protein and Amino Acid Metabolism
    Nucleotide and Heme Metabolism
    DNA Replication and Repair Transcription
    Translation and Posttranslational Modifications
    Cell Cycle, Apoptosis, and Cancer
    Molecular Biotechniques.
  • Digital
    Joseph D. Fontes, Darla L. McCarthy.
    Contents:
    Chemical foundations : acid-base chemistry, buffers, and bioenergetics
    Chemistry of carbohydrates, lipids, proteins, and nucleotides
    Biochemical reactions and catalysis
    Protein structure and function
    The TCA cycle and oxidative phosphorylation
    Carbohydrate digestion and metabolism
    Fatty acid metabolism and lipid digestion
    Cholesterol and steroid metabolism
    Protein, amino acid, and one carbon metabolism
    Nucleotide, heme, and iron metabolism
    nutrition and integrated metabolism
    Cellular signaling and posttranslational modifications
    DNA replication and cell cycle
    DNA mutation and repair
    Gene transcription and RNA processing
    Protein translation
    Cell stress and death
    Biochemical and molecular techniques.
  • Digital/Print
    Deirdre Cooper Owens.
    Contents:
    Introduction. American gynecology and black lives
    The birth of American gynecology
    Black women's experiences in slavery and medicine
    Contested relations: slavery, sex, and medicine
    Irish immigrant women and American gynecology
    Historical black superbodies and the medical gaze
    Afterword.
    Digital Access EBSCOhost 2019
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: History - LC Classification (Downstairs)
    RG67.U6 C66 2017
    1
  • Digital/Print
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    ClinicalKey
    ScienceDirect
    Print Access
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    54
  • Digital
    Elizabeth Roberts, MA Ed, CPC.
    Digital Access STAT!Ref 2018
    Limited to 2 simultaneous users
  • Print
    Jonathan S. Kahan, Michael S. Heyl.
    Contents:
    The framework for regulation of medical devices
    The 510(k) premarket notification process
    Device modifications requiring a 510(k) notice
    FDA regulation of medical device software and digital health technology
    The investigational device exemption application : overview of the IDE process and humanitarian devices
    Medical device clinical studies
    The premarket approval application
    Review of a premarket approval application
    PMA supplements
    Medical device reclassification
    The regulation of in vitro diagnostics
    The quality system regulation
    Compliance
    Medical device exports and imports
    Product jurisdiction and the regulation of combination products
    Working well with FDA.
    Print Unavailable: Checked out Recall Item
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    KF3827.M4 K34 2020
    1
  • Digital/Print
    Summary: "This fifth edition of the MEC is divided into two parts. Part I describes how the recommendations were developed and Part II contains the recommendations and describes how to use them" -- page 5.
    Digital Access WHO 2015
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    HQ766 .M48 2015
    1
  • Digital
    Vidal Haddad Junior.
    Summary: This is the second edition of the book originally published under the title Medical Emergencies Caused by Aquatic Animals: A Zoological and Clinical Guide. Including updated chapters, new content and additional references, it discusses follow-up with patients, describes diseases that are not emergencies and explains procedures that can take place at health stations and outpatient centers, focusing on clinical and biological aspects relevant to researchers and practitioners alike. The chapter on Invertebrate Aquatic Animals presents facts and advances that were left out of the first edition. In addition, it includes improved images. The subtopic on Cnidaria presents recent data on outbreaks and new species identification in unprecedented areas, with a timely discussion on first aid treatment. The chapter on Injuries by Vertebrate Aquatic Animals has been improved, based on continued work with bathers and fishermen. Featuring numerous images and representative clinical cases, it explores the most significant injuries caused by fish around the globe. The chapter on Ingestion of Aquatic Venomous Animals: Toxinology, Clinical Aspects, and Treatment discusses outbreaks of intoxication diseases from eating fish and seafood, drawing on reliable records of serial cases of Haff's syndrome, scombroidism and ciguatera. Further, it examines the indiscriminate consumption of aquatic animals, which the author argues present the same (or even greater) risks of poisoning and infections as terrestrial animals. Lastly, since there is a general lack of awareness of the risk of infections in aquatic environments, the chapter on Bacterial and Fungal Infections in Aquatic Environments describes the symptoms and treatments and highlights preventive measures.

    Contents:
    Introduction
    Invertebrate Aquatic Animals.-Injuries caused by Vertebrate Aquatic Animals
    Ingestion of Aquatic Venomous Animals: Toxinology, Clinical Aspects, and Treatment
    Bacterial and Fungal Infections in Aquatic Environments.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Vidal Haddad Jr.
    Contents:
    Introduction
    Invertebrate Aquatic Animals
    Injuries by Vertebrate Aquatic Animals-Phylum Chordata (Fish, Reptiles and Mammals)
    Ingestion of Aquatic Venomous Animals: Toxinology, Clinical Aspects and Treatment
    Bacterial and Fungi Infections in Aquatic Environments.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Stanley F. Malamed, DDS (Dentist Anesthesiologist, Emeritus Professor of Anesthesia and Medicine, Ostrow School of Dentistry, University of Southern California, Los Angeles, California).
    Summary: "Be prepared to prevent, recognize, and manage life-threatening medical emergencies! Medical Emergencies in the Dental Office, 8th Edition helps you learn the skills needed to manage health issues in the dental office or clinic. The text describes how to recognize and manage medical emergencies promptly and proactively and details the resources that must be on hand to effectively deal with these situations. Written by noted dentistry educator Dr. Stanley Malamed, this expert text includes the latest guidelines for drug-related emergencies, cardiac arrest, and more."--publisher's website.

    Contents:
    Half title
    Title page
    Copyright
    Dedication
    t Foreword
    Preface
    Acknowledgments
    Contents
    Introduction
    Prevention
    Preparation
    Legal considerations
    Unconsciousness: general considerations
    Vasodepressor syncope
    Postural hypotension
    Acute adrenal insufficiency
    Unconsciousness: differential diagnosis
    Respiratory distress: general considerations
    Foreign body ingestion and aspiration
    Hyperventilation
    Asthma
    Heart failure and acute pulmonary edema
    Respiratory distress: differential diagnosis
    Altered consciousness: general considerations
    Diabetes mellitus
    Thyroid gland dysfunction
    Cerebrovascular accident
    Altered consciousness: differential diagnosis
    Seizures
    Drug-related emergencies: general considerations
    Drug overdose reactions
    Allergy
    Drug-related emergencies: differential diagnosis
    Chest pain
    Stable ischemic heart disease - angina pectoris
    Acute coronary syndrome - myocardial infarction
    Chest pain: differential diagnosis
    Cardiac arrest
    Pediatric considerations
    Quick-reference section to life-threatening situations.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2023
  • Digital/Print
    Greenberg, Raymond S.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    AccessPharmacy
    AccessMedicine
    AccessMedicine
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RA650 .M489
    6
  • Digital
    Conrad Fischer, MD, Caterina Oneto, MD.
    Contents:
    Autonomy
    Competence and the capacity to make decisions
    Informed consent
    Confidentiality and medical records
    End-of-life issues
    Reproductive issues
    Organ and tissue donation
    Reportable illnesses
    Hiv-related issues
    Sexually transmitted diseases (STDs)
    Malpractice
    Doctor/patient relationship
    Doctor and society
    Doctor/doctor relationship
    Experimentation.
  • Digital
    Matjaž Zwitter.
    Summary: This book discusses medicine from an ethical perspective, whereas books on medical ethics more commonly present ethics from a bio-medical standpoint. The book is divided into 23 chapters. The introductory chapters present some basic concepts of medical ethics, such as the relation between the legal system and ethics, ethical documents, ethical theories, and ethical analysis. The following chapters address issues of importance in all fields of medicine: respecting autonomy, communication, relations within a healthcare team, professional malpractice, limited resources, and the portrait of a physician. In turn, the third part of the book focuses on ethical aspects in a broad range of medical activities - preventive medicine, human reproduction, genetics, pediatrics, intensive care, palliative medicine, clinical research, unproven methods in diagnostics and treatment, and the role of physicians who aren't directly responsible for patient care. The last part presents students' seminars with case stories. The book offers a valuable resource for physicians of all specialties, students of medicine, professionals, and students from other fields devoted to human health, journalists, and general readers with an interest in medicine.

    Contents:
    Preface
    Ethics and law
    Ethical codes and declarations
    Ethical theories
    Ethical analysis
    Autonomy and its limitations
    Communication
    Relations in health care teams
    Professional malpractice
    Limited resources, priorities, and corruption
    Image of a physician
    Preventive medicine
    Ethics at the beginning of life
    Paediatrics
    Genetics
    Emergency medicine and transplantation
    Elderly and psychiatric patients
    Dying and death
    Research
    Unproven methods of diagnostics and treatment
    Physicians beyond patient care
    Students' seminars.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    edited by Martin A. Finkel, Angelo P. Giardino.
    Summary: The fourth edition of this best-selling reference is a valuable resource to clinicians and child advocates serving children and families affected by suspicions of child sexual abuse.
    Digital Access AAP ebooks 2019
  • Digital
    Charles Fried ; edited by Franklin Miller and Alan Wertheimer.
    Summary: This new edition of Charles Fried's Medical Experimentation includes a general introduction by Franklin Miller and the late Alan Wertheimer, a reprint of the 1974 text, an in-depth analysis by Harvard Law School scholars I. Glenn Cohen and D. James Greiner, and a new essay by Fried reflecting on the original text and how it applies to the contemporary landscape of medicine and medical experimentation.
    Digital Access Oxford 2016
  • Digital
    Lynn B. Jorde, PhD, John C. Carey, MD, MPH, Michael J. Bamshad, MD.
    Summary: "Up to date and extensively revised to reflect recent advances in the genetics of common diseases, as well as current progress in gene therapy, Medical Genetics, 6th Edition, delivers easy-to-read, highly visual coverage of this rapidly changing field. This accessible, practical text integrates key concepts with clinical practice, highlighted by numerous illustrations, tables, concept summaries, and more - all designed to enhance effective learning and retention of complex material."--Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2020
  • Print
    ed., by Sushila Gore [et al.].
    Contents:

    v. 1. Conception control.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    N236 .I61 1962
    1
  • Digital
    Manas Das.
    Contents:
    Section I. Biology
    Section II. Histology
    Section III. Embryology
    Section IV. Comprehensive Exam
    Index.
  • Digital
    Vinita Agarwal.
    Summary: With an increasing number of individuals living with chronic illness and pain, integrative approaches offering self-management support are needed. This book proposes a multi-layered framework integrating the body/self/environment that cultivates wholeness as an authentic embodied presence in alignment with a reflexive self.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Contents
    Chapter One The Wholeness Project
    Chapter Two A Social Constructionist Epistemology
    Chapter Three The Reflexive Self
    Chapter Four The Embodied Self
    Chapter Five The Discursive Body
    Chapter Six The Material Body
    Chapter Seven Time, Change, and Illness Intrusion
    Chapter Eight Traditional Health Systems
    Chapter Nine Food, Nature, and Body/Self-Integration
    References
    Index
    About the Author
  • Print
    Bleakley, Alan.
    Summary: This ground-breaking book sets out a fresh vision for a future medical education by providing a radical reconceptualisation of the purposes of medical humanities through a lens of critical health psychology and liberatory pedagogy. The medical humanities are conceived as translational media through which reductive, instrumental biomedicine can be raised in quality, intensity, and complexity by embracing ethical, aesthetic, political, and transcendental values. This translation occurs through innovative use of metaphor. A note of caution is offered - that the medical humanities too can be instrumental and reductive if not framed well. Drawing on major theorists such as MichelFoucault and Jacques Rancire and bringing together insights from diverse but inter-related fields, Bleakley focuses on the "ills" of contemporary biomedicine and medical education, and the need for reconceptualisation, which - it is argued - the translational medical humanities have the potential to accomplish. Current instrumental approaches to medical humanities, embracing communication skills training and narrative-based medicine, have failed to address the chronic symptoms suffered by medicine. These include resort to closed, functional systems thinking rather than embracing dynamic, complex, open, and adaptive systems thinking; lack of democratic habits in medical culture, compromising patient safety and care; the production of insensibility rather than deepening of sensibility in medical education; a lack of attention to ethics, aesthetics, and politics where the instrumental is privileged; and a lack of critical reflexivity in revisioning habitual practices. Through persuasive argument, Bleakley sets out a more radical manifesto for the role the arts and humanities might play in medical/healthcare education and offers a new approach based on curriculum process rather than syllabus content, to recuperate aesthetic sensibilities, discernment, and affect in medicine. The book will appeal to medical and healthcare educators, medical and health humanities scholars, engaged clinicians, social scientists drawing on critical theory, and arts and humanities practitioners engaging with medical and healthcare themes.
    Digital Access TandFonline 2023
  • Digital
    Howard Wainer.
    Contents:
    New York's cancer maps : what we don't know won't hurt us, it's what we do know that ain't
    A centenary celebration for Will Burtin : a pioneer of scientific visualization
    That's funny ...
    Commentary on some graphs in the 2008 National Healthcare Quality Report
    Improving graphic displays by controlling creativity
    Diabetes and the obesity : taking a better look at blood sugar as a start
    A second look at second opinions, with hip fractures as an example
    False positives, or, Is a pound of prevention worth an ounce of cure
    Assessing long-term risk with shorter-term data
    A remarkable horse : an inquiry into the accuracy of medical predictions
    On the role of replication in the advance of science : the survival of the fittist
    What does it take to change practice?
    Why is a raven like a writing desk? Musing on the power of convention.
  • Print
    by Paul Peck.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    H836 .P36 1960
    1
  • Digital
    [edited by] K.C. Santosh, Sameer Antani, D.S. Guru, Nilanjan Dey.
    Summary: The book discusses varied topics pertaining to advanced or up-to-date techniques in medical imaging using artificial intelligence (AI), image recognition (IR) and machine learning (ML) algorithms/techniques. Further, coverage includes analysis of chest radiographs (chest x-rays) via stacked generalization models, TB type detection using slice separation approach, brain tumor image segmentation via deep learning, mammogram mass separation, epileptic seizures, breast ultrasound images, knee joint x-ray images, bone fracture detection and labeling, and diabetic retinopathy. It also reviews 3D imaging in biomedical applications and pathological medical imaging.

    Contents:
    Preface
    Editors
    1. A novel stacked model ensemble for improved TB detection in chest radiographs
    2. The role of artificial intelligence (AI) in medical imaging: general radiologic and urologic applications
    3. Early detection of epileptic seizures based on scalp EEG signals
    4. Fractal analysis in histology classification of non-small cell lung cancer
    5. Multi-feature-based classification of osteoarthritis in knee joint X-ray images
    6. Detection and classification of non-proliferative diabetic retinopathy lesions
    7. Segmentation and analysis of CT images for bone fracture detection and labeling
    8. A systematic review of 3D imaging in biomedical applications
    9. Review on the evolution of comprehensive information for digital sliding of pathology and medical image segmentation
    10. Pathological medical image segmentation: a quick review based on parametric techniques
    Index.
    Digital Access TandFonline 2020
  • Digital
    Aarthi Ramlaul, editor.
    Summary: This exciting new book equips radiography students and practitioners with the key skills and strategies required to undertake research within medical imaging and radiotherapy and to disseminate the research findings effectively. Quantitative and qualitative research methods are covered, with guidance provided on the entire research process, from literature researching, information management and literature evaluation through to data collection, data analysis, and writing up. Attention is drawn to sampling errors and other potential sources of bias, and the conduct of randomized controlled trials, systematic reviews, and meta-analyses are clearly explained. Specific instruction is given on the structure and presentation of dissertations, writing journal articles for publication, and the dissemination of research findings at conferences. Information on patient and public involvement in research and research funding bodies are also provided with advice on how to maximize the likelihood of success when submitting applications for funding.

    Contents:
    Section 1 Getting started with research
    1 History of research
    2 FINDING A RESEARCH QUESTION
    3 Literature searching
    4 Literature evaluation and critique
    5 Reflective practice and the patient voice
    6 Ethical considerations
    Section 2 Research planning
    7 Planning your research study
    8 Types of information
    9 Epidemiological research methods
    10 Sampling errors, bias and objectivity
    11 Research outcome measures
    Section 3 Health technology assessment
    12 Health technology assessment
    Section 4 Dosimetry and service evaluation
    13 Dosimetry
    14 Clinical audit
    Section 5 Data analysis
    15 Quantitative methods and analysis
    16 Qualitative analysis
    Section 5 Data analysis
    15 Quantitative methods and analysis
    16 Qualitative analysis
    Section 6 Writing up and disseminating
    17 Dissertation structure and presentation
    18 Writing for publication and presenting at conferences
    19 Applying for research funding
    20 Research writing: tips and common.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Sukru Mehmet Erturk, Tomoaki Ichikawa, Suzan Saylisoy, editors.
    Summary: This volume highlights and broadens our understanding of the correct use and the possible contraindications of contrast agents applied in radiology. Written by experts in the field, it not only focuses on the chemistry, physiochemical properties and pharmacokinetics of both iodinated and gadolinium-containing contrast agents, but also on the relevant safety issues such as frequency of their short- and long-term side effects and ways to avoid them nephrotoxicity risk related to the iodinated contrast agents NSF (nephrogenic systemic fibrosis) accumulation of gadolinium in the brain use of contrast agents in pediatric patients and pregnancy It also includes essential data on the use of contrast agents, such as scanning protocols, in the context of various clinical conditions. This comprehensive manual addresses all professionals involved in radiological imaging and is an invaluable tool for radiologists and technologists, as well as for residents and clinicians.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Colin G. Miller, Joel Krasnow, Lawrence H. Schwartz, editors.
    Summary: Medical Imaging in Clinical Trials is a key text in understanding the methodology and the metrics that are required in the field of medical imaging. As the pharmaceutical, biotech and medical device industries continue to identify ways to improve and speed up product development, medical imaging plays a more significant role. Medical Imaging in Clinical Trials aims to educate and provide a hands-on text for those involved in clinical trials and either new to medical imaging and having to assimilate it into clinical trials or requiring to understand the key differences between clinical trial imaging and routine clinical imaging. It is targeted to those professionals involved in clinical trials at the clinical research site, pharmaceutical and medical device industries, and regulators. This is not the "how to image" book written for the radiologist or Radiological Technologist, but covers the critical aspects of clinical trial methodology that are important for these individuals to understand. This book addresses the ethics and radiation dosages of the different modalities, the end points commonly used for the different trial phases, the acquisition and analysis techniques, as well as the logistics management of medical imaging and the role of the central imaging lab or imaging core lab (ICL) which is now the standard requirement for clinical trials. Furthermore this text delves into the details of the major therapeutic areas where medical imaging plays a primary or secondary efficacy or safety end point.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Victor I. Mikla and Victor V. Mikla.
    Contents:
    1. Advances in imaging from the first X-ray images
    2. Computed tomography
    3. Physics of magnetic resonance imaging
    4. Positron emission tomography
    5. X-ray detectors
    6. Effects of charge carrier trapping on detector performance
    7. Ultrasound imaging
    8. Raman spectroscopy in medicine.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2014
  • Print
    Society of Actuaries and Association of Life Insurance Medical Directors of America.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Retired Reference (Downstairs)
    HG8784.U6 M4
    1
  • Digital
    Alain Venot, Anita Burgun, Catherine Quantin, editors.
    Summary: Over the years, medical informatics has matured into a true scientific discipline. Fundamental and applied aspects are now taught in various fields of health, including medicine, dentistry, pharmacy, nursing and public health. Medical informatics is also often included in the curricula of many other disciplines, including the life sciences, engineering and economics. Medical informatics is a complex and rapidly changing discipline. Relatively few books have been published on the subject, and they rapidly become obsolete. This book is the fruit of a collaborative effort between authors teaching medical informatics in France and others who are conducting research in this field. In addition, an international perspective was pursued, as reflected in the inclusion of various developments and actions in both the USA and Europe. This book is divided into 18 chapters, all of which include learning objectives, recommendations for further reading, exercises and bibliographic references.

    Contents:
    Medical Informatics as a scientific discipline
    Medical vocabulary, terminological resources, health information coding
    The management and dissemination of knowledge in Healthcare
    The representation of the patient data in the health information systems and the electronic medical record
    Medical Image processing: principles, main applications and prospects
    Augmented Medical Interventions : Surgetics and Robotics
    Clinical diagnostic decision making support
    Therapeutic decision making support
    Medico-economic decision making support
    Public health decision making
    Security, legal and ethical aspects of computerized health data
    Clinical Information Systems in hospitals
    Shared medical records
    Computerizing the medical office
    Computerizing the dental office
    Computerizing the pharmacy
    The development of E-Health
    Translational Medical Informatics
    Human Factors and Ergonomics for Medical Informatics.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital/Print
    Steven A. Cole, Julian Bird.
    Summary: The Medical Interview by Drs. Steven A. Cole and Julian Bird equips you to communicate effectively with your patients so you can provide optimal care! This best-selling, widely adopted resource presents a practical, systematic approach to honing your basic interviewing skills and managing common challenging communicating situations. Its Three-Function Approach - "Build the Relationship," "Assess and Understand," and Collaborative Management" offers straightforward tasks, behaviors, and skills that can be easily mastered, making this an ideal learning tool for beginners and a valuable reference for experienced healthcare professionals. Effectively meet a full range of communication challenges including language and cultural barriers, sexual issues, elderly patients, breaking bad news, and non-adherence.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2014
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
  • Digital
    Huma Fatima
    Summary: "Medical Kidney Diseases: Morphology-Based Novel Approach to Renal Biopsy is designed to provide brief and concise yet comprehensive information for practicing pathologists, pathology residents, and nephrology fellows. It presents a simple and practical approach to renal biopsy by providing a pertinent differential diagnosis related to various patterns of injuries involving renal parenchyma by light microscopy and reaching a correct diagnosis by assimilating immunofluorescence and electron microscopy findings. The book is divided into four sections: glomerular, vascular, tubulointerstitial, and transplant renal pathology. It is further divided into subsections based on the particular pattern of injury by light microscopy. A differential diagnosis is followed by real-life cases taken from the author’s practice, illustrated by numerous photomicrographs. It includes up-to-date classification schemes for membranoproliferative glomerulonephritis (MPGN) and focal segmental glomerulosclerosis (FSGS) variants as well as Banff 97 criteria for acute cellular rejection and International Society of Nephrology/Renal Pathology Society (ISN/RPS) classification of lupus nephritis."-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Pattern of glomerular lesions
    Vascular lesions
    Tubulointerstitial lesions
    Renal transplant pathology
    List of acronyms
  • Digital
    Geraldine MacCarrick.
    Summary: Using a case-based approach, Medical Leadership and Management uses internationally recognized competency frameworks to support knowledge acquisition and skills relevant to medical management and leadership. The text and supporting cases studies describe key medical management and leadership competencies, illustrating the theoretical and practical aspects of these competencies in the healthcare setting. With 23 years in clinical, teaching and health administration, Dr Geraldine MacCarrick has extensive knowledge of the education and training issues facing the medical profession. Despite lack of formal training, doctors worldwide are increasingly assuming greater leadership and management roles in healthcare. Effective medical leadership is recognized as essential for improving the performance of health services, enhancing the wellbeing of patients and the quality of outcomes. Medical Leadership and Management is of interest to all medical educators interested in supporting their students to acquire leadership and management skills in preparation for graduation and beyond.

    Contents:
    1. Introduction
    2.Professional Leadership and Management in Medicine
    3. The Effective Medical Manager. -4. Expertise in Medical Management
    5. The Adaptable Communicator
    6. The Creative Collaborator
    7. The Active Advocate
    8. The Resourceful Scholar .
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    James E. Szalados, editor.
    Summary: The Medical-Legal Aspects of Acute Care Medicine: A Resource for Clinicians, Administrators, and Risk Managers is a comprehensive resource intended to provide a state-of-the-art overview of complex ethical, regulatory, and legal issues of importance to clinical healthcare professionals in the area of acute care medicine; including, for example, physicians, advanced practice providers, nurses, pharmacists, social workers, and care managers. In addition, this book also covers key legal and regulatory issues relevant to non-clinicians, such as hospital and practice administrators; department heads, educators, and risk managers. This text reviews traditional and emerging areas of ethical and legal controversies in healthcare such as resuscitation; mass-casualty event response and triage; patient autonomy and shared decision-making; medical research and teaching; ethical and legal issues in the care of the mental health patient; and, medical record documentation and confidentiality. Furthermore, this volume includes chapters dedicated to critically important topics, such as team leadership, the team model of clinical care, drug and device regulation, professional negligence, clinical education, the law of corporations, tele-medicine and e-health, medical errors and the culture of safety, regulatory compliance, the regulation of clinical laboratories, the law of insurance, and a practical overview of claims management and billing. Authored by experts in the field, The Medical-Legal Aspects of Acute Care Medicine: A Resource for Clinicians, Administrators, and Risk Managers is a valuable resource for all clinical and non-clinical healthcare professionals.

    Contents:
    Morality, Ethics, the Foundations of the American Legal System, and Ethical Challenges in the Digital Age
    Traditional and Applied Clinical Ethics: Contemporary and Evolving Challenges
    The Ethics and Laws Governing Informed Decision-Making in Healthcare: Informed Consent, Refusal, and Discussions Regarding Resuscitation and Life Sustaining Treatment
    The Laws and Regulations Governing Hospitals and Healthcare Entities
    The Timeline of a Medical Malpractice Lawsuit
    Regulation of Provider Practice: State Oversight, Licensing, Credentialing, Peer Review and the National Practitioner Databank
    Laws and Liability Relating to the Education and Supervision of Trainees and Allied Health Professionals
    The Science of Teamwork in Healthcare: Importance to Patient Outcome
    Medical Error, Quality Management, and the Evolving Culture of Safety
    Laws Pertaining to Insurance and Risk Management
    Overview of the Claims Submission, Medical Billing and Revenue Cycle Management Processes
    Regulations and Regulatory Compliance: False Claims Act, Kickback and Stark laws, and HIPAA
    Medical Records and Confidentiality: Evolving Liability Issues Inherent In The Electronic Health Record, HIPAA, and Cybersecurity
    The Legal and Regulatory Components of Tele-ICU Care
    Digital Technologies in Healthcare: Opportunities and Risk for Health Systems and Pro-viders
    The Laws of Professional Negligence: What is Malpractice and How Does Litigation Work?
    Legal Reasoning: Why the Law and its Application are Confusing to Medical Providers
    Ethical Conflicts and Legal Liability in Professional Nursing
    Criminal Statutes Affecting Medical Providers
    Ethical and Legal Issues in Contemporary Pharmacy Practice: Scope of Practice, Drug Use Stewardship, Medical Error Management, and Teamwork
    Legal Issues in Mental Health Relevant to Acute Care Practice
    Clinical Labs: CLIA and other Evolving Challenges
    Social Work, Care Managers, Physician Advisors: Liability Related to Discharge Planning and Continuity of Care
    Employment and Human Resources Law: An Overview
    Anatomy of Healthcare Contracts: Pitfalls and Avoidance of Liability
    Corporate and Partnership Structures used in Healthcare Entity Formation
    Corporate and Partnership Structures used in Healthcare Entity Formation
    Statutory Controls and Regulation of Pharmaceuticals and Medical Devices
    Ethical Principles and Laws Governing Clinical Research
    State of Emergency: The Laws Governing Natural Disasters and other Mass Casualty Incidents
    New and Evolving Frontiers in Resuscitation: Ethical and Legal Concerns
    Defining Standards of Care and the Role of Expert Testimony in Jurisprudence
    The Second Victim in Medical Malpractice Litigation: the Stress of Litigation
    Liability for Advanced Care Practitioners.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Marcia M. Boumil (Professor of Public Health and Community Medicine, Tufts Univesity School of Medicine), Paul A. Hattis (Associate Professor of Public Heath and Community Medicine, Tufts University School of Medicine).
    Summary: "Reliable source on medical liability law. Written by experts in the field, this Nutshell offers insight on establishing professional relationships and examines negligence-based claims, intentional torts, causation, damages, affirmative defenses, limitations, immunities, and liabilities. It also provides an overview of medical care liability issues affecting hospitals and managed care organizations." -- Publisher.

    Contents:
    Establishing the professional relationship
    Negligence-based claims
    Intentional torts
    Informed decision making
    Causation and damages
    Affirmative defenses, limitations and immunities
    Vicarious liability and strict liability
    Liability of health care institutions
    Review of care and reform of liability.
    Digital Access EBSCO 2017
    Limited to 1 simultaneous user
  • Digital
    C. Laird Birmingham, Janet Treasure.
    Summary: Now in its third edition, the Medical Management of Eating Disorders is the definitive text on the diagnosis and general management of patients with anorexia nervosa, bulimia nervosa, binge eating disorder and other related eating disorders. Providing up-to-date information and research on world-class treatments, this book helps health care professionals understand how to treat eating disorders and other subsequent medical complications that arise as a result of the patient's disorder. Each chapter begins with 'Study Questions' to focus the reader and put the relevant information into perspective, and concludes with 'Implications for Health Care Professionals' to summarise the key learnings of the chapter. 'Patient Information' sections are also included to give examples of how the topics covered can be presented to patients and families. This text is essential reading for all health care professionals involved in the care and management of patients with eating disorders.
    Digital Access Cambridge 2019
  • Digital
    Aniyizhai Annamalai.
    Summary: This book is a practical guide for psychiatrists to use when treating patients for medical issues. Over the past 10-20 years, the number of medications prescribed for psychiatric illnesses has steadily increased, and psychiatric practitioners are frequently called upon to manage medical issues and side effects that result from psychotropic treatment. Covering a wide range of conditions from thyroid disorders to cardiac disease, this book is a helpful resource for understanding common adverse medical effects that occur when psychotropic drugs are administered. Presented in a practical format, each chapter discusses management of a particular medical problem or side effect and then provides a summary and flowchart of the major points highlighted in that chapter. Each chapter contains an overview of key medications causing a particular side effect. The book also includes special topics such as psychotropic prescribing in medical illness and tips on electrocardiographic interpretation. This easy-to-reference book aims to bridge the gap between medicine and psychiatry by elaborating on medical conditions seen in routine outpatient psychiatric practice. It serves as an invaluable tool for mental health providers, nurses, health educators, and pharmacologists alike.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Samoon Ahmad, Kevin page Hill.
    Summary: This timely handbook presents today's available information on cannabis and its uses in all areas of patient care. "Medical Marijuana: A Clinical Handbook" summarizes what is currently known about the positive and negative health impacts of cannabis, detailed pharmacological profiles of both THC and CBD, considerations for each medical specialty, treatment approaches used by practicing clinicians, and insights into the history of cannabis and the current regulatory environment in the United States. This concise, easy-to-navigate guide is an invaluable resource for physicians and residents, nurse practitioners, pharmacists, and other clinicians who seek reliable clinical guidelines in this growing area of health care. -- From publisher's description.

    Contents:
    Cannabis: an introduction
    The history of cannabis
    The classification of cannabis
    Constituents of cannabis
    U.S. cannabis regulations from past to present
    The endocannabinoid system
    The pharmacology of cannabis
    The pharmacodynamics of cannabis
    Commonly encountered preparations
    Endocrinology
    Oncology
    Gastroenterology
    Neurology
    Psychiatry
    Gynecology
    Rheumatology
    Internal medicine/primary care
    Ophthalmology
    Hepatology
    Dermatology
    Cannabis use disorder
    Adverse effects.
    Digital Access Ovid 2021
  • Digital
    Patrick R. Murray, Ken S. Rosenthal, Michael A. Pfaller.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2021
  • Digital
    edited by Michael R. Barer, Will Irving, Andrew Swann, Nelun Perera.
    Summary: "Medical microbiology concerns the nature, distribution and activities of microbes and their impact on health and wellbeing. In spite of the introduction of many antimicrobial agents and immunisations, we continue to face major challenges in combatting infection, not least the gathering crisis in antimicrobial resistance. Now in a fully revised and updated 19th edition, Medical Microbiology provides comprehensive coverage of infection from the microbial perspective, combining a clear introduction to key principles with a focus explicitly geared to modern clinical practice. It provides ideal coverage for medical and biomedical students - with 'Key Points' boxes throughout to highlight the essentials - and sufficient detail to also inform specialists in training"--Publisher's description.

    Contents:
    Section 1: Microbial biology. Microbiology and medicine
    Morphology and nature of micro-organisms
    Bacterial identification and systematics (classification, identification and typing of micro-organisms)
    Bacterial growth, physiology and death
    Antimicrobial agents and antimicrobial susceptibility testing
    Bacterial genetics
    Virus-cell interactions
    Section 2: Infection and immunity. Innate and adaptive immunity
    Immunity in infection
    Bacterial pathogenicity
    The human microbiome and the natural history of infection
    Section 3: Bacterial pathogens and associated diseases. Staphylococcus
    Streptococcus and Enterococcus
    Coryneform bacteria, Listeria and Erysipelothrix
    Bacillus
    Shigella and Escherichia
    Salmonella
    Klebsiella, Enterobacter, Proteus and other enterobacteria
    Yersinia
    Campylobacter and Helicobacter
    Vibrio
    Pseudomonads and non-fermenters
    Haemophilus
    Bordetella
    Legionella
    Neisseria and Moraxella
    Mycobacterium
    Other actinobacteria
    Clostridium
    Non-sporing anaerobes
    Brucella, Bartonella and Streptobacillus
    Treponema And Borrelia
    Leptospira: Leptospirosis; Weil's Disease
    Chlamydia
    Mycoplasmas
    Rickettsia, Orientia, Ehrlichia, Anaplasma and Coxiella
    Section 4: Viral pathogens and associated diseases. Adenoviruses
    Herpesviruses
    Poxviruses
    Papillomaviruses
    Polyomaviruses
    Hepadnaviruses
    Parvoviruses
    Picornaviruses
    Orthomyxoviruses
    Paramyxoviruses
    Arboviruses: alphaviruses, flaviviruses and bunyaviruses
    Hepaciviruses
    Hepeviruses
    Arenaviruses and filoviruses
    Reoviruses
    Retroviruses
    Caliciviruses and astroviruses
    Coronaviruses
    Rhabdoviruses
    Togaviruses
    Prion diseases
    Section 5: Fungal pathogens, parasitic infections and medical entomology. Fungi
    Protozoa
    Helminths
    Arthropods
    Section 6: Diagnosis, treatment and control of infection. Infective syndromes
    Diagnostic procedures
    Molecular methods in diagnostic microbiology
    Management of antimicrobial chemotherapy
    Epidemiology and control of community infections
    Hospital infection
    Immunization.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2019
  • Digital
    Melphine M. Harriott, Michelle Swanson-Mungerson, Samia Ragheb, Matthew P. Jackson.
    Contents:
    General immunology / Alexander S. Maris, Samia Ragheb, and Thomas C. Bolig
    Inflammation / Samia Ragheb
    Autoimmune disease / Samia Ragheb
    Immunodeficiency disorders / Michelle Swanson-Mungerson
    Hypersensitivity reactions / Michelle Swanson-Mungerson
    Transplant rejection and cancer immunology / Michelle Swanson-Mungerson
    General microbiology / Melphine M. Harriott, Thomas C. Bolig, and Matthew P. Jackson
    Nervous system infections / Melphine M. Harriott
    Head, neck, and respiratory infections / Matthew P. Jackson, Alexander S. Maris, Melphine M. Harriott, and Thomas C. Bolig
    Infections of the esophagus, stomach, small and large bowel/rectum, liver, and biliary tree / Melphine M. Harriott
    Renal and urinary tract infections / Melphine M. Harriott
    Reproductive and sexually transmitted infections / Melphine M. Harriott
    Congenital and neonatal infections / Melphine M. Harriott
    Skin, soft tissue, and musculoskeletal infections / Matthew P. Jackson and Melphine M. Harriott
    Cardiovascular, systemic, lymph nodes, and multisystem infections / Melphine M. Harriott, Matthew P. Jackson, and Michelle Swanson-Mungerson.
  • Digital
    Jonathan Leo.
    Summary: This book provides medical students with the information to build skills that will aid them in studying for any level of their board exams. It also prepares students with the ability to look at a patient's neurological signs and symptoms, logically think through the various tracts, and determine where a lesion is located. Unique and comprehensive, this textbook specifically fills a gap in the literature for medical students studying for their board exams and those about to go on a neuro-related rotation. Written by a renowned professor with over 25 years of teaching experience specific to board exam preparation, chapters are crafted with the goal of aiding students in understanding concepts by explaining the reasoning behind signs and symptoms, rather than pure memorization. Medical Neuroanatomy for the Boards and the Clinic is the go-to book for students seeking a practical yet nuanced reference for board exam preparation.

    Contents:
    Preface
    Chapter One. The Three Long Tracts in the Spinal Cord and Brainstem
    Chapter Two. Spinal Cord
    Chapter Three. Spinal Cord Lesions
    Chapter Four. Nystagmus and Lateral Gaze.-Chapter Five. Vestibulocochlear Nerve
    Chapter Six. Visual Fields
    Chapter Seven. Autonomics
    Chapter Eight. Facial Nerve
    Chapter Nine. Thinking Clinically about the Brainstem
    Chapter Ten. Cerebellum
    Chapter Eleven. Basal Ganglia
    Chapter Twelve. Thalamus
    Chapter Thirteen. Limbic Circuit
    Chapter Fourteen. More on Brainstem Lesions
    Chapter Fifteen. Cranial Nerve Three In-Depth
    Chapter Sixteen. Cerebral Cortex
    Chapter Seventeen. Blood Supply
    Chapter Eighteen. Fibers, Reflexes, and Radiculopathies .
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Peggy Mason.
    Summary: This textbook guides the medical student, regardless of background or intended specialty, through the anatomy and function of the human nervous system. In writing specifically for medical students, the author concentrates on the neural contributions to common diseases, whether neurological or not, and omits topics without clinical relevance.

    Contents:
    Section 1 Introduction to Medical Neurobiology.
    1. Introduction to the Nervous System.
    2. Cells of the Nervous System: Neurons and Glia.
    Section 2 Neuroanatomy.
    3. Developmental Overview of Central Neuroanatomy: The Tube Within the Brain.
    4. Spinal Cord: Conduit Between Body and Brain.
    5. Cranial Nerves and Cranial Nerve Nuclei.
    6. The Versatile Brainstem.
    7. Forebrain: Action, Perception, Emotion, and Thought.
    8. Following the Nutrients: Blood Supply, Blood-Brain Barrier, and Ventricles.
    Section 3 Neural Communication.
    9. The Neuron at Rest.
    10. Electrical Communication Within a Neuron.
    11. Neurotransmitter Release.
    12. Synthesis, Packaging, and Termination of Neurotransmitters.
    13. Receiving the Synaptic Message.
    Section 4 Perception.
    14. Perceiving the World.
    15. Seeing the World.
    16. Audition: Communication Portal.
    17. Somatosensation: From Movement to Pain.
    18. The Vestibular Sense: Balance and Equilibrium.
    19. Gaze Control.
    Section 5 Motor Control.
    20. Voluntary Motor Control.
    21. The Motor Unit and Orderly Recruitment.
    22. Reflexes and Gait.
    23. From Movement to Action: Postural Stability, Orienting, and Praxis.
    24. Cerebellum.
    25. Basal Ganglia: Action Selection.
    Section 6 Homeostasis.
    26. Introduction to Homeostasis.
    27. Homeostatic Systems: Staying Alive.
    Section 7 You and the Brain.
    28. The Brain in a Physician's Life.
    Digital Access Oxford 2017
  • Digital
    Manas Das, Lee A. Baugh.
    Summary: "Thieme Test Prep for the USMLE: Medical Neuroscience by Manas Das and Lee Baugh fills a void in available board prep materials with its focus on neuroscience. Readers will learn to recall, analyze, integrate, and apply biochemical and molecular biological knowledge to solve clinical problems. Key Highlights ʺ Approximately 520 USMLE-style multiple choice questions on neuroscience, classified as easy, moderate, and difficult, with detailed explanations ʺ Questions cover clinical neurology as well as basics of neuroscience such as development, structure, and function ʺ Chapters are organized based on neuroanatomical structure and systems, from the spinal cord to the automatic nervous system ʺ Neuroimaging section and final exam chapter are invaluable tools for students to utilize before the boards ʺ Questions begin with a clinical vignette, and approximately 35% are image-based, mirroring the USMLEʼ format This essential resource will help you assess your knowledge and fully prepare for the USMLE Step 1 or COMLEX Level 1 exam"--Provided by publisher.
  • Digital/Print
    Eade, Peter.
    Contents:
    fasc. 1. Notes on diphtheria; and particularly on this disease as it has occurred in Norfolk
    fasc. 2. Influenza in East Anglia, 1847, 1878, 1890, 1891.
    Digital Access Google Books 1883-<1891>
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    L138 .E11 1883
    1
  • Digital
    Márcia R. F. Campiolo.
    Contents:
    Chapter 1 Introduction
    Chapter 2 The World Today
    Understanding how the client Arrived to the Current Profile
    Chapter 3 The Doctor's Office Clients
    Chapter 4 Ensuring Customer Loyalty: The Challenge of a Long-Lasting and Stable Relationship.
    Chapter 5 Selecting New Members for the Clinic's Staff: The Search for New Talents
    Chapter 6 The Preparation of the Clinic's Staff
    Chapter 7 Basic Areas of Customer Service in Medical Clinics
    Chapter 8 The Process of Communicating with the Client
    Chapter 9 Managing the Client's Time Perception
    Chapter 10 Pearls of Wisdom in Customer Service
    Real-Life Stories.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Kanani E. Titchen, Elizabeth Miller, editors.
    Summary: Human trafficking is an increasingly large issue in medicine, particularly for the adolescent population. The pubertal and neurologic development of early- and mid-adolescence may serves as a foothold for trauma bonds and human trafficking. To date, there are few case studies of human trafficking in the medical literature. More often, these cases are missed, and human trafficking patients are unlikely to disclose their victimization to their physicians for multiple reasons. As a result, physicians fail to ask key questions and fail to notice important red flags for human trafficking. Research shows that this is primarily due to a lack of medical training and awareness and a resultant denial on the part of many physicians that victims of human trafficking present to their clinics or specialties. This book provides clinicians with a case-based guide to scenarios they may encounter in their practice that involve human trafficking. These cases include those involving sex trafficking and labor trafficking; male and female and transgender victims; victims from a range of racial, ethnic, geographic and socioeconomic backgrounds; as well as presentations of adolescent and young adult victims to fields such as adolescent medicine, general pediatrics, neonatology, rheumatology, transplant medicine, and obstetrics-gynecology, in addition to the stereotypical presentations to emergency departments. Each case is followed by a discussion that highlights key aspects of human trafficking in adolescent and young adult patients. These discussions also reference the growing body of research on human trafficking, orient the reader to medico-legal aspects of reporting human trafficking in the adolescent and young adult populations, and feature useful questions, exercises, and resources to promote discussion among those medical professionals who interact with adolescent medicine and young adult patients. Written by physicians, legal advocates and lawyers, Medical Perspectives on Human Trafficking in Adolescents is the definitive guide for all clinicians who care for adolescent patients. It is also a useful resource for mental health professionals and social workers.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1 Human Trafficking: Definitions, Epidemiology, and Shifting Ground
    chapter 2 Adolescent Medicine: Physical and Neurocognitive Development
    chapter 3 Human Rights and Human Trafficking of Adolescents: Legal and Clinical Perspectives
    chapter 4 Medical Perspectives on Human Trafficking in Adolescent Sex Trafficking: A Review
    chapter 5 Medical Perspectives on Human Trafficking in Adolescent Sex Trafficking: A Review
    chapter 6 Technology/Sexting/Social Media
    chapter 7 Child Abuse
    chapter 8 Human Trafficking in the Foster Care System
    chapter 9 The Psychiatric Patient
    chapter 10 Human Trafficking in Adolescents and Young Adults with Co-Existing Disordered Eating Behaviors
    chapter 11 LGBTQIA+ Youth and Human Trafficking
    chapter 12 Homelessness, Unstable Housing, and the Adolescent Patient
    chapter 13 The Patient with Substance Use
    chapter 14 Human Trafficking in Suburban and Rural America
    chapter 15 Boys Are Trafficked Too?
    chapter 16 Surgery and ObGyn: Beyond the Chief Complaint
    chapter 17 The Subspecialties
    chapter 18 Medicolegal Aspects and Mandatory Reporting
    chapter 19 Survivor Insights
    chapter 20 Educating Our Students
    chapter 21 Building Resilience and Fostering Prevention.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Derek G. Waller, Anthony Sampson, Andrew Hitchings.
    Summary: Medical Pharmacology & Therapeutics provides all the information medical and healthcare students need throughout their degree programme and beyond, including for professional qualifications such as the PSA. This all-round textbook covers basic pharmacology through to drug prescribing in clinical contexts, covering the pathogenic mechanisms of disease; drug actions, side effects, and the therapeutic principles of drug use. It takes a helpful systems-based approach that orders information according to body systems and disease areas, rather than by drug class. Now in its sixth edition, the book has been fully updated to include latest scientific understanding of drug action and administration and current best practice in prescribing medications, informed by the latest national guidelines. A clinical focus throughout - suitable for medical, nursing and other healthcare students throughout their training Thorough update of clinically-relevant medicines to ensure best practice Information aligned with the British National Formulary (BNF), NICE guidelines and relevant professional benchmarks Comprehensive drug compendia allow all drugs to be identified and placed within their respective classes Extensive self-assessment questions to support learning and revision New to this edition Expanded discussion of the pathophysiology and management of shock Revised discussion of the management of chronic pain Consideration of treatment of Covid-19 Expanded discussion of the pathophysiology and management of shock Revised discussion of the management of chronic pain Consideration of treatment of Covid-19
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2022
  • Digital
    [edited by] Walter F. Boron, Emile L. Boulpaep.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2017
  • Digital
    edited by Rodney A. Rhoades, David R. Bell.
    Contents:
    Part I. Cellular physiology. Medical physiology: an overview
    Cell signaling, membrane transport, and membrane potential
    Part II. Neuromuscular physiology. Action potential, synaptic transmission, and nerve function
    Sensory physiology
    Motor system
    Autonomic nervous system
    Integrative functions of the central nervous system
    Skeletal and smooth muscle
    Part III. Blood and immunology. Blood composition and function
    Immunology, organ interaction, and homeostasis
    Part IV. Cardiovascular physiology. Overview of the cardiovascular system and hemodynamics
    Electrical activity of the heart
    Cardiac muscle mechanics and the cardiac pump
    The systemic circulation
    Microcirculation and lymphatic system
    Special circulations
    Control mechanisms in cardiovascular function
    Part V. Respiratory physiology. Ventilation and the mechanics of breathing
    Gas transfer and transport
    Pulmonary circulation and ventilation/perfusion
    Control of ventilation
    Part VI. Renal physiology and body fluids. Kidney function
    Regulation of fluid and electrolyte balance
    Acid-base homeostasis
    Part VII. Gastrointestinal physiology. Gastrointestinal system functions
    Liver functions and immune surveillance
    Motility and gastrointestinal regulation
    Part VIII. Temperature regulation and exercise physiology. Regulation of body temperature
    Exercise physiology
    Part IX. Endocrine physiology. Endocrine control mechanisms
    Hypothalmus and the pituitary gland
    Thyroid gland
    Adrenal gland
    Endocrine pancreas
    Endocrine regulation of calcium, phosphate, and bone homeostasis
    Part X. Reproductive physiology. Male reproductive system
    Female reproductive system
    Fertilization, pregnancy, and fetal development
    Appendix A: common abbreviations in physiology
    Appendix B: normal blood, plasma, or serum values.
  • Digital
    Gabi N. Waite, Maria Sheakley.
    Contents:
    Cellular physiology
    The nervous system
    Musculoskeletal and integumentary systems
    Blood and immune systems
    Cardiovascular and lymphatic systems
    Respiratory system
    Renal and urinary systems
    Gastrointestinal system
    Endocrine system
    Reproductive system
    Multisystem processes and disorders.
  • Digital/Print
    edited by Martin Dinges, Kay Peter Jankrift, Sabine Schlegelmilch, Michael Stolberg ; translated by Margot Saar.
    Contents:
    Cornucopia officinae medicae : medical practice records and their origin / Volker Hess and Sabine Schlegelmilch
    Doctors and their patients in the seventeenth to nineteenth centuries / Marion Baschin, Elisabeth Dietrich-Daum and Iris Ritzmann
    Daily business : the organization and finances of doctors' practices / Philipp Klaas, Hubert Steinke and Alois Unterkircher
    Medicine in practice : knowledge, diagnosis and therapy / Annemarie Kinzelbach, Stephanie Neuner and Karen Nolte
    Medical practice in context : religion, family, politics and scientific networks / Ruth Schilling and Kay Peter Jankrift
    What a magnificent work a good physician is' : the medical practice of Johannes Magirus (1615-i697) / Sabine Schlegelmilch
    Social mobility and medical practice : Johann Friedrich Glaser (1707-1789) / Ruth Schilling
    Observationes et curationes nurimbergenses : the medical practice of Johann Christoph Gotz (1688-1733) / Annemarie Kinzelbach, Susanne Grosser, Kay Peter Jankrift, and Marion Ruisinger
    Medical bedside training and healthcare for the poor in the Würzburg and Gottingen policlinics in the first half of the nineteenth century / Stephanie Neuner and Karen Nolte
    Unlicensed practice : a lay healer in rural Switzerland / Alois Unterkircher and Iris Ritzmann
    Administrative and epistemic aspects of medical practice : Caesar Adolf Bloesch (1804-1863) / Lina Gafner
    Franz von Ottenthal : local integration of an Alpine doctor's private practice (1847-1899) / Elisabeth Dietrich-Daurn, Marina Hilber and Eberhard Wofjf
    A special kind of practice? : the homeopath Friedrich von Bonninghausen (1828-1910) / Marion Baschin.
    Digital Access 2016
    Access via Clio medica 2016; 96
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
  • Digital
    Ana Johnson, Thérèse A. Stukel, editors.
    Contents:
    Disparities in Medical Practices
    Introduction to Medical Practice Variations and Outcomes Research
    Knowledge Translation Case Studies in Health Services Research
    Medical Practice Variation Methods
    Medical Practice Variations in Acute Care Hospitalization
    Medical Practice Variations in Acute Myocardial Infarction
    Medical Practice Variations in Cancer Surgery
    Medical Practice Variations in Diabetes Mellitus
    Medical Practice Variations in Elective Surgery
    Medical Practice Variations in Emergency Services
    Medical Practice Variations in End-of-Life Care
    Medical Practice Variations in Heart Failure
    Medical Practice Variations in Joint Replacement in Patients with Osteoarthritis
    Medical Practice Variations in Mental Health and Addictions Care
    Medical Practice Variations in Pediatric Care
    Medical Practice Variations in Primary Care
    Medical Practice Variations in Reproductive, Obstetric and Gynaecological Care
    Medical Practice Variations in Stroke
    Medical Practice Variations: Theory of Local Standards
    Practice Guidelines and Practice Variation: Diagnostic Technology in Maternity Care
    Shared Decision-Making for Medical Practice Variations in Elective Surgeries and Tests
    Strategies and Tools to Manage Variation in Regional Governance Systems
    Variations in Healthcare Spending and Quality among Institutions.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Print
    edited by Richard L. Byyny, MD, Maxine A. Papadakis, MD, Douglas S. Paauw, MD.
    Contents:
    Preface. Medical professionalism : best practices / Richard L. Byyny
    Introduction / Maxine Papadakis
    The problem with professionalism / Catherine R. Lucey
    Current practices in remediating medical students with professionalism lapses / Deborah Ziring, Suely Grosseman, and Dennis Novack
    Models. Review of current models for remediation of professionalism lapses / Sheryl A. Pfeil, and Douglas S. Paauw
    Cultural transformation in professionalism / Jo Shapiro
    Enhancing interprofessional professionalism: a systems approach / Rebecca Saavedra
    Pursuing professionalism (but not without an infrastructure) / Gerald B. Hickson, and William O. Cooper
    Remediation. Clinical skills remediation : strategy for intervention of professionalism lapses / Anna Chang
    Remediating professional lapses of medical students : each school an island? / Richard Frankel
    Summary. Concluding thoughts / George Thibault
    Improving professionalism in medicine : what have we learned? / Sheryl A. Pfeil.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RA399.A1 M435 2015
    1
  • Print
    edited by Richard L. Byyny, MD, FACP, Richard Byyny, MD, Sean Christensen, MD, Jonathan D. Fish, MD.
    Summary: "To continue the development and ongoing scholarship of medical professionalism, A[omega]A hosts a biennial Professionalism Conference bringing together leaders in the field of medical professionalism. In February 2019, more than 25 medical educators and specialists in medical professionalism, physician burnout and resiliency came together in Denver for three days to discuss Medical Professionalism Best Practices: Addressing Burnout and Resilience in Our Profession. The meeting was co-chaired and moderated by Samantha Dizon, MD, Douglas S. Paauw, MD, Sheryl Pfeil, MD, and Kathleen Ryan, MD. The conference presenters shared personal, heartrending, intimate stories of their struggles combating burnout. Many of their stories had never before been told in public. They agreed to share their experiences with the hope of helping others in their profession. The outcome of the conference and presentations is the monograph Medical Professionalsm Best Practices: Addressing Burnout and Resilience in our Profession. It is A[omega]A's hope that the 2020 monograph, "Medical Professionalism Best Practices: Addressing Burnout and Resilience in Our Profession" will aid practitioners, medical schools, professional organizations, and all involved in health care to better care for themselves, and contemporaneously their patients"--Page 5-6.

    Contents:
    Preface: burnout and resilience in our profession / Richard L. Byyny and George E. Thibault
    Burnout and resiliency / Richard L. Byyny
    Personal and professional perspective on the burnout crisis / Darrell G. Kirch
    The juggler's handbook: a conversation about life / Linda Hawes Clever
    Electronic health records: maintaining professionalism / Carrie A. Horwitch
    Burnout, resilience & (the logic of) professionalism: reframing our historical moment / Frederic W. Hafferty and Jon C. Tilburt
    For whom the bell tolls: the system and cultural influences affecting the next generation of health professionals / Holly J. Humphrey and Heather Snijdewind
    Development of a resilient professional identity / Molly Blackley Jackson
    Re-examining exams: national board of medical examiners' efforts on wellness (RENEW) / Miguel Paniagua Madeline DelVescovo and Liselotte N. Dyrbye
    Professional development: professionalism and resilience in the learning environment / Douglas S. Paauw and Sheryl Pfeil
    Well-being definition and measures in medical education / Anne Eacker
    Personal strategies to beat burnout: the percent you can control / Christina M. Surawicz
    Changing the behavior of organizations / Steven A. Wartman
    Recovering the joie de vivre in medicine: the importance of organizational culture / Eve J. Higginbotham and Dominique Alexis
    Resilience, burnout, and communities of practice / Sylvia R. Cruess and Richard L. Cruess
    Reflections on best practices for addressing burnout and resilience in our profession / Richard L. Byyny.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RA399.A1 M435 2020
    1
  • Print
    edited by Richard L. Byyny, MD, FACP, Douglas S. Paauw, MD, MACP, Sheryl A. Pfeil, MD.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RA399.A1 M435 2022
    1
  • Print
    edited by Richard L. Byyny, MD, Douglas S. Paauw, MD, Maxine A. Papadakis, MD, Sheryl Pfeil, MD.
    Summary: "To continue the development and ongoing scholarship of medical professionalism, A[Omega]A hosts a biennial Professionalism Conference bringing together leaders in the field of medical professionalism. In September 2016, more than 20 medical educators and specialists in medical professionalism came together in Chicago for three days to discuss Medical Professionalism Best Practices: Professionalism in the Modern Era. The meeting was co-chaired and moderated by Douglas S. Paauw, MD, Maxine Papadakis, MD, and Sheryl Pfeil, MD. The following chapters are taken from the 2016 conference speakers' presentations and resulting discussion. The hope is that this monograph will aid medical schools, professional organizations, practitioners, and all involved in health care in their very important work on professionalism in medicine"--Preface.

    Contents:
    Preface : Medical professionalism in the modern era / Richard L. Byyny and George E. Thibault
    Chapter 1 Introduction / Richard L. Byyny
    Chapter 2 Constructs of professionalism / David M. Irby
    Chapter 3 Transforming a medical curriculum to support professional identity formation / Sylvia R. Cruess and Richard L. Cruess
    Chapter 4 Generational differences in the interpretation of professionalism / Douglas S. Paauw, Maxine Papadakis and Sheryl Pfeil
    Chapter 5 Medical professionalism in the new millennium : a neo-Oslerian call to caring / Charles S. Bryan
    Chapter 6 Resistance and radicalization : retraining professionals for the modern era / Frederic W. Hafferty, Barret Michalec, Maria Athina (Tina) Martimianakis, and Jon Tilburt
    Chapter 7 Building an infrastructure to support professionalism in the modern era: the required elements (people, process, and technology) / William O. Cooper and Gerald Hickson
    Chapter 8 Professionalism education at Drexel university College of Medicine / Steven Rosenzweig, Dennis Novack and Pamela Duke
    Chapter 9 Becoming a doctor: the learner and the learning environment: a complex interaction / Holly Humphrey and Dana Levinsen
    Chapter 10 Professionalism in the 21st century : challenges and opportunities / Eve J. Higginbotham
    Reflections on best practices for medical proffessionalism in the modern era / Richard L. Byyny.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RA399.A1 M435 2017
    1
  • Print
    Print
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    Call number varies. Search for Medical psychiatry to find individual volumes of this title.
  • Digital
    Angelo P. Giardino, Lee Ann Riesenberg, Prathibha Varkey, editors.
    Summary: This comprehensive medical textbook is a compendium of the latest information on healthcare quality. The text provides knowledge about the theory and practical applications for each of the core areas that comprise the field of medical quality management as well as insight and essential briefings on the impact of new healthcare technologies and innovations on medical quality and improvement. The third edition provides significant new content related to medical quality management and quality improvement, a user-friendly format, case studies, and updated learning objectives. This textbook also serves as source material for the American Board of Medical Quality in the development of its core curriculum and certification examinations. Each chapter is designed for a review of the essential background, precepts, and exemplary practices within the topical area: Basics of Quality Improvement Data Analytics for the Improvement of Healthcare Quality Utilization Management, Case Management, and Care Coordination Economics and Finance in Medical Quality Management External Quality Improvement -- Accreditation, Certification, and Education The Interface Between Quality Improvement and Law Ethics and Quality Improvement With the new edition of Medical Quality Management: Theory and Practice, the American College of Medical Quality presents the experience and expertise of its contributors to provide the background necessary for healthcare professionals to assume the responsibilities of medical quality management in healthcare institutions, provide physicians in all medical specialties with a core body of knowledge related to medical quality management, and serve as a necessary guide for healthcare administrators and executives, academics, directors, medical and nursing students and residents, and physicians and other health practitioners.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Brian J. McParland.
    Summary: Medical Radiation Dosimetry: Theory of Charged Particle Collision Energy Loss provides a uniquely required advanced, comprehensive and definitive theoretical description of the physics of charged particle collision energy loss and the role that it plays in the clinical radiation dosimetry resulting from exposure to ionising radiation. Medical Radiation Dosimetry: Theory of Charged Particle Collision Energy Loss is both an advanced mathematical and physics treatise and an essential reference volume for the medical physics graduate student and the medical radiation physicist working in the field of clinical and research radiation dosimetry. It will assist both audiences in both the understanding of the genesis of the numerical data provided in multiple technical reports and publications, and of the limitations of these data.

    Contents:
    Part I. Introduction to Charged Particles
    1. Introduction
    2. Elements of Quantum Scattering Theory
    Part II. Elastic Coulomb Scatter
    3. Introduction of Part II
    4. Elastic Coulomb Scatter from an Unscreened Point Charge
    5. Elastic Coulomb Scatter from Distributed and Screened Charges
    6. Multiple Elastic Coulomb Scatter
    Part III. Collision Energy Loss
    7. Introduction to Part III
    8. Soft Collisions
    9. Hard Collisions
    10. Total and Restricted Collision Stopping Powers and Theory of the Mean Energy Expended to Create an Ion Pair
    11. Mean Excitation Energy
    12. Higher-Order Corrections in the Collision Stopping Power
    13. Charged Particle Range
    14. Collision Energy Loss in Compound Media
    Part IV. Stochastic Collision Energy Loss
    15. Introduction to Part IV
    16. Collision Statistics
    17. The Chapman-Kolmogorov and Bothe-Landau Equations
    18. Probability Distribution Functions for Collision Energy Loss.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Mieczyslaw Pokorski, editor.
    Summary: This book shares the experimental findings and views in current multidisciplinary medical science combining both basic and applied research aimed at resolving problematic health issues. The key topics address contagious diseases, in particular the epidemiology, clinical presentation, and management of influenza and influenza-like infections as well as brain tuberculosis. Pulmonary medicine is represented by articles addressing a range of practical issues, including the diagnosis, symptoms, comorbidities, and treatment of obstructive sleep apnea, a syndrome whose incidence shows a persistent upward trend worldwide. Other articles address the pathogenesis of air pollution toxicity and allergy and sensory irritation in toxic exposure studies. An intriguing relation of atopic dermatitis to depression and serotoninergic system is debated. The book attempts to integrate research into clinical work and to implement findings to improve care and to decrease suffering from diseases. It is dedicated to the practicing professionals, researchers, and all engaged in health care.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Contents
    Nosocomial Infections in Patients Hospitalized with Respiratory Syncytial Virus: A Practice Review
    1 Introduction
    2 Methods
    3 Results
    4 Discussion
    References
    Regional Activity and Spread of Influenza Viruses in Poland in the Context of Neighboring Countries in the Epidemic Season 201...
    1 Introduction
    2 Methods
    2.1 Patients and Samples
    2.2 Molecular Biology Tests
    2.3 Virus Isolation in Cell Culture
    2.4 Epidemiological Mapping
    3 Results and Discussion
    References Bacteremia in Children Hospitalized Due to Respiratory Syncytial Virus Infection
    1 Introduction
    2 Methods
    3 Results
    4 Discussion
    References
    Multi-spectral Pattern of Clinical Presentation and the Resultant Outcome in Central Nervous System Tuberculosis: A Single Cen...
    1 Introduction
    2 Methods
    3 Results
    4 Discussion
    References
    Adherence to Therapy in Chronic Obstructive Pulmonary Disease: A Systematic Review
    1 Introduction
    2 Methods
    2.1 Search Strategy
    2.2 Statistical Elaboration
    3 Results 3.1 Test of Adherence to Inhalers (TAI): Five Studies Included in the Analysis
    3.1.1 TAI: % of Good Scores of Adherence to Therapy
    3.1.2 TAI: % of Inadvertent Non-adherence to Therapy
    3.1.3 TAI: % of Erratic Non-adherence to Therapy
    3.1.4 TAI: % of Deliberate Non-adherence to Therapy
    3.2 Morisky Medication Adherence Scale (MMAS-8): Six Studies Included in the Analysis
    3.2.1 MMAS-8: % of High Scores of Adherence to Therapy
    3.3 Factors Affecting Adherence to Therapy in COPD Patients
    4 Discussion
    References How Healthy Is Healthy? Comparison Between Self-Reported Symptoms and Clinical Outcomes in Connection with the Enrollment of V...
    1 Introduction
    2 Methods
    3 Results
    3.1 Overview of Recruitment Strategies of Current Studies on Sensory Irritation
    3.2 Re-Evaluation of Recruitment of Healthy Volunteers for Six IPA Studies
    4 Discussion and Conclusions
    References
    Co-expression of Hsp70 Protein and Autophagy Marker Protein LC3 in A549 Cells and THP1 Cells Exposed to Nanoparticles of Air P...
    1 Introduction
    2 Methods
    2.1 Cell Cultures
    2.2 Cell Treatment 2.3 LC3 and Hsp70 Expression
    2.4 Data Analysis
    3 Results
    4 Discussion
    References
    Whole Blood Assay as a Tool to Describe the Effects of Zinc Oxide Exposure on Innate Immunity
    1 Introduction
    2 Methods
    2.1 Study Group
    2.2 Cellular Blood Composition
    2.3 Whole Blood Assay (WBA)
    2.4 Cytokine Quantification
    2.5 Data Elaboration
    3 Results
    3.1 ZnO Effects in Whole Blood Assay (WBA): Evaluation of the Group of 16 Subjects
    3.1.1 Normal Range Calculated as 25th and 75th Percentiles of Cytokine Release
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Mieczyslaw Pokorski, editor.
    Summary: This volume is dedicated to multidisciplinary research at the interface between basic biomedicine and clinical practice. This book guides best practice in the diagnosis and therapy while dealing with difficult-to-treat disorders of yet unclear etiology. Chapters address such disorders as granulomatosis with polyangiitis causing autoimmune-related multiorgan inflammation of blood vessels, increasingly widespread allergy to peanuts, occupational exposure to zinc oxide, and immunogenic responses to pneumococcal and influenza vaccination underlying their preventive effectiveness. Other hot issues deal with the proper use of fluid therapy in the perioperative period and a cognitive decline in lung transplant patients. A new physiotherapeutic approach of treating key myofascial trigger points in low-back pain appears highly beneficial in reducing patients’ disability, advancing physiotherapy of this overwhelming condition. Finally, other chapters consider ways to streamline medical management to increase the number of physicians and their availability for patients, a particularly sensitive issue in the current COVID-19 pandemic. The dissemination of clinical knowledge about high-risk and hardly controllable conditions is an inalienable part of progress in medical practice. The book is a resource for clinical specialists, general practitioners, and allied healthcare professionals.

    Contents:
    Overload of Medical Documentation: A Disincentive for Healthcare Professionals
    Epidemiologic Benefits of Pneumococcal Vaccine Introduction into Preventive Vaccination Programs
    Serum Vitamin D and Immunogenicity of Influenza Vaccination in the Elderly
    Influenza A (H1N1) and Respiratory Syncytial Virus (RSV) Coinfection in a Newborn Child: A Case Report
    Thoracic Manifestation of Granulomatosis with Polyangiitis: A Case Report
    The Natural Course of Impaired Fasting Glucose
    Oleosins: A Short Allergy Review
    Shortage of Physicians: A Critical Review
    Fluid Therapy in Patients Undergoing Abdominal Surgery: A Bumpy Road Towards Individualized Management
    Manual Pressure Release and Low-Grade Electrical Peripheral Receptor Stimulation in Nonspecific Low Back Pain: A Randomized Controlled Trial
    Human Inhalation Study with Zinc Oxide: Analysis of Zinc Levels and Biomarkers in Exhaled Breath Condensate. Cognitive Function After Lung Transplantation.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    editor Mieczyslaw Pokorski.
    Summary: This book shares the latest research and practice-oriented findings in medical sciences with a wide audience. It addresses a range of contemporary issues, often unresolved or contentious, across various medical fields, including advances in the management of hemorrhagic brain stroke. It also discusses metastatic renal cell carcinoma--a global scourge with an extremely poor long-term survival prognosis, the course and sequelae of renal cell carcinoma, as well as advances in targeted molecular therapy with sunitinib, a receptor tyrosine kinase inhibitor. Further, it examines the molecular targeting of proliferative signaling of the epidermal growth factor receptor in the first-line treatment of patients with metastatic non-small-cell lung cancer. Other articles cover clearance of toxins in hemodialyzed patients; the search for diagnostic and therapeutic markers in the connective tissue disease scleroderma; obesity linked to inappropriate dietary habit; clinical problems related to the diagnosis of sensitization to fungi and its role in asthma; and reasons for the perilous trend of avoiding basic vaccinations in children. Lastly, the book explores the rapid developments in e-health technologies that increase access to health services, particularly for the elderly. The book is intended for clinical specialists, researchers, and all allied health professionals from various fields.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    edited by Jeannette Naish and Denise Syndercombe Court.
    Summary: An integrated approach to teaching basic sciences and clinical medicine has meant that medical students have been driven to a range of basic science textbooks to find relevant information. Medical Sciences is designed to do the integration for you. In just one book, the diverse branches of medical science are synthesised into the appropriate systems of the human body, making this an invaluable aid to approaching the basics of medicine within in a clinical context. . An integrated approach to teaching basic sciences and clinical medicine has meant that medical students have been.

    Contents:
    Introduction and homeostasis / Jeannette Naish
    Biochemistry and cell biology / Marek H. Dominiczak
    Energy metabolism / Mark Holness, Mary Sugden, and Jeannette Naish
    Pharmacology / Walter Wieczorek and Jeannette Naish
    Human genetics / Denise Syndercombe Court and David P. Kelsell
    Pathology and immunology / Denise Syndercombe Court, Paola Domizio, Armine Sefton, and Nigel Yeatman
    Epidemiology : science for the art of medicine / Jeannette Naish and Denise Syndercombe Court
    The nervous system / Brian Pentland
    Bone, muscle, skin, and connective tissue / Lesley Robson and Denise Syndercombe Court
    Endocrinology / Joy Hinson and Peter Raven
    The cardiovascular system / Andrew Archbold and Jeannette Naish
    Haematology / Drew Provan, Adrian C. Newland, and Denise Syndercombe Court
    The respiratory system / Gavin Donaldson
    The renal system / Girish Namagondlu and Alistair Chesser
    The alimentary system / John Wilkinson
    Diet and nutrition / Amrutha Ramu, Penny Neild, and Jeannette Naish.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2019
  • Digital
    [edited by] Mary P. Harward.
    Summary: "For more than 30 years, the highly regarded Secrets Series has provided students and practitioners in all areas of health care with concise, focused, and engaging resources for quick reference and exam review. Medical Secrets, 6th Edition, features the Secrets' popular question-and-answer format that also includes lists, tables, pearls, memory aids, and an easy-to-read style - making inquiry, reference, and review quick, easy, and enjoyable"--Publisher's description.

    Contents:
    Medical ethics
    General medicine and ambulatory care
    Medical consultation
    Cardiology
    Vascular medicine
    Pulmonary medicine
    Gastroenterology
    Nephrology
    Acid-base and electrolyte disorders
    Rheumatology
    Allergy and immunology
    Infectious diseases
    Acquired immunodeficiency syndrome and human immunodeficiency virus infection
    Hematology
    Oncology
    Endocrinology
    Neurology
    Geriatrics
    Palliative medicine.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2019
  • Digital
    Jill B. Delston.
    Summary: Doctors routinely deny patients access to hormonal birth control prescription refills, and this issue has broad interest for feminism, biomedical ethics, and applied ethics in general. Medical Sexism argues that such practices violate a variety of legal and moral standards, including medical ethics, informed consent, and human rights. Jill B. Delston makes the case that medical sexism serves as a major underlying cause of these systemic and persistent violations. Delston also considers other common abuses in the medical field, such as policy on abortion access and treatment in childbirth. Delston argues that sexism is a better explanation for the widespread abuse of patient autonomy in reproductive health specifically and health care generally. Identifying, addressing, and rooting out medical sexism is necessary to successfully protect medical and moral values. -- Publisher.

    Contents:
    Introduction: Paternalism, Pap Tests, and the Pill
    Chapter 1: Doctors Denying Drugs: The Role of Physicians in Contraception Access and Why It Matters
    Chapter 2: Contraception Care Corrupted: Negative Health Outcomes of Limited Access to Birth Control
    Chapter 3: In Conceivable Care: A Case of Medical Malpractice
    Chapter 4: Pre Conceived Notions: Some Ethical Considerations in Denying Patients Needed Care
    Chapter 5: Fertile Ground for Bias: Medical Sexism Explains the Practice
    Chapter 6: A Typical Treatment: Abortion
    Chapter 7: The Two-Body Problem: Medical Sexism in Reproductive Health
    Chapter 8: Losing Patients: Broader Implications for Medical Sexism
    Chapter 9: Grace Period: Solutions and Conclusions
  • Digital
    Ramakrishna HK.
    Contents:
    Introduction
    Understanding Biostatistics, Probability and Tests of Significance
    Understanding Basic Statistical Terms
    Chi Square Test
    Student's T Test
    Fisher's Test
    Other Commonly Used Concepts
    Designing a Study or Clinical Trial
    General considerations
    Collection and Compilation of Data
    Data analysis and inference
    Presentation of data and Results
    Evidence Based Medicine
    Writing an Article for Journals.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Dana Zappetti, Jonathan D. Avery, editors.
    Summary: This book tackles the most common challenges that medical students experience that lead to burnout in medical school by carefully presenting guidelines for assessment, management, clinical pearls, and resources for further references. Written by national leaders in medical student wellness from around the country, this book presents the first model of care for combating one of the most serious problems in medicine. Each chapter is concise and follows a consistent format for readability. This book addresses many topics, including general mental health challenges, addiction, mindfulness, exercise, relationships and many more of the important components that go into the making of a doctor. Medical Student Well-being is a vital resource for all professionals seeking to address physician wellness within medical schools, including medical students, medical education professionals, psychiatrists, addiction medicine specialists, hospitalists, residents, and psychologists.

    Contents:
    The Physiology of Stress
    Mental Health and Medical Education
    Medical Students and Substance Use Disorders
    Mindfulness
    Incorporating Exercise into a Busy Life in Medical School
    Religion and Spirituality among Medical Students
    Wellness for All: Diversity, Challenges and Opportunities to Improve Wellness for Medical Students
    Financial Wellness for Medical Students
    Beyond Graduation: Next Steps in Wellness.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Print
    Summary: "Prepare for your Certified Medical-Surgical Registered Nurse (CMSRN) or Medical-Surgical Nursning Certification (MEDSURG-BC) exam with Medical-Surgical Nursing Certification Practice Q&A. With 600 high-quality questions and comprehensive rationales based on the most recent Medical-Surgical Nursing Certification Board (MSNCB) and American Nurses Credentialing Center (ANCC) exam blueprints, this essential resource is designed to help you study your way: sharpen your specialsty knowledge with practice Q&A organized by exam topic or strengthen your test-taking skills with two 150-question practice exams. Combined, it gives you everything you need to pass the first time, guaranteed. Know that you're ready. Know that you'll pass with Springer Publishing Exam Prep."--Publisher's description.

    Contents:
    Part 1: Practice Questions
    Chapter 1: Gastrointestinal System
    Chapter 2: Pulmonary System
    Chapter 3: Cardiovascular System
    Chapter 4: Hematological System
    Chapter 5: Endocrine System
    Chapter 6: Immune System
    Chapter 7: Urinary System
    Chapter 8: Musculoskeletal System
    Chapter 9: Neurological System
    Chapter 10: Eyes, Ears, Nose, and Throat
    Chapter 11: Integumentary System
    Part 2: Practice Exams
    Chapter 12: MSNCB Certification Practice Exam
    Chapter 13: MSNCB Certification Practice Exam: Answers
    Chapter 14: ANCC Certification Practice Exam
    Chapter 15: ANCC Certification Practice Exam: Answers.
    Digital Access R2Library [2023]
  • Digital
    clinical editors, Carolyn Gersch, Nicole Heimgartner, Cherie Rebar, Laura M. Willis.
    Contents:
    Medical-surgical nursing practice / Mary Jane Nottoli
    Nursing process / Tracy Taylor
    Fluids and electrolytes / Tracy Taylor
    Perioperative care / Mary Jones
    Pain management / Marilyn J. Schuler
    Neurologic disorders / Jessica Ledford
    Eye disorders / Katrin Moskowitz
    Ear, nose, and throat disorders / Katrin Moskowitz
    Cardiovascular disorders / Natalie Burkhalter
    Respiratory disorders / Estella J. Wetzel
    Gastrointestinal disorders / Mary Jane Nottoli
    Endocrine disorders / Katie Dinh
    Renal and urologic disorders / Mary Jones
    Reproductive system disorders / Mary Jones
    Musculoskeletal disorders / Amy Potter
    Hematologic and lymphatic disorders / Shelba Durston
    Immunologic disorders / Shelba Durston
    Skin disorders / Estella J. Wetzel
    Cancer care / Eileen Danaher Hacker
    Obesity / Estella J. Wetzel
    Gerontologic care / Melanie N. DeGonzague
    End-of-life care / Melanie N. DeGonzague.
    Digital Access Ovid 2017
  • Digital
    clinical editors, Keelin C. Cromar, Casey Moebius.
    Contents:
    Medical-surgical nursing practice / Casey Moebius
    Nursing process / Keelin C. Cromar
    Fluids and electrolytes / Kathryn Toche O'Grady
    Perioperative care / Marcy A. Geary
    Pain management / Carol A. Strasburger Miller
    Neurologic disorders / Charity Hacker
    Eye disorders / Benita Hays Smith
    Ear, nose, and throat disorders / Melody L. Skinner
    Cardiovascular disorders / Keelin C. Cromar
    Respiratory disorders / Keelin C. Cromar
    Gastrointestinal disorders / Abram Bustamante
    Endocrine disorders / Lisa Vaira
    Renal and urologic disorders / Kim Chapman
    Reproductive system disorders / Lisa Vaira
    Musculoskeletal disorders / Robyn Mitchell
    Hematologic and lymphatic disorders / Hannah M. Lopez
    Immunologic disorders / Rachel Reitan
    Skin disorders / Sean Kevin Skinner
    Cancer care / Hannah M. Lopez
    Obesity / Sarah Beth Wedel
    Gerontologic care / Linda Earwood
    End-of-life care / Darla Green.
    Digital Access Ovid 2023
  • Print
    authors, Nancy Henne Batchelor, Paula Harrison Gillman, Jeanine Karle Goodin, Deborah J. Schwytzer.
    Summary: "The Nursing Knowledge Center's 'Medical-Surgical Nursing Review and Review and Resource Manual' is a must-have tool for nurses planning to take the American Nurses Credentialing Center's (ANCC's) Medical-Surgical Nursing certification exam."--Cover.

    Contents:
    Taking the certification examination
    Development / Nancy Henne Batchelor
    Communication / Jeanine Goodin and Deborah J. Schwytzer
    Basic and applied sciences / Jeanine Goodin, and Deborah Jane Schwytzer
    Behavioral sciences / Nancy Henne Batchelor and Deborah J. Schwytzer
    Delivery of care / Nancy Henne Batchelor and Deborah J. Schwytzer
    Nursing process / Deborah jane schwytzer
    Health promotion and wellness / Nancy Henne Batchelor and Deborah J. Schwytzer
    Management and leadership / Deborah Schwytzer
    Legal and ethical issues / Deborah Schwytzer
    Legal and ethical issues / Deborah Schwytzer
    Cardiovascular and pulmonary systems / Paula Harrison Gillman
    Gastrointestinal system / Paula Harrison Gillman
    Renal and genitourinary (GU) system / Paula Harrison Gillman
    Musculoskeletal disorders / Nancy Henne Batchelor
    Metabolism and endocrine system / Deborah Jane Schwytzer
    Immune & hematologic systems / Deborah Jane Schwytzer
    Shock and multisystem organ failure / Deborah Jane Schwytzer
    Eyes, ears, nose, throat disorders / Paula Harrison Gillman and Jeanine Karle Goodin
    Integumentary system / Jeanine Karle Goodin
    Neurologic system / Jeanine Karle Goodin
    Pharmacotherapeutics, polypharmacy, and complementary and alternative therapies / Paula Harrison Gillman
    Appendix A : review questions
    Appendix B : answers to review questions.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Exam Review Books (shelved at Information Desk)
    RD99.25 .B38 2015
    1
  • Print
    Barbara Janson Cohen, MSEd, Shirley A. Jones, MSEd, MHA, MSN, EMT-P, RN
    Summary: "Medical Terminology: An Illustrated Guide, Ninth Edition helps readers develop a fundamental knowledge of the medical terminology necessary for a career in any health care setting."-- Back cover.

    Contents:
    Part I. Introduction to Medical Terminology
    Chapter 1. Concepts, Suffixes, and Prefixes of Medical Terminology
    Chapter 2. Body Structure
    Chapter 3. Disease and Treatment
    Part II. Body Systems
    Chapter 4. Integumentary System
    Chapter 5. Skeletal System
    Chapter 6. Muscular System
    Chapter 7. Nervous System and Mental Health
    Chapter 8. Special Senses: Ear and Eye
    Chapter 9. Endocrine System
    Chapter 10. Cardiovascular and Lymphatic Systems
    Chapter 11. Blood and Immunity
    Chapter 12. Respiratory System
    Chapter 13. Digestive System
    Chapter 14. Urinary System
    Chapter 15. Male Reproductive System
    Chapter 16. Female Reproductive System; Pregnancy and Birth
    Appendix 1. Commonly Used Symbols
    Appendix 2. Abbreviations and Their Meanings
    Appendix 3. Word Parts and Their Meanings
    Appendix 4. Meanings and Their Corresponding Word Parts
    Appendix 5. Word Roots
    Appendix 6. Suffixes
    Appendix 7. Prefixes
    Appendix 8. Metric Measurements
    Appendix 9. Stedman's Medical Dictionary at a Glance
    Appendix 10. Drugs
    Appendix 11. Answer Key.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Exam Review Books (shelved at Information Desk)
    R123 .C56 2021
    1
  • Digital
    Gary R. Lichtenstein, editor
    Summary: Medical Therapy of Ulcerative Colitis will serve as an invaluable resource for individual physicians use who treat patients with ulcerative colitis. The text presents a comprehensive overview of medical therapy for management of specific clinical scenarios and also a focus on the individual medications used to treat patients with ulcerative colitis. The book will be evidence based and focus on simplifying the current treatment to make it easy to understand. The chapters are written by experts in their fields and provide the most up to date information. This book will target gastroenterologists who focus on IBD, general gastroenterologists, fellows, and surgeons such as colorectal surgeons or GI surgeons who may treat patients with ulcerative colitis.

    Contents:
    The History of Medical Therapy of Ulcerative Colitis.- The Role of the Food and Drug Administration in Medical Therapy for Ulcerative Colitis
    The Natural History of Ulcerative Colitis
    Principles of Management of Ulcerative Colitis
    The Importance of Mucosal Healing in Ulcerative Colitis
    Oral Mesalamine
    Contrast and Comparison of Mesalamine Derivatives in the Treatment of Ulcerative Colitis
    Topical Mesalamine
    Oral and Parenteral Corticosteroid Therapy in Ulcerative Colitis
    Rectal Glucocorticoid Use In Ulcerative Colitis
    Antimetabolite Therapy in ulcerative colitis: Azathioprine, 6-Mercaptupurine and Methotrexate
    Azathioprine / 6-Mercaptopurine Metabolism in Ulcerative Colitis: A Guide to Metabolite Assessment: An Evidence Based Approach
    Cyclosporine for Ulcerative colitis
    Tacrolimus, Sirolimus and Mycophenolate Mofetil
    Infliximab for Ulcerative Colitis
    Beyond Infliximab: Other anti-TNF therapies for Ulcerative Colitis
    Novel Biologics for the Treatment of Ulcerative Colitis
    Probiotics, Prebiotics, and Antibiotics for Ulcerative colitis
    Novel NonBiologic Therapies for Ulcerative Colitis
    Disease Modifiers in the Management of Ulcerative Colitis
    Treatment of Ulcerative Proctitis
    Treatment of Distal / Left Sided Ulcerative Colitis
    Treatment of Severe Ulcerative Colitis
    Pregnancy and Fertility in Ulcerative Colitis
    Pediatric Issues in Treating Ulcerative Colitis
    Chemoprevention in Ulcerative Colitis
    Safety Considerations in the Medical Therapy of Ulcerative Colitis
    Management of Steroid-Dependent and Steroid-Refractory
    Medical Therapy of Ulcerative Colitis
    Medication Adherence in Ulcerative Colitis
    The Role of Telemedicine for Management of Ulcerative Colitis
    Assessment of Disease Activity in Ulcerative Colitis
    Medical Management of Toxic
    Medical Treatment of Extraintestinal Manifestation of Ulcerative Colitis
    Mimics of Ulcerative Colitis
    The role of diet and nutrition in ulcerative colitis
    Parenteral Nutrition Use in Ulcerative Colitis
    Maintenance of Remission in Ulcerative Colitis
    Management of Irritable Bowel Syndrome in the Patient with Ulcerative Colitis
    Medical Treatment of Hepatobiliary Diseases Associated with Ulcerative Colitis
    Step-Up versus Top-Down Therapy in Ulcerative Colitis.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    editors, Xinghuai Sun and Yi Dai.
    Summary: This book provides comprehensive information on current medications for glaucoma. From anatomy and physiology of glaucoma related ocular structure to the current mechanism theories and evaluation techniques of glaucoma, our understanding of glaucoma has been considerably improved in the last three decades. A large number of medications have been developed for the treatment of glaucoma, whose pharmacological information and data on efficacy and safety will be introduced in detail in this book. Practical guidelines for different type of glaucoma and specific patients, and pharmaceutical agents combined usage are concise and credible. The other chapters on patient managements and updates on glaucoma guidelines add useful and practical information to the book. New experimental and clinical investigations are promising and may develop new therapeutic targets for treatment of glaucoma in future. The primary target audience for this book is practicing ophthalmologists and ophthalmologists in training. Other healthcare professionals who need information about medical treatment for glaucoma may also find this book valuable. We will provide both evidence-based information and clinical experience on antiglaucoma medications, and guide the clinician on how to use them for the patient's maximal benefit.

    Contents:
    Glaucoma related ocular structure and function
    Mechanism theories of glaucoma
    Briefs on evaluation techniques for glaucoma
    Medical treatment strategy for glaucoma
    Medical therapy for glaucoma-Principles
    Medical therapy for glaucoma-IOP lowering agents
    Pharmaceutical agents combined usage
    Clinical practice considerations
    Patient managements
    Concluding comments/Authors' preferences for the guidelines.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Yuan Lei.
    Summary: A user-friendly guide to the basic principles and the technical aspects of mechanical ventilation and modern complex ventilator systems.

    Contents:
    Introduction
    Basic concepts
    Lung ventilation
    Ventilator system concept
    Ventilator system composition
    Humidification, nebulization, and gas filtering
    Essential variables and breath types
    Mechanical ventilation modes
    Ventilator control parameters
    Special ventilation functions
    Ventilator monitoring
    Alarms and safety mechanisms
    Troubleshooting and error reporting.
    Digital Access Oxford 2017
  • Digital
    Robert B. Taylor.
    Summary: "This book is a clear and comprehensive guide that assists readers in translating observations, ideas, and research into articles, reports, or book chapters ready for publication. For both researchers and practicing physicians, skills in medical writing are essential. Dr. Robert B. Taylor, a distinguished leader in academic medicine, uses a clear, conversational style throughout this book to emphasize the professional and personal enrichment that writing can bring. The text includes in depth instructions for writing and publishing: review articles, case reports, editorials and letters to the editor, book reviews, book chapters, reference books, research protocols, grant proposals, and research reports. This third edition is additionally fully updated to include the intricacies of medical writing and publishing today, with new coverage of: open access, pay to publish and predatory journals, peer review fraud, publication bias, parachute studies, public domain images, and phantom authors. Loaded with practical information, tips to help achieve publication, and real world examples, Medical Writing can improve skills for clinicians, educators, and researchers, whether they are new to writing or seasoned authors"--Publisher's description.

    Contents:
    Getting started in medical writing
    Basic writing skills
    From page one to the end
    Technical issues in medical writing
    What?s special about medical writing?
    How to write a review article
    Case reports, editorials, letters to the editor, book reviews, and other publication models
    Writing book chapters and books
    How to write a research proposal
    How to write a grant proposal
    How to write a report of a clinical study
    Getting your writing published.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Dilfuza Egamberdieva, Antonio Tiezzi, editors.
    Summary: This book provides insights into various aspects of medicinal plant-associated microbes, known to be a unique source of biological active compounds, including their biotechnological uses and their potential in pharmaceutical, agricultural and industrial applications. Featuring review papers and original research by leading experts in the field, it discusses medicinal plants and their interactions with the environment; medicinal plants as a source of biologically active compounds; medicinal plant-associated microbes (diversity and metabolites); their pharmaceutical, agricultural and industrial applications as well as their potential applications as plant growth stimulators and biocontrol agents. As such the book offers a valuable, up-to-date overview of the current research on medicinal plants, their ecology, biochemistry and associated biomes.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1. Ethno-botanical aspects of some traditional medicinal plants
    Chapter 2. Medicinal plant
    environment interaction and mitigation to abiotic stress
    Chapter 3. Antibacterial, antifungal and antiviral properties of medical plants
    Chapter 4. Biologically active components of the Western Ghats medicinal fern Diplazium esculentum
    Chapter 5. Medicinal plants as a source of alkaloids
    Chapter 6. Nutraceutical and bioactive significance of ferns with emphasis on the medicinal fern Diplazium
    Chapter 7. Studies on the production of secondary metabolites from medicinal plants by plant tissue cultures
    Chapter 8. Endophytic bacteria associated with medicinal plants: the treasure trove of antimicrobial compounds
    Chapter 9. The importance of endophytic fungi from the medicinal plant: Diversity, natural bioactive compounds, and control of plant pathogens
    Chapter 10. Medicinal plant associated microbes as a source of protection and production of crops
    Chapter 11. Endophytic microbial diversity in the halophytic medicinal plant Ferula, and their bioapplicable traits
    Chapter 12. Endophytic bacteria mediated regulation of Secondary metabolites for the growth induction in Hyptis suaveolens under stress
    Chapter 13. Bioactive potentials of novel molecules from the endophytes of medicinal plants.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    by Robert W. Baloh.
    Summary: Despite the rapid advances in medical science, the majority of people who visit a doctor have medically unexplained symptoms (MUS), symptoms that remain a mystery despite extensive diagnostic studies. The most common MUS are back pain, abdominal pain, headache, fatigue, and dizziness. This book addresses the obstacles of managing people with MUS in our modern day society from both a historical and contemporary perspective. Most MUS are psychosomatic in origin, caused by a complex interaction between nature and nurture, between biological and psychosocial factors. Psychosomatic symptoms are as real and as severe as the symptoms associated with structural damage to the brain. Unique and concise, the book explores the biological and psychosocial mechanisms, the clinical features, and current and future treatments of common MUS. Exploring the unsolved in an accessible manner, Medically Unexplained Symptoms invokes the methodologies of medical science, history, and sociology to investigate how brain flaws can lead to debilitating symptoms.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1. Overview of Medically Unexplained Symptoms
    Chapter 2. Early Ideas on Hysteria
    Chapter 3. The Golden Age of Hysteria
    Chapter 4. Psychosomatic Illness in the 20th Century
    Chapter 5. Biological Mechanisms of Psychosomatic Symptoms
    Chapter 6. Psychosocial Mechanisms of Psychosomatic Symptoms
    Chapter 7. Low Back Pain, Abdominal Pain and Headache
    Chapter 8. Fibromyalgia and Chronic Fatigue Syndrome
    Chapter 9. Chronic Dizziness
    Chapter 10. Treatment of Psychosomatic Symptoms.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Print
    Talia Puzantian and Daniel Carlat.
    Summary: The Medication Fact Book is a comprehensive reference guide covering all the important facts, from cost to pharmacokinetics, about the most commonly prescribed medications in psychiatry. Composed of single-page, reader-friendly fact sheets, treatment algorithms, and quick-scan medication tables, this book offers guidance, clinical pearls, and bottom-line assessments of more than 100 of the most common medications you use and are asked about in your practice. Get the information you need at a glance: Off-label uses Dosages and generic availability Mechanisms of action Cost information Bottom-line impressions This revised edition features: 173 fact sheets 33 reference tables Plus, eight appendices and 10 treatment algorithms.
    Limited to 1 simultaneous user
  • Digital
    Puzantian, Talia; Carlat, Daniel.
    Contents:
    Intro
    Introduction
    ADHD Medications
    General Prescribing Tips
    Amphetamine (Adzenys XR-ODT, Dyanavel XR, Evekeo) Fact Sheet [G]
    Atomoxetine (Strattera) Fact Sheet [G]
    Clonidine (Catapres, Kapvay) Fact Sheet [G]
    Dexmethylphenidate (Azstarys, Focalin, Focalin XR) Fact Sheet [G]
    Dextroamphetamine (Dexedrine, ProCentra, Zenzedi) Fact Sheet [G]
    Guanfacine (Intuniv, Tenex) Fact Sheet [G]
    Lisdexamfetamine (Vyvanse) Fact Sheet
    Methamphetamine (Desoxyn) Fact Sheet [G]
    Methylphenidate IR (Methylin, Ritalin) Fact Sheet [G] Methylphenidate ER (Concerta, Ritalin SR and LA, others) Fact Sheet [G]
    Methylphenidate Transdermal (Daytrana) Fact Sheet
    Mixed Amphetamine Salts (Adderall, Adderall XR, Mydayis) Fact Sheet [G]
    Viloxazine XR (Qelbree) Fact Sheet
    Antidepressants
    General Prescribing Tips
    Brexanolone (Zulresso) Fact Sheet
    Bupropion (Wellbutrin, others) Fact Sheet [G]
    Citalopram (Celexa) Fact Sheet [G]
    Clomipramine (Anafranil) Fact Sheet [G]
    Desvenlafaxine (Pristiq) Fact Sheet [G]
    Duloxetine (Cymbalta, Drizalma Sprinkle) Fact Sheet [G]
    Escitalopram (Lexapro) Fact Sheet [G] Esketamine (Spravato) Fact Sheet
    Fluoxetine (Prozac, Prozac Weekly, Sarafem) Fact Sheet [G]
    Fluvoxamine (Luvox, Luvox CR) Fact Sheet [G]
    Ketamine (Ketalar) Fact Sheet [G]
    Levomilnacipran (Fetzima) Fact Sheet
    Mirtazapine (Remeron) Fact Sheet [G]
    Monoamine Oxidase Inhibitors (MAOIs) Fact Sheet [G]
    Nefazodone (Serzone) Fact Sheet [G]
    Paroxetine (Brisdelle, Paxil, Paxil CR, Pexeva) Fact Sheet [G]
    Selegiline Transdermal (Emsam) Fact Sheet
    Sertraline (Zoloft) Fact Sheet [G]
    Thyroid (Cytomel, Synthroid, others) Fact Sheet [G]
    Trazodone (Desyrel) Fact Sheet [G] Tricyclic Antidepressants (TCAs) Fact Sheet [G]
    Venlafaxine (Effexor, Effexor XR) Fact Sheet [G]
    Vilazodone (Viibryd) Fact Sheet
    Vortioxetine (Trintellix) Fact Sheet
    Antipsychotics
    General Prescribing Tips
    Aripiprazole (Abilify) Fact Sheet [G]
    Asenapine (Saphris, Secuado) Fact Sheet [G]
    Brexpiprazole (Rexulti) Fact Sheet
    Cariprazine (Vraylar) Fact Sheet
    Chlorpromazine (Thorazine) Fact Sheet [G]
    Clozapine (Clozaril, FazaClo, Versacloz) Fact Sheet [G]
    Fluphenazine (Prolixin) Fact Sheet [G]
    Haloperidol (Haldol) Fact Sheet [G]
    Iloperidone (Fanapt) Fact Sheet Loxapine (Adasuve, Loxitane) Fact Sheet [G]
    Lumateperone (Caplyta) Fact Sheet
    Lurasidone (Latuda) Fact Sheet
    Molindone (Moban) Fact Sheet [G]
    Olanzapine (Lybalvi, Symbyax, Zyprexa) Fact Sheet [G]
    Paliperidone (Invega) Fact Sheet [G]
    Perphenazine (Trilafon) Fact Sheet [G]
    Pimavanserin (Nuplazid) Fact Sheet
    Quetiapine (Seroquel, Seroquel XR) Fact Sheet [G]
    Risperidone (Risperdal) Fact Sheet [G]
    Thioridazine (Mellaril) Fact Sheet [G]
    Thiothixene (Navane) Fact Sheet [G]
    Trifluoperazine (Stelazine) Fact Sheet [G]
    Ziprasidone (Geodon) Fact Sheet [G]
    Limited to 1 simultaneous users
  • Digital
    Gregory J. Hughes.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    ClinicalKey Nursing
    ClinicalKey
  • Digital
    Gregory J. Hughes.
    Summary: Offering a unified resource for both clinicians and pharmacists, A Medication Guide to Internal Medicine Tests and Procedures provides concise, focused answers to common medication questions before, during, and after internal medicine tests and procedures. Co-authored by experienced physicians and clinical pharmacists, this unique, time-saving reference brings together essential information for healthcare providers and students in a convenient, highly templated, pocket-sized book.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2022
  • Digital
    Sven Otto, editor.
    Summary: Osteonecrosis of the jaws is a well-known side-effect of antiresorptive therapy that predominantly occurs in patients suffering from malignant diseases and receiving intravenous administrations of nitrogen-containing bisphosphonates or subcutaneous administrations of denosumab, a monoclonal antibody. Less frequently it may also be observed in patients with osteoporosis who are being treated with these antiresorptive drugs. This textbook provides detailed, up-to-date information on all aspects of medication-related osteonecrosis of the jaws, including clinical features, pathogenesis, treatment options, and preventive measures. It also explains safe prevention and treatment strategies for patients receiving antiresorptive drugs who require extractions, implant insertions, and other dento-alveolar surgeries. This book will be of major interest for medical and dental students, dentists, and oral and maxillofacial surgeons as well as osteologists and oncologists.

    Contents:
    Pharmacology of Antiresorptive Drugs
    The Role of Antiresorptive Drugs in the Treatment of Osteoporosis
    The Role of Antiresorptive Drugs in the Treatment of Skeletal Manifestations of Malignant Diseases
    Clinical Features, Localization, Definition and Staging of the Disease
    Radiological Findings / Imaging
    General Characteristics and Risk Factors for BRONJ
    Epidemiology
    Histopathology of BRONJ
    Prevention of Osteonecrosis and Dentoalveolar Surgery Under Treatment With Antiresorptive Drugs
    Bisphosphonates and Dental Implants
    Treatment of BRONJ
    Local and Microvascular Flaps in ONJ-Treatment
    Rehabilitation of Patients After BRONJ
    Adjuvant Treatment Strategies
    Microbiology and Antibiotics
    Animal Models of ONJ
    ONJ Under Denosumab and Other New Drugs
    Possible Use of Antiresorptive Drugs in OMS
    Dental Treatment Under BPs and After BRONJ
    Dental Rehabilitation Under Bisphosphonates and After BRONJ
    History of ONJ.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    edited by John M. Stern and Raman Sanka ; Michael Sperling, associate editor.
    Summary: Fifty million people worldwide have epilepsy and yet up to 35% of patients experience seizures that are resistant to anti-epileptic drugs. Patients with medication-resistant epilepsy have increased risks of premature death, psychosocial dysfunction and a reduced quality of life. This key resource delivers guidance for all clinicians involved in caring for patients with medication-resistant epilepsy in order to reduce these risks. Covering the epidemiology, biology, causes and potential treatments for medication-resistant epilepsy, this definitive and focused text reviews the clinical care needs of patients. Guidance is practical and includes treatment for specialized groups including pediatric patients and those with psychiatric comorbidities. Several promising non-pharmacologic interventions available for patients, such as surgery, neuromodulation diet therapy and botanical treatment are explored in detail. Leading international figures from a range of disciplines bring their expertise together holistically in this essential manual.
    Digital Access Cambridge 2020
  • Digital
    [edited by] Karen Whalen, PharmD, BCPS, CDE, Assistant Dean for Clinical Education, Clinical Professor, Department of Pharmacotherapy and Translational Research, University of Florida College of Pharmacy, Gainesville, Florida, Heather C. Hardin, PharmD, BCACP, Clinical Assistant Professor, Medication Therapy Management Center, Department of Pharmacotherapy and Translational Research, University of Florida College of Pharmacy, Gainesville, Florida.
    Summary: The need to improve the use of medications has major implications for the nation's healthcare system. Burdened by high costs and an ineffective process of providing medication therapy, the current prescription drug environment poses considerable risks to patient safety. Medication Therapy Managment (MTM) is designed to address these deficiencies--and this essential text gives pharmacists all the right MTM tools to identify and eliminate drug-related problems that can cause potentially severe adverse events. Cohesively organized, this expert-authored guide begins with an introduction to data sets for MTM, covering essential topics such as establishing quality and performance improvement, the payer perspective, conducting the comprehensive medication review, and reimbursement. The second part reviews MTM data sets for a wide spectrum of disorders, from asthma and atrial fibrillation to HIV and heart disease. Enhanced by the latest perspectives on therapeutics, including completely up-to-date tables throughout, Medication Therapy Managment is a practical, skill-building roadmap for optimizing drug therapy and enhancing patient outcomes. -- Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access AccessPharmacy 2018
  • Digital
    edited by David M. Angaran, Karen L. Whalen.
    Contents:
    I: INTRODUCTION TO DATA SETS FOR MEDICATION THERAPY MANAGEMENT
    Medicare and Medicaid
    Medicare Part D's Medication Therapy Management: Shifting from Neutral to Drive
    Practice Model
    Medication Therapy Management Quality and Performance Improvement
    Payer Perspective
    Physician Perspective on Medication Therapy Management
    Conducting the Comprehensive Medication Review
    Oral and Nonverbal Communication in Medication Therapy Management
    Documentation
    Reimbursement for Pharmacist Services
    The Complicated Patient. II: DISEASE-BASED MEDICATION THERAPY MANAGEMENT: DATA SETS
    Overview of Medication Therapy Management Data Sets
    Asthma Medication Therapy Management Data Set
    Atrial Fibrillation Medication Therapy Management Data Set
    Bipolar Disorder Medication Therapy Management Data Set
    Chronic Kidney Disease Medication Therapy Management Data Set
    Chronic Obstructive Pulmonary Disease Medication Therapy Management Data Set
    Chronic Stable Angina Medication Therapy Management Data Set
    Dementia-Related Disorders Me-dication Therapy Management Data Set
    Depression Medication Therapy Management Data Set
    Diabetes Mellitus Medication Therapy Management Data Set
    Dyslipidemia Medication Therapy Management Data Set
    Gastroesophageal Reflux Disease Medication Therapy Management Data Set
    Headache Medication Therapy Management Data Set
    Heart Failure Medication Therapy Management Data Set
    Human Immunodeficiency Virus Medication Therapy Management Data Set
    Hypertension Medication Therapy Management Data Set
    Incontinence Medication Therapy Management Data Set
    Osteoarthritis Medication Therapy Management Data Set
    Osteoporosis Medication Therapy Management Data Set
    Pain Management Medication Therapy Management Data Set
    Peripheral Neuropathy Medication Therapy Management Data Set
    Rheumatoid Arthritis Medication Therapy Management Data Set
    Schizophrenia Medication Therapy Management Data Set
    Stroke Medication Therapy Management Data Set
    Thyroid Disorders Medication Therapy Management Data Set. III: APPENDICES
    Appendix A: Therapy Management Effective Characteristics and Questions to be Answered
    Appendix B: Medication Therapy Management Practice Model and Training Survey
    Appendix C: Medicare Part D Medication Therapy Management Program Standardized Format.
    Digital Access AccessPharmacy 2015
  • Digital
    Summary: This TIP reviews three Food and Drug Administration-approved medications for opioid use disorder treatment--methadone, naltrexone, and buprenorphine--and the other strategies and services needed to support people in recovery.

    Contents:
    Part 1: An introduction to medications for the treatment of opioid use disorder. The approach to OUD care
    Overview of medications for OUD
    Duration of treatment with OUD medication
    Treatment settings
    Challenges to expanding access to OUD medication
    Resources
    Notes
    Part 2: Addressing opioid use disorder in general medical settings. Scope of the Problem
    Screening
    Assessment
    Treatment planning or referral
    Resources
    Appendix
    Notes
    Part 3: Pharmacotherapy for opioid use disorder. Pharmacotherapy for opioid use disorder
    Overview of pharmacotherapy for opioid use disorder. Methadone
    Naltrexone
    Buprenorphine
    Medical management strategies for patients taking OUD medications in office-based settings
    Medical management of patients taking OUD medications in hospital settings
    PART 4: Partnering addiction treatment counselors with clients and healthcare professionals. Overview and context
    Quick guide to medications
    Counselor-prescriber communications
    Creation of a supportive counseling experience
    Other common counseling concerns
    Notes
    Part 5: Resources related to medications for opioid use disorder. General Resources
    Resources for counselors and peer providers
    Resources for clients and families
    Provider tools and sample forms
    Glossary of TIP terminology
    Notes
    Digital Access R2Library 2018
  • Digital
    Summary: This new compendium contains AAP clinical practice guidelines, policy statements, clinical reports, and technical reports related to the use of medications in the pediatric population
    Digital Access AAP ebooks 2020
  • Print
    Pescador del Hoyo, Luis.
    Contents: <br/
    >1. El vuelo de alta cota. Bibliografia (p. [187]-190).
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    L781 .P47 1941
    1
  • Digital
    Noeline Latt, Katherine Conigrave, John B. Saunders, E. Jane Marshall, David Nutt ; Edizione italiana a cura di Massimo Clerici ed Ester di Giacomo.
    Summary: L'abuso di sostanze può essere alla base di un gran numero di patologie e disturbi psichiatrici, e viene classificato tra i primi quattro fattori di rischio che contribuiscono al carico di malattia globale. Una situazione di dipendenza può infatti complicare un quadro psichiatrico già difficile, poiché si sovrappone ad altri disturbi e talvolta ne prende le forme, rendendo ancora più ardua la valutazione del paziente. Individuare con precisione un disturbo da abuso di sostanze può facilitare la diagnosi clinica, evitare test non necessari e abbreviare la durata del ricovero. Questo volume costituisce una guida pratica e concisa rivolta agli studenti, ai medici e ad altre figure professionali che si confrontano con la moderna medicina della dipendenza. Illustrando una vasta gamma di evidenze, metodi e soluzioni per la gestione del paziente con dipendenza, questa guida fornisce gli strumenti e le conoscenze di base utili a una pratica clinica rapida ed efficace in questo campo.

    Contents:
    1 Obiettivi della Medicina delle Dipendenze
    2 Valutazione e diagnosi: principi generali
    3 Approcci alla gestione
    4 Alcool
    5 Tabacco
    6 Ipnotici sedativi
    7 Cannabis
    8 Oppioidi
    9 Psicostimolanti
    10 Altre sostanze
    11 Comorbidità psichiatrica
    12 Strati speciali della popolazione
    13 Sindromi cliniche specifiche
    14 Situazioni urgenti e difficili
    15 Questioni legali ed etiche
    Appendice.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital/Print
    Felix Garzón Maceda.
    Digital Access Google Books 1916-
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    R482.A6 G2
    1
  • Digital
    Tariq Aftab, Khalid Rehman Hakeem, editors.
    Summary: Before the concept of history began, humans undoubtedly acquired life benefits by discovering medicinal and aromatic plants (MAPs) that were food and medicine. Today, a variety of available herbs and spices are used and enjoyed throughout the world and continue to promote good health. The international market is also quite welcoming for MAPs and essential oils. The increasing environment and nature conscious buyers encourage producers to produce high quality essential oils. These consumer choices lead to growing preference for organic and herbal based products in the world market. As the benefits of medicinal and aromatic plants are recognized, these plants will have a special role for humans in the future. Until last century, the production of botanicals relies to a large degree on wild-collection. However, the increasing commercial collection, largely unmonitored trade, and habitat loss lead to an incomparably growing pressure on plant populations in the wild. Therefore, medicinal and aromatic plants are of high priority for conservation. Given the above, we bring forth a comprehensive volume, "Medicinal and Aromatic Plants: Healthcare and Industrial Applications," highlighting the various healthcare, industrial and pharmaceutical applications that are being used on these immensely important MAPs and its future prospects. This collection of chapters from the different areas dealing with MAPs caters to the need of all those who are working or have interest in the above topic.

    Contents:
    Medicinal Plants and Herbal Drugs: An Overview
    Secondary Metabolites in Medicinal and Aromatic Plants (MAPs): Potent Molecules in Nature's Arsenal to Fight Human Diseases
    Biodiversity, Management and Sustainable Use of Medicinal and Aromatic Plant Resources
    Bioactive Secondary Metabolites of Medicinal and Aromatic Plants and Their Disease-Fighting Properties
    Potential Uses of Bioactive Compounds of Medicinal Plants and Their Mode of Action in Several Human Diseases
    Understanding the Mechanistic Functioning of Bioactive Compounds in Medicinal Plants
    Nutraceutical Potential of Herbs and Aromatic Plants of Himalayan Region
    Phytochemistry, Pharmacology and Toxicity of Medicinal Plants
    Amaranthus caudatus L. as a Potential Bioresource for Nutrition and Health
    Antidiabetic Property of Aloe vera (Aloe barbadensis) and Bitter Melon (Momordica charantia)
    Ethnobotanical Properties and Traditional Uses of Medicinal Plant Abutilon theophrasti Medik
    Phytochemistry, Pharmacology, and Toxicity of an Epiphytic Medicinal Shrub Viscum album L. (White Berry Mistletoe)
    Saffron: A Therapeutic and Prophylactic Nutrition for Human Population
    Phytochemistry, Pharmacology, and Pharmacokinetics of Phytoestrogens from Red Clover Extract: An Exhaustive Overview
    Roles of Phytometabolites in the Management of Obesity
    Chicory Inulin: A Versatile Biopolymer with Nutritional and Therapeutic Properties
    Medicinal Plant-Derived Antimicrobials' Fight Against Multidrug-Resistant Pathogens
    Biosynthesis of Lemongrass Essential Oil and the Underlying Mechanism for Its Insecticidal Activity
    Multiple-Usage Shrubs: Medicinal and Pharmaceutical Usage and Their Environmental Beneficiations
    Aromatic and Medicinal Plants for Phytoremediation: A Sustainable Approach
    Environmental Pollutants and Their Remediation Using Medicinal and Aromatic Plants
    Toxicity: Its Assessment and Remediation in Important Medicinal Plants
    State-of-the-Art Technologies for Improving the Quality of Medicinal and Aromatic Plants
    System Biology Approach for Functional Analysis of Medicinal and Aromatic Plants
    Synthetic Seed-Mediated Synchronized Multiplication Under In Vitro Conditions: An Efficient Technique for Conservation, Multiplication and Storage of Medicinal Plants
    Use of Secondary Metabolites from Medicinal and Aromatic Plants in the Fragrance Industry
    The Conservation and Utilization of Medicinal Plant Resources
    Medicinal Plant Resources: Threat to Its Biodiversity and Conservation Strategies
    Phytoremediation Potential of Medicinal and Aromatic Plants
    Medico-legal Perspectives of Usage, Commercialization, and Protection of Traditional Drug-Yielding and Essential Oil-Yielding Plants in India.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Ákos Máthé, Arnaldo Bandoni, editors.
    Summary: This volume, as the seventh of the series Medicinal and Aromatic Plants of the World, deals with the medicinal and aromatic plant (MAPs) treasures of the so-called Southern Cone, the three southernmost countries (Argentina, Chile and Uruguay) of South America. Similarly to the previous volumes of the series, the main focus is to collect and provide information on major aspects of botany, traditional usage, chemistry, production / collection practices, trade and utilization of this specific group of plants. The contributors, who are recognized professionals and specialist of the domain, have collected and present state of the art information on 41 species. Most of these are not only of interest from the scientific point of view, but hold also a potential for the prospective utilization of the decreasing, occasionally overexploited / endangered medicinal plant resources of this huge continent. The book is expected to serve as a source of information also on some less known or less studied species. As such the volume is expected to support future research and public health professionals.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1. Herbal Medicines in Argentina, Chile and Uruguay
    Chapter 2. The Native Floras of Argentina, Chile and Uruguay as Sources of Aromatic Products
    Chapter 3. Acantholippia seriphioides
    Chapter 4. Adesmia boronioides
    Chapter 5. Aloysia gratissima
    Chapter 6. Aloysia polystachya
    Chapter 7. Aristotelia chilensis
    Chapter 8. Artemisia copa
    Chapter 9. Aspidosperma quebracho blanco
    Chapter 10. Baccharis dracunculifolia
    Chapter 11. Baccharis tola and B. boliviensis
    Chapter 12. Berberidaceae from Chile
    Chapter 13. Bulnesia sarmientoi
    Chapter 14. Calceolaria spp
    Chapter 15. Dysphania ambrosioides
    Chapter 16. Chiliotrichum diffusum
    Chapter 17. Cissampelos spp
    Chapter 18. Colliguaja integérrima
    Chapter 19. Crinodermum spp
    Chapter 20. Cyclolepis genistoides
    Chapter 21. Eugenia uniflora
    Chapter 22. Fabiana imbricata
    Chapter 23. Fabiana spp
    Chapter 24. Gentianella spp
    Chapter 25. Gleditsia amorphoides
    Chapter 26. Hydrocotyle bonariensis
    Chapter 27. Ibicella lutea
    Chapter 28. Ilex paraguariensis
    Chapter 29. Ligaria cuneifolia
    Chapter 30. Lippia turbinata and L. fissicalyx
    Chapter 31. Lithraea molleoides
    Chapter 32. Madia sativa
    Chapter 33. Minthostachys mollis
    Chapter 34. Mulinum spinosum
    Chapter 35. Nectandra spp
    Chapter 36. Nothofagus antárctica
    Chapter 37. Parastrephia spp
    Chapter 38. Passiflora spp
    Chapter 39. Peumus boldus
    Chapter 40. Picrasma crenata
    Chapter 41. Quillaja brasiliensis
    Chapter 42. Quillaja saponaria
    Chapter 43. Schinus molle & S. areira
    Chapter 44. Solanum crispum
    Chapter 45. Solanum sisymbrifolium
    Chapter 46. Tagetes minuta
    Chapter 47. Zuccagnia punctata.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Kylie O'Brien, Philip Blair.
    Summary: This book functions as a clinician's guide to the use of cannabidiol (CBD) in the treatment of mental health conditions. It conveys the scientific evidence of efficacy of CBD as well as THC and addresses the social stigma attached to its medical use. The book describes the endocannabinoid system, how stress and the endocannabinoid system interact and key constituents, pharmacokinetics and safety aspects of medicinal cannabis, focusing on CBD and THC. Chapters on specific mental health conditions describe the underpinning pathomechanisms including how the endocannabinoid system is involved, and summarises the scientific evidence including animal and human research for the use of CBD and THC in treatment of such conditions. Topics covered include anxiety, depression, post-traumatic stress disorder, insomnia, Alzheimer's Disease and autism spectrum disorder. Chapters also discuss treatment guidelines and case studies. Unique and focused, Medicinal Cannabis and CBD in Mental Healthcare is an invaluable reference for medical practitioners seeking to adopt CBD-use in their treatment plans.

    Contents:
    Introduction
    Endocannabinoid system
    ECS and regulation of stress
    Overview of cannabis
    Stress and Anxiety.-Depression
    PSTD
    Sleep
    Alzheimers
    Autism
    Conclusion.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Print
    Burger, Alfred.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    V403 .B95 1951
    2
  • Digital
    Dinesh Chandra Agrawal, Muralikrishnan Dhanasekaran, editors.
    Summary: The ever-rising increase in the consumption of medicinal herbs and its products and its exposure in the human population have generated concerns about the potential neurotoxicity of several new and existing botanicals. This book offers an accurate, relevant, and comprehensive coverage of a wide variety of medicinal herbs and fungi affecting the central and peripheral nervous system. It includes review articles that thoroughly describe the benefits and adverse effects of some of the most commonly used medicinal herbs and fungi, and the pathophysiological mechanisms underlying them. The book provides an all-inclusive overview of the diverse aspects of medicinal herbs and fungi related to neurotoxicity and/or neuroprotection, ranging from discussions of cellular and molecular processes and pathology to clinical aspects. The rich compilation brings together thorough and extensive research updates on the advances in the field. The chapters have been contributed by the experienced and eminent academicians, researchers, and scientists working in the field across the globe.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1. Mitosis Inhibitors and Medicinal Plants - Neurotoxicity and Neuroprotection.-Chapter 2. The Neurotrophic and Neuroprotective Potential of Macrofungi
    Chapter 3. Andrographolide, a Diterpene from Andrographis paniculata, and Its Influence on the Progression of Neurodegenerative Disorders
    Chapter 4 Ginseng: A Boon or a Curse to Neurodegenerative Diseases
    Chapter 5 Insights into Mechanisms and Models for Studying Neurological Adverse Events Mediated by Pharmacokinetic Interactions Between Clinical Drugs and Illicit Substances of Herbal and Fungal Origin
    Chapter 6 Cannabis Induced Neuroactivity: Research Trends and Commercial Prospects
    Chapter 7 Neurotoxicity of Polyherbal Formulations: Challenges and Potential Solutions
    Chapter 8 Balancing the Neuroprotective Versus Neurotoxic Effects of Cannabis
    Chapter 9 Alpha-Synuclein: Biomarker for Parkinson's Disease, It's Estimation Methods and Targeted Medicinal Therapies
    Chapter 10 Screening of Herbal Medicines for Neurotoxicity: Principles and Methods
    Chapter 11 Plants with Phytomolecules Recognized by Receptors in The Central Nervous
    Chapter 12 Reserpine Induced Depression and Other Neurotoxicity: A Monoaminergic Hypothesis
    Chapter 13 Traditional Medicinal Plants of Sri Lanka and Their Derivatives of Benefit to the Nervous System
    Chapter 14 Ameliorative Effects of Shodhana (Purification) Procedures on Neurotoxicity Caused by Ayurvedic Drugs of Mineral and Herbal Origin
    Chapter 15 St. John's Wort: A Therapeutic Herb to be Cautioned for Its Potential Neurotoxic Effects and Major Drug Interactions
    Chapter 16. Neurotoxic Potential of Alkaloids from Thorn Apple (Datura stramonium L.)
    A Commonly Used Indian Folk Medicinal Herb
    Chapter 17 Medicinal Plants in Uganda as Potential Therapeutics Against Neurological Disorders
    Chapter 18 Ayurvedic Ideology on Rasapanchak Based Cognitive Drug Intervention
    Chapter 19 Neurotoxic Medicinal Plants of Indian Himalayan Regions: An Overview
    Chapter 20.Neuroprotective Effects of Portulaca oleracea and Portulaca quadrifida Linn. .
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Dinesh Chandra Agrawal, Muralikrishnan Dhanasekaran, editors.
    Summary: Medicinal mushrooms are increasingly gaining attention worldwide because of their pharmacologically bioactive compounds, which have demonstrated potent and unique clinical properties. Scientific studies carried out during the last decade have confirmed their efficacy in treating a wide range of diseases. Extracts and bioactive compounds obtained from mushrooms have been used medicinally as anticancer, immunomodulator, antibacterial, antiviral, anti-inflammatory, anti-atherosclerotic, neuroprotectant, cardioprotectant, antioxidant, and anti-hypoglycemic agents, and in stem cell-based therapies. Introducing readers to the latest developments in, and ongoing research efforts on, medicinal mushrooms, this book gathers articles contributed by eminent researchers in different disciplines and from around the globe. Highlighting the tremendous potential of mushrooms for the development of new drugs, the topics covered include but are not limited to: Recent progress in research on the pharmaceutical potential of medicinal mushrooms and prospects for their clinical application; Edible mushroom neuronutraceuticals: Basis of therapeutics; Overview of therapeutic efficacy of mushrooms; Mushrooms - a wealth of resources for prospective stem cell-based therapies; Mushrooms as potential natural cytostatics.

    Contents:
    Intro; Dedication; Preface; Acknowledgments; Contents; About the Editors and Contributors; Editors; Contributors;
    1: Recent Progress in Research on the Pharmacological Potential of Mushrooms and Prospects for Their Clinical Application; 1.1 Introduction; 1.2 Biological and Genetic Resources of Medicinal Mushrooms and Their Application; 1.3 Mushroom-Derived Bioactive Compounds; 1.3.1 Polysaccharides; 1.3.2 Terpenoids, Steroids, and Sterols; 1.3.3 Phenolics and Other Compounds; 1.4 Pharmacological Activity of Mushrooms; 1.4.1 Antimicrobial (Antifungal and Antibacterial) Activity 1.4.2 Immunomodulatory and Anticancer Activities1.4.3 Hypocholesterolemic, Hypoglycemic, and Anti-obesity Effects; 1.4.4 Antioxidant and Anti-inflammatory Effects; 1.4.5 Cardioprotective Effect; 1.4.6 Neuroprotective and Antidepressant Effects; 1.4.7 Antiviral and Anti-allergic Effects; 1.5 Nutritional and Dietary Values of Medicinal Mushrooms; 1.6 Current State of Epidemiological and Clinical Studies of Medicinal Mushrooms; 1.7 Conclusions and Future Prospects; References;
    2: Edible Mushrooms as Neuro-nutraceuticals: Basis of Therapeutics; 2.1 Introduction 2.1.1 The Good and Bad Mushrooms2.1.1.1 Edible Mushrooms; 2.1.1.2 Medicinal Mushrooms; 2.1.1.3 Edible Mushrooms with Toxic Effects; 2.1.1.4 Poisonous Mushrooms; 2.2 Mushrooms and Neural Cells; 2.2.1 Neuroprotective Effects of Mushrooms; 2.2.2 Neuro-regenerative Effects of Mushrooms; 2.2.3 Neuronal Differentiation, Stem Cell Generation, and Myelinogenesis; 2.3 Mushrooms and Some Neurological Diseases; 2.3.1 Fatigue and Depression; 2.3.2 Beneficial Effects of Mushrooms in Alzheimer's Disease; 2.3.3 Mushrooms Are Good for Parkinson's Disease 2.4 Mechanisms by Which Mushrooms Exert Medicinal Effects2.4.1 Short-Term or Long-Term ER Stress Have Varied Effects on Neural Health; 2.4.2 Erinacine A Regulates Cellular Oxidant Stress and Immunity to Affect Neuronal Rescue; 2.4.3 Pleurotus giganteus Blocks Nitrosative Stress to Aid in Neuronal Protection; 2.4.4 Amanita caesarea Regulates Ca2+-Mediated Apoptosis and Increases Autophagy in Cells; 2.4.5 Polyozellin Tames Apoptosis During Excitotoxicity; 2.5 Mushrooms as Probiotic: The Gut-Brain Axis; 2.6 Conclusions; References;
    3: Overview of Therapeutic Efficacy of Mushrooms 3.1 Introduction3.2 Overview of the Therapeutic Efficacy of Mushrooms; 3.2.1 Beneficial Role of Mushrooms or Mushroom-Derived Substances in Neurological Diseases; 3.2.2 Beneficial Role of Mushrooms or Mushroom-Derived Substances in Cardiovascular Diseases; 3.2.3 Beneficial Role of Mushrooms or Mushroom-Derived Substances in Cancer; 3.2.4 Beneficial Role of Mushrooms or Mushroom-Derived Substances in Diabetes Mellitus; 3.2.5 Beneficial Role of Mushrooms or Mushroom-Derived Substances Against Infectious Diseases
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Shaik Mahammad Khasim, Chunlin Long, Kanchit Thammasiri, Henrik Lutken, editors.
    Summary: Plants have been a source of medicines and have played crucial role for human health. Despite tremendous advances in the field of synthetic drugs and antibiotics, plants continue to play a vital role in modern as well as traditional medicine across the globe. In even today, one-third of the world's population depends on traditional medicine because of its safety features and ability to effectively cure diseases. This book presents a comprehensive guide to medicinal plants, their utility, diversity and conversation, as well as biotechnology. It is divided into four main sections, covering all aspects of research in medicinal plants: biodiversity and conservation; ethnobotany and ethnomedicine; bioactive compounds from plants and microbes; and biotechnology. All sections cover the latest advances. The book offers a valuable asset for researchers and graduate students of biotechnology, botany, microbiology and the pharmaceutical sciences. It is an equally important resource for doctors (especially those engaged in Ayurveda and allopathy); the pharmaceutical industry (for drug design and synthesis); and the agricultural sciences.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Preface
    Contents
    Editors and Contributors
    About the Editors
    Contributors
    Part I: Biodiversity and Conservation
    1: Biodiversity of Medicinal Plants in the Eastern Ghats of Northern Andhra Pradesh, India
    1.1 Introduction
    1.2 Biodiversity of Medicinal Plants in the Eastern Ghats of Andhra Pradesh
    1.3 Conclusions
    References
    2: Biodiversity, Conservation and Medicinal Uses of Seaweeds: The Glimpses
    2.1 Introduction
    2.2 Biodiversity
    2.3 Conservation
    2.4 Medicinal Uses
    2.5 Recommendations
    References 3: Tree Flora of Andhra Pradesh, India
    3.1 Introduction
    3.2 Location and Characteristics of the Study Area
    3.3 Geographical Division
    3.3.1 The Coastal Plains
    3.3.2 Eastern Ghats
    3.3.3 The Western Peneplains
    3.3.3.1 Vegetation
    3.4 Tree Flora Analysis
    3.5 Phytogeographical Distributional Pattern of Tree Taxa
    3.6 Endemic Tree Taxa to Andhra Pradesh
    3.7 Endemic Trees of Peninsular India Occurring in Andhra Pradesh (Source, Nayar et al. 1984)
    3.8 Overexploited Tree Taxa
    3.9 Causes for Depletion of Tree Species and Its Conservation
    References 4: Genetic Diversity and Variability Analysis in Sweet Flag (Acorus calamus L.)
    4.1 Introduction
    4.2 Genetic Diversity Analysis in Acorus calamus L.
    4.2.1 Clustering Pattern
    4.2.2 Intra- and Inter-Cluster Distances
    4.2.3 Cluster Mean for Different Characters
    4.2.4 Contribution of Characters to Genetic Divergence
    4.2.5 Genetic Variability
    4.3 Conclusion
    References
    5: Flora of Mangrove Species Utilized for Ethnomedicinal Practices in Gautami Godavari Estuary, Andhra Pradesh, India
    5.1 Introduction
    5.2 Mangrove Flora and Ethnomedicinal Purposes 7: Structure Design and Establishment of Database Application System for Miao Medicinal Plants in Guizhou Province, China
    7.1 Introduction
    7.2 Database Structure
    7.2.1 Demand Analysis
    7.2.2 Data Sources of Medicinal Plants
    7.3 Web Development Platform
    7.3.1 Software and Hardware Configuration
    7.3.2 Development of Technology
    7.3.3 Framework Database
    7.4 Implementation of the Database System
    7.4.1 Homepage
    7.4.2 Species Identification
    7.4.3 Data Retrieval
    7.4.4 Plant Lists
    7.4.5 User Center
    7.5 Conclusion
    References
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Nirmal Joshee, Sadanand A. Dhekney, Prahlad Parajuli, editors.
    Summary: This book offers a fresh look on a variety of issues concerning herbal medicine - the methods of growing and harvesting various medicinal plants; their phytochemical content; medicinal usage; regulatory issues; and mechanism of action against myriad of human and animal ailments. 'Medicinal Plants: From Farm to Pharmacy comprises chapters authored by renowned experts from academics and industry from all over the world. It provides timely, in-depth study/analysis of medicinal plants that are already available in the market as supplements or drug components, while also introducing several traditional herbs with potential medicinal applications from various regions of the world. The book caters to the needs of a diverse group of readers: plant growers, who are looking for ways to enhance the value of their crops by increasing phytochemical content of plant products; biomedical scientists who are studying newer applications for crude herbal extracts or isolated phytochemicals; clinicians and pharmacologists who are studying interactions of herbal compounds with conventional treatment modalities; entrepreneurs who are navigating ways to bring novel herbal supplements to the market; and finally, natural medicine enthusiasts and end-users who want to learn how herbal compounds are produced in nature, how do they work and how are they used in traditional or modern medicine for various disease indications.

    Contents:
    1. The Evolution of Modern Medicine: Garden to Pill Box
    2. Bioprospecting for Pharmaceuticals- An Overview and Vision for Future Access and Benefit Sharing
    3. Nepal: A Global Hotspot for Medicinal Orchids
    4. Current Status and Future Prospects for Select Underutilized Medicinally-Valuable Plants of Puerto Rico: A Case Study
    5. Black Pepper: Health Benefits, In Vitro Multiplication and Commercial Cultivation
    6. Prospects for Goji Berry (Lycium barbarum L.) Production in North America
    7. Skullcaps (Scutellaria spp.): Ethnobotany and Current Research
    8. Cultivating Medical Grade Cannabis for the Development of Phytopharmaceuticals
    9. Natural Products as Possible Vaccine Adjuvants for Infectious Diseases and Cancer
    10. In vitro Plant Cell Cultures: A Route to Production of Natural Molecules and Systematic in vitro Assays for Their Biological Properties
    11. Antioxidant, Antimicrobial, Analgesic, Anti-inflammatory and Antipyretic Effects of Bioactive Compounds from Passiflora Species
    12. Modulation of Tumor Immunity by Medicinal Plant or Functional Food Derived Compounds
    13. Dietary Brown Seaweed Extract Supplementation in Small Ruminants
    14. Discovery of Green Tea Polyphenol-Based Antitumor Drugs: Mechanisms of Action and Clinical Implications
    15. Therapeutic and Medicinal Uses of Terpenes
    16. Unexplored Medicinal Flora Hidden Within South Africas Wetlands
    17. Seabuckthorn: A Multipurpose Medicinal Plant From Upper Himalayas
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Woon-Chien Teng, Ho Han Kiat, Rossarin Suwanarusk, and Hwee-Ling Koh.
    Contents:
    Malaria : an overview
    Current anti-malarial drugs
    Research on medicinal plants for malaria
    Selected anti-malarial plants.
    Digital Access TandFonline 2016
  • Digital
    edited by Namrita Lall.
    Summary: "Medicinal Plants for Holistic Health and Well-Being discusses, in depth, the use of South African plants to treat a variety of ailments, including tuberculosis, cancer, periodontal diseases, acne, postmacular hypomelanosis, and more. Plants were selected on the basis of their traditional use, and the book details the scientific evidence that supports their pharmacological and therapeutic potential to safely and effectively treat each disease. Thus, this book is a valuable resource for all researchers, students and professors involved in advancing global medicinal plant research." --Publisher.

    Contents:
    Traditional medicine : the ancient roots of modern practice
    Are medicinal plants effective for skin cancer?
    Fighting the inevitable : skin aging and plants
    Exploiting medicinal plants as possible treatments for acne vulgaris
    Medicinal plants as alternative treatments for progressive macular hypomelanosis
    The role of medicinal plants in oral care
    Can medicinal plants provide an adjuvant for tuberculosis patients?
    Medicinal plants used in the treatment of superficial skin infections : from traditional medicine to herbal soap formulations
    Garlic (Allium sativum) and its associated molecules, as medicine
    Maximizing medicinal plants : steps to realizing their full potential.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2018
  • Digital
    edited by Victor Kuete
    Contents:
    Part I. Diverse degenerative diseases in Africa
    1. Diseases in Africa : an overview
    2. Management of inflammatory and nociceptive disorders in Africa
    3. Burden and health policy of cancers in Africa
    5. Management of infectious diseases in Africa
    6. Overview of governmental support across Africa toward the development and growth of herbal medicine
    7. Preparation, standardization, and quality control of medicinal plants in Africa
    Part II. Therapeutic potential of African medicinal spices and vegetables
    8. Antimicrobial activities of African medicinal spices and vegetables
    9. Anti-inflammatory and anti-nociceptive activities of African medicinal spices and vegetables
    10. Anticancer activities of African medicinal spices and vegetables
    11. Antiemetic African medicinal spices and vegetables
    12. African Medicinal Spices and Vegetables and Their Potential in the Management of Metabolic Syndrome
    13. Other health benefits of African medicinal spices and vegetables
    Part III. Popular African medicinal spices and vegetables, and their health effects
    14. Allium cepa
    15. Allium sativum
    16. Canarium schweinfurthii
    17. Cinnamon species
    18. Cymbopogon citratus
    19. Curcuma longa
    20. Lactuca sativa
    21. Mangifera indica L. (Anacardiaceae)
    22. Moringa oleifera
    23. Myristica fragrans : a review
    24. Passiflora edulis
    25. Petroselinum crispum. a Review
    26. Sesamum indicum
    27. African Medicinal Spices of Genus Piper
    28. Thymus vulgaris
    29. Syzygium aromaticum
    Index.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2017
  • Print
    R. Steven Urban, J. Rush Pierce Jr., Roger D. Smalligan.
    Contents:
    Infectious disease
    Hospital-based medicine
    Rheumatology
    Pulmonary disease
    Cardiology
    Endocrinology and metabolic disease
    Gastroenterology
    Nephrology
    Hematology and oncology
    Neurology
    Dermatology
    General medicine and prevention
    Allergy and immunology
    Geriatrics
    Women's health.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Exam Review Books (shelved at Information Desk)
    R834.5 .M4 2016
    2
  • Digital
    Ronald V. Bucci.
    Contents:
    Healthcare and Business
    Leadership and Governance
    Revenue Cycle
    Financial Definitions and Variances
    Income Statement
    Balance Sheet
    Statement of Cash Flows
    Financial Ratios
    Budgeting and Variance Analysis
    Strategic Planning and Business Planning
    Healthcare Insurance
    Managed Care
    Payment Methods
    Corporation and Hospital Structures
    Physician Employment and Compensation
    Medical Business Law and Regulations
    New Government Initiatives.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital/Print
    Borms, J.; Hebbelinck, M.; Hills, Andrew P.; Jokl, Ernst; Micheli, Lyle J.; Noakes, Timothy; Shephard, Roy J.
    Digital Access Karger v. 17-, 1984-
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RC1200 .M484
    37
  • Digital/Print
    Paul S. Auerbach.
    Summary: Since 1986, Medicine for the Outdoors has been hailed as the definitive take-along manual on the subject. Packed with step-by-step instructions and how-to explanations, this updated edition tells you the best way to respond to just about any medical problem. Logically organized, simple-to-understand enhanced illustrations and an increased focus on new topics mean this medical reference book may literally save your life. Whether you're venturing into mountains, deserts, forests, or out to sea, it belongs in your pack!

    Contents:
    General first-aid principles
    An approach to the unconscious victim
    Chest injury
    Serious lung disorders
    Chest pain
    Bleeding
    Shock
    Head injury
    Allergic reaction
    Seizure
    Fractures and dislocations
    Amputation
    Burns
    Inhalation injuries
    Abdominal pain
    Emergency childbirth
    Diabetes
    Stroke
    Infectious diseases
    Dealing with death
    General symptoms
    Head (also eye, ear, nose, throat, and mouth)
    Upper respiratory disorders
    Disorders of the gastrointestinal tract
    Skin disorders
    Minor bruises and wounds
    Musculoskeletal injuries
    Disorders of the kidneys, bladder, and prostate
    Male genital problems
    Psychiatric emergencies
    Injuries and illnesses due to cold
    Injuries and illnesses due to heat
    Wildland fires
    High altitude-related problems
    Snakebite
    Insect and arthropod bites
    Lightning strike, tornado (cyclone), hurricane (typhoon), flood, earthquake, tidal wave (tsunami), landslide (mudslide), volcano, and snow avalanche
    Hazardous aquatic life and aquatic infections
    Underwater diving accidents
    Drowning
    Animal attacks
    Wild plant and mushroom poisoning
    Oxygen administration
    Water disinfection
    Motion sickness
    Jet lag
    First-aid kits
    Immunizations
    Transport of the injured victim
    Ground-to-air distress signals
    Lost people
    Procedures
    Commonly used drugs (medications) and doses
    Conversion tables
    Guidelines for prevention of diseases transmitted via human blood and other bodily fluids
    Commonly used applications of the SAM splint
    Personal safety in an age of global conflict, kidnapping, and terrorism
    Emergency canine medicine.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2016
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RC88.9.O95 A94 2016
    1
  • Digital
    Yann Meunier.
    Summary: This book outlines risk assessments for 28 diseases and medical conditions including the following aspects: genetics, biochemistry, serology, past medical history, family history, co-morbidities, age, gender, ethnicity, nutrition and lifestyle. Recommendations are made for how to avoid, eliminate or mitigate risks. Preventing measures concerning chemical compound intake, lifestyle and nutrition are proposed. The unique content and approach of the book to chronic disease management make it a state-of-the-art reference work, addressing a missing component of medical care and reflecting the cutting edge of preventive medicine.

    Contents:
    Introduction
    Diseases and Medical Conditions
    Pointer Documents.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Mira Harrison-Woolrych, editor.
    Summary: In this definitive new text, the major medicines, devices and vaccines used by women worldwide are brought together for the first time in a single volume. Written and edited by international experts with an evidence-based approach, Medicines for Women offers a comprehensive summary of all key areas. In the first part, issues relating to female drug exposure and prescribing to subgroups of women ℓ́ℓ for example during pregnancy and lactation, and to adolescent women ℓ́ℓ are presented in the context of contemporary clinical practice. In the second part, specific groups of medicines are reviewed, including oral contraceptives (with an additional chapter on venous thromboembolism), emergency contraception, contraceptive devices, treatment of chronic pelvic pain, hormone replacement therapy, bisphosphonates, herbal medicines for women, and human papilloma virus vaccines. Every chapter reviews and summarizes the efficacy and safety of each group of products and concludes with a useful set of clinical ℓ́ℓtake-homeℓ́ℓ messages. In the third part of the book, broader perspectives are presented ℓ́ℓ from a primary-care overview of prescribing for women, through to regulatory, political and religious aspects, including issues in developing countries. The two final chapters focus on communicating the benefits and risks of medicines for women. This book is aimed at prescribers, other healthcare professionals and students of womenℓ́ℓs health throughout the world. It is an extremely valuable resource for all in clinical practice, for students of medicine, nursing, pharmacy and related sciences, and also for those in medicines regulation, pharmacovigilance and the pharmaceutical industry.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Print
    <Glavni redaktor : Ante Šercer ; redaktor za ilustracije Alexsandar Vučer>.
    Contents:
    1. A-Ćul. Yud 83- (Yu 66-2212)
    2. D-Giu YuD 83- (Yu...).
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Retired Reference (Downstairs)
    R125 .M481
    4
  • Digital
    Swati Jha, Emma Ferriman, editors.
    Summary: This book highlights minimum standards relating to the management of different conditions in the practice of Obstetrics and Gynaecology. The editors explore clinical governance issues, common causes of as well as ways to avoid litigation. The UK is experiencing a dramatic increase in medico-legal claims. The 4 main reasons for litigation are: accountability, the need for an explanation, concern with standards of care and compensation. However the decision to take legal action is determined not only by the original injury, but failure to provide information, an explanation and an apology. Insensitive handling of an injury and poor communication after the original incident increases the risk of litigation and erodes the patient-doctor relationship. Doctors almost never deliberately cause harm to patients, however increasingly claims are being defended successfully. This book is invaluable to clinicians and lawyers alike and raises awareness of how to avoid facing clinical negligence claims in our day to day practice.

    Contents:
    Intro; Preface; Contents; Part I: General Swati Jha and Robert Burrell;
    1: Ethics in Medicine; 1.1 The Difference Between the Law and Ethics; 1.2 Ethical Principles; 1.3 Case Scenario; 1.3.1 Termination Ethics; 1.3.2 Personhood; 1.3.3 Bodily Autonomy Versus Not Killing; 1.3.4 Taking Potentiality Seriously; 1.3.5 Deprivation of Futures; 1.4 Case Scenario; References;
    2: Why Doctors Get Sued; 2.1 Introduction; 2.2 Consent; 2.2.1 Key Legal Principles; 2.3 Errors of Treatment or Surgery; 2.3.1 Key Legal Principles; 2.4 Errors of Diagnosis/Delayed Diagnosis. 2.4.1 Key Legal PrinciplesReferences;
    3: Consent After Montgomery: Clinical Considerations; 3.1 Background; 3.2 Requirements for Consent; 3.3 Consent After Montgomery: What Constitutes Sufficient Information?; 3.3.1 Exceptions to Provision of Information; 3.3.2 Birth Choices Post-Montgomery; 3.4 Court Decisions Since Montgomery; 3.4.1 A v East Kent Hospitals University NHS Foundation Trust [2015] EWHC 1038; 3.4.2 Spencer v Hillingdon Hospitals NHS Trust [2015] EWHC 1058; References;
    4: Consent After Montgomery: Legal Considerations; 4.1 Introduction; 4.2 Use of a Consent Form. 4.3 Future Law4.4 The Decision Record; References;
    5: Duty of Candour; 5.1 Background; 5.2 Professional Duty of Candour; 5.3 Statutory Duty of Candour (CQC-Registered Healthcare Organisations, England); 5.4 Consequences of Not Complying with Duty of Candour; 5.5 Case Study: Bladder Injury; References;
    6: Leading Cases; 6.1 Negligence; 6.1.1 What Constitutes Negligence?; 6.2 Causation; References;
    7: The Claim Journey; 7.1 Introduction; 7.2 Letter Before Action; 7.3 Letter of Claim; 7.4 The Response; 7.5 Formal Proceedings. 7.6 Doctors Witness Statement and Exchange of Witness Statements7.7 Trial; References;
    8: GMC Referral; 8.1 Background; 8.2 GMC Guidance; 8.3 GMC Statistics on Number and Outcome of Referrals; 8.4 Sources of Referral; 8.5 When You Should Self-Report?; 8.6 What Type of Concerns Are Investigated?; 8.7 Notification of Criminal Investigations; 8.8 IOT Hearings; 8.9 GMC Investigation; 8.10 Referral to a MPT Hearing; 8.11 Resolution of Cases Not Referred to a MPT Hearing; 8.12 Things to Remember; References;
    9: Report Writing; 9.1 Introduction; 9.2 Legal and Ethical Framework. 9.3 Pitfalls and Risks9.4 Positive Advice; References;
    10: Being an Expert Witness; 10.1 Background; 10.2 Definition of an Expert Witness; 10.3 Duty of the Expert Witness; References;
    11: The Obstetrician/Gynaecologist in Coroner's Court; 11.1 History; 11.2 Current Position in England and Wales; 11.3 The Investigation; 11.4 The Inquest; 11.5 Conclusions; 11.6 Unnatural Death; 11.7 Accident/Misadventure; 11.8 Unlawful Killing; 11.9 Stillbirths; 11.10 Abortion; 11.11 Preparing for the Inquest; References;
    12: Intimate Examinations and Chaperones; 12.1 Background.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Print
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    I399.A3 A8
    1
  • Print
    Ijeoma Oluo.
    Summary: From the author of the New York Times bestseller So You Want to Talk About Race, a subversive history of white male American identity. What happens to a country that tells generation after generation of white men that they deserve power? What happens when success is defined by status over women and people of color, instead of by actual accomplishments? Through the last 150 years of American history-from the post-Reconstruction South and the mythic stories of cowboys in the West, to the present-day controversy over NFL protests and the backlash against the rise of women in politics--Ijeoma Oluo exposes the devastating consequences of white male supremacy on women, people of color, and white men themselves. Mediocre investigates the real costs of this phenomenon in order to imagine a new white male identity, one free from racism and sexism. As provocative as it is essential, this book will upend everything you thought you knew about American identity and offers a bold new vision of American greatness.

    Contents:
    Introduction: Works according to design
    Cowboys and patriots: how the West was won
    For your benefit, in our image: the centering of white men in social justice movements
    The Ivy League and the tax eaters: white men's assault on higher education
    We have far too many Negroes: white America's bitter dependency on people of color
    Fire the women: the convenient use and abuse of women in the workplace
    Socialists and quota queens: when women of color challenge the political status quo
    Go fucking play: football and the fear of Black men
    Conclusion: Can white manhood be more than this?
    Digital Access 2020
    Limited to 1 simultaneous user
  • Digital
    edited by Narayanan Srinivasan.
    Contents:
    The neuroscience of meditation: classification, phenomenology, correlates, and mechanisms / Tracy Brandmeyer, Arnaud Delorme, Helané Wahbeh
    Evolution from four mental states to the highest state of consciousness: A neurophysiological basis of meditation as defined in yoga texts / Singh Deepeshwar, H.R. Nagendra, Bal Budhi Rana
    Meditation induces physical relaxation and enhances cognition: A perplexing paradox / Kishore K. Deepak
    Contingent negative variation and P3 modulations following mindful movement training / Stefano Lasaponara, Joseph Glicksohn, Federica Mauro, Tal Dotan Ben-Soussan
    State-trait influences of Vipassana meditation practice on P3 EEG dynamics / Ratna Jyothi Kakumanu [and others]
    Short-term mindful breath awareness training improves inhibitory control and response monitoring / Joan P. Pozuelos, Bethan R. Mead, M. Rosario Rueda, Peter Malinowski
    Fully immersed: State absorption and electrophysiological effects of the OVO Whole-Body Perceptual Deprivation chamber / Tal Dotan Ben-Soussan Kakumanu [and others]
    Concentrative (Sahaj Samadhi) meditation training and visual awareness: An fMRI study on color afterimages / Amrendra Singh, V.S. Chandrasekhar Pammi, Anupam Guleria, Narayanan Srinivasan
    Toward a brain theory of meditation / Antonino Raffone Kakumanu [and others]
    Tibetan Buddhist monastic debate: Psychological and neuroscientific analysis of a reasoning-based analytical meditation practice / Marieke K. van Vugt [and others]
    Training attention for conscious non-REM sleep: The yogic practice of yoga-nidrā and its implications for neuroscience research / Stephen Parker
    Nondual awareness: Consciousness-as-such as non-representational reflexivity / Zoran Josipovic
    The contemplative exercise through the lenses of predictive processing: A promising approach / Giuseppe Pagnoni
    Mindfulness training as cognitive training in high-demand cohorts: An initial study in elite military servicemembers / Anthony P. Zanesco, Ekaterina Denkova, Scott L. Rogers, William K. MacNulty, Amishi P. Jha
    Contemplative neuroscience, self-awareness, and education / Aviva Berkovich-Ohana, Patricia A. Jennings, Shiri Lavy
    Yoga: Balancing the excitation-inhibition equilibrium in psychiatric disorders / Urvakhsh Meherwan Mehta, B.N. Gangadhar.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2019
  • Digital
    Donato F. Romagnolo, Ornella I. Selmin, editors.
    Contents:
    Part I: Mediterranean Diet and Lifestyle in a World Context
    Updating the Benefits of the Mediterranean Diet: From the Heart to the Earth
    Mediterranean Diet and Lifestyle in a Modern World Context
    Part II: Historical, Behavioral, and Geographical Perspective of the Mediterranean Diet and Lifestyle
    Historical and Behavioral Perspectives of the Mediterranean Diet
    Historical Origins of the Mediterranean Diet, Regional Dietary Profiles and the Development of the Dietary Guidelines
    Implementing the Mediterranean Diet: a French Perspective and Comparisons with other Mediterranean Countries
    Part III: Mediterranean Diet and Lifestyle for Health Promotion
    Mediterranean Oils and Fats, and Disease Risk
    Inflammation and Cardiovascular Disease and Protection by the Mediterranean Diet
    Wine, Polyphenols and Cardioprotection
    Impact of Mediterranean Diet on Metabolic Syndrome
    Effects of Mediterranean Diet on the Metabolome
    Part IV: Aging and Cancer Risk
    The Value of the Mediterranean Diet for Older Adults: Emphasis on Obesity Interventions
    The Mediterranean Diet and Neurodegenerative Diseases
    The Mediterranean Diet and Breast Cancer
    Mediterranean Diet, Inflammatory Bowel Disease and Colon Cancer
    Epigenetics of Mediterranean Diet: Altering Disease Risk
    Part V: Building a Mediterranean-Like Pyramid
    Physical Activity and the Mediterranean Diet
    Mediterranean Diet and Biodiversity
    Food-Based Approaches for Achieving Nutritional Adequacy with the Mediterranean DASH, and USDA Food Patterns
    Building the Mediterranean Pyramid-Part A: Mediterranean Recipes
    Building the Mediterranean Pyramid-Part B: Balancing the Plate.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Pier Giorgio Giacomini, editor.
    Summary: The book offers a thorough description of rhinoplasty techniques for patients from the Mediterranean area. Noses come in different shapes and colors, depending on the various biotypes of the different geographic regions. This represents a topical issue for rhinoplasty surgeons, since different nasal morphologies imply different anatomic conditions. Moreover, beauty ideal varies from one region to the other, and those differences need to be taken into consideration. Based on these premises, the ethnic rhinoplasty is becoming more and more important among facial plastic surgeons. In order to broaden the understanding of anatomo-functional and cultural or cosmetic aspects specific to the Mediterranean nasal biotype, the book collects and discusses the experiences of surgeons operating on patients from the various regions of the Mediterranean area. Mediterranean Rhinoplasty represents a valuable resource not only for surgeons who are already experts in facial plastic surgery, but also for young otorhinolaryngologists, plastic surgeons and maxillofacial surgeons.

    Contents:
    Shape and function of the nose
    Nasal biotypes in the Mediterranean area
    Anatomical cues of the Mediterranean noses
    Morphological diagnostic tools in rhinoplasty
    Functional diagnostic tools in rhinoplasty
    Rhinoplasty Italian experience: Closed approach. Open approach. Preservation approach. Tip surgery
    Western Mediterranean nose correction
    Southern Mediterranean nose correction
    Eastern Mediterranean nose correction. .
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Print
    Guttmann, Walter; Volkmann, Herbert.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    H123 .G98 1917
    1
  • Print
    Guttmann, Walter; Volkmann, Herbert.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    H123 .G98 1923
    1
  • Digital
    Summary: An online journal and ebook service of the Thieme Publishing Group.
    Digital Access Database
  • Digital
    Summary: An online journal and ebook service of the Thieme Publishing Group.
    Digital Access Database
  • Digital
    Summary: An online journal and ebook service of the Thieme Publishing Group.
    Digital Access Database
  • Digital
    Summary: An online journal and ebook service of the Thieme Publishing Group.
    Digital Access Database
  • Digital
    Summary: An online journal and ebook service of the Thieme Publishing Group.
    Digital Access Database
  • Digital
    Summary: An online journal and ebook service of the Thieme Publishing Group.
    Digital Access Database
  • Digital
    edited by Catherine Arnott Smith and Alla Keselman.
    Contents:
    1. Designing health information programs to promote the health and well-being of vulnerable populations: the benefits of evidence-based strategic health communication / Gary L. Kreps and Linda Neuhauser
    2. Health literacy research's growth, challenges, and frontiers / Robert A. Logan
    3. Medical information for the consumer before the World Wide Web / Catherine Arnott Smith
    4. Ethical health information: Do it well! Do it right! Do no harm! / Michelynn McKnight
    5. Health information resource provision in the public library setting / Mary Grace Flaherty
    6. Who needs a health librarian? Ethical reference transactions in the consumer health library / Nancy C. Seeger
    7. Consumer health information: the community college conundrum / Anne Chernaik
    8. Health information delivery outside the clinic in a developing nation: The Qatar Cancer Society in the State of Qatar / Ellen N. Sayed and Alan S. Weber
    9. Health information and older adults / Kay Hogan Smith
    10. Re-envisioning the health information-seeking conversation: insights from a community center / Prudence W. Dalrymple and Lisl Zach
    11. For the mutual benefit: health information provision in the science classroom / Albert Zeyer, Daniel M. Levin and Alla Keselman
    12. "You will be glad you hung on to this quit": sharing information and giving support when stopping smoking online / Marie-Thérèse Rudolf von Rohr
    13. Health information in bits and bytes: considerations and challenges of digital health communication / Clare Tobin Lence and Korey Capozza
    14. Does specialization matter? How journalistic expertise explains differences in health-care coverage / Michael W. Wagner
    Afterword
    Index.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2015
  • Digital
    Amy S. Kelley, Diane E. Meier, editors.
    Summary: Meeting the Needs of Older Adults with Serious Illness: Challenges and Opportunities in the Age of Health Care Reform provides an introduction to the principles of palliative care, describes current models of delivering palliative care across care settings, and examines opportunities in the setting of healthcare policy reform for palliative care to improve outcomes for patients, families and healthcare institutions. The United States is currently facing a crisis in health care marked by unsustainable spending and quality that is poor relative to international benchmarks. Yet this is also a critical time of opportunity. Because of its focus on quality of care, the Affordable Care Act is poised to expand access to palliative care services for the sickest, most vulnerable, and therefore most costly, 5% of patients- a small group who nonetheless drive about 50% of all healthcare spending. Palliative care is specialized medical care for people with serious illnesses. It focuses on providing patients with relief from the symptoms, pain, and stress of a serious illness, whatever the diagnosis or stage of illness. The goal is to improve quality of life for both the patient and the family. Research has demonstrated palliative care?s positive impact on health care value. Patients (and family caregivers) receiving palliative care experience improved quality of life, better symptom management, lower rates of depression and anxiety, and improved survival. Because patient and family needs are met, crises are prevented, thereby directly reducing need for emergency department and hospital use and their associated costs. An epiphenomenon of better quality of care, the lower costs associated with palliative care have been observed in multiple studies. Meeting the Needs of Older Adults with Serious Illness: Challenges and Opportunities in the Age of Health Care Reform, a roadmap for effective policy and program design, brings together expert clinicians, researchers and policy leaders, who tackle key areas where real-world policy options to improve access to quality palliative care could have a substantial role in improving value.

    Contents:
    When More is Less: Overuse of medical services harms patients
    Disparities in Access to Palliative Care
    Family Caregiving and Palliative Care: Aligning Theory, Practice, and Policy
    This is Your Life: Achieving a Comprehensive, Person-Centered Model of Care at the Intersection of Policy, Politics, and Private Sector Innovation
    Hospice and Health Care Reform: What is the Optimal Path?
    Palliative Care in the Long Term Care Setting
    Meeting the Needs of Older Adults with Serious Illness: Challenges and Opportunities in the Age of Health Care Reform
    Palliative care?s impact on utilization and costs: Implications for health services research and policy
    Long-term Services and Supports: A Necessary Complement to Palliative Care
    The Manifest Destinies of Managed Care and Palliative Care
    Models of Care Delivery and Coordination: Palliative Care Integration within Accountable Care Organizations
    Implementing a Care Planning System: How to Fix the Most Pervasive Errors in Health Care
    Igniting Action to Integrate Palliative Care in our US Health System: The Role of Disease Specific Advocacy Groups A cancer advocacy case study
    What do you mean you don't also offer palliative care? Effective public engagement to harness demand to improve care for serious illness
    Research Priorities in Palliative Care for Older Adults
    Medical and Nursing Education & Training.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Riitta Hari, Aina Puce.
    Contents:
    Insights into the human brain
    Basic physics and physiology of MEG and EEG
    An overview of EEG and MEG
    Instrumentation for MEG and EEG
    Practicalities of data collection
    Data acquisition and preprocessing
    Artifacts
    Analyzing the data
    Brain rhythms
    Evoked and event-related responses
    Auditory responses
    Visual responses
    Somatosensory responses
    Other sensory responses & multisensory interactions
    Motor function
    Brain signals related to change detection
    The social brain
    Brain disorders
    MEG/EEG in the study brain function
    Looking to the future.
    Digital Access Oxford 2017
  • Digital
    S.R. Pandi-Perumal, Pablo Torterolo, Jaime M. Monti, editors.
    Summary: This book offers a compilation of papers on the role of melanin-concentrating hormone (MCH) in sleep, sleep disorders and neuroendocrine functions. Leading experts in sleep medicine, psychiatry and neuroendocrinology provide a broad perspective on the field, from the anatomical structure and physiology of the MCH system to the connection with other systems influencing sleep and diseases like anxiety and depression. The potential of MCHR-1 antagonists as anxiolytic/antidepressant drugs is also reviewed. The book will represent an interdisciplinary guide for sleep disorder specialists, sleep researchers, psychiatrists, neurologists, psychologists, and behavioral sleep medicine specialists.

    Contents:
    1. Neuroanatomical structure of the MCH system.
    2. Projections of the MCH system to structures involved in the regulation of sleep and wakefulness
    3. MCH and the Orexin system
    reciprocal influences
    4. Optogenetic stimulation of MCH neurons
    5- Role of MCH in REM sleep control
    6. MCH, REM sleep and the monoaminergic system
    7. MCH and depression
    8. MCH receptor 1 antagonists: anxiolytic/antidepressant potential in animal models
    9. Cannabinoidsand the MCH system
    10. MCH receptors and thermoregulation
    11. Sleep during the postpartum period. Role of MCH
    12. MCH, sleep and neuroendocrine functions
    13. MCH, pain and sleep
    14. MCH and hypersomnia.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Mai P. Hoang, Martin C. Mihm Jr., editors.
    Summary: Melanocytic Lesions: A Case Based Approachprovides a concise yet comprehensive guidelineon how to diagnose common as well as problematic and challenging melanocytic lesions.In the first 11 chapters, each entityis illustrated by an actual case; followed by discussion of how the diagnosis is reached, of the histologic differential diagnoses, and of diagnostic pitfalls; and ends with bulleted teaching points.Pertinent and up to date referencesare included at the end of each chapter. The latter chapterscover current microstaging and classification of melanoma, ancillary techniques including immunohistochemistry as well as available molecular assays and molecular targeted therapy. Melanocytic Lesions: A Case Based Approach serves as a useful resource for pathologists, dermatologists and researchers dealing with melanocytic lesions.

    Contents:
    1. Lentigo and the acquired nevus
    2. Variations on the acquired nevus
    3. Dermal melanocytosis
    4. Congenital nevus and variants
    5. Spindle and epithelioid cell (Spitz) nevus and variants
    6. Vulvar nevus and malignant melanoma
    7. Dysplastic nevus
    8. Problems in various subtypes of malignant melanoma
    9. Primary versus metastatic malignant melanoma
    10. Special features of premalignant and malignant conjunctival melanocytic lesions
    11. Special variants of malignant melanoma
    12. Approach to microstaging of primary melanoma and evaluation of prognostic
    variables
    13. Ancillary techniques in diagnosing melanocytic lesions
    14. Molecular classification and molecular targeted therapy of melanoma .
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital/Print
    Howard L. Kaufman, Janice M. Mehnert, editors.
    Contents:
    Heterogeneity in Melanoma
    Melanoma Epidemiology and Prevention
    Methods Of Melanoma Detection
    Melanoma: Clinical Presentations
    Principles Of Melanoma Stagin
    Surgical Management of Melanoma
    Adjuvant Therapy of Melanoma
    Chemotherapy for Melanoma
    Checkpoint Blockade for the Treatment of Advanced Melanoma
    Targeted Therapy for Melanoma
    Treatment of Melanoma CNS Metastases
    Treatment of Melanoma CNS Metastases
    Mucosal Melanoma: Epidemiology, Biology and Treatment
    Acral Lentiginous Melanoma
    Pediatric Melanoma and Atypical Melanocytic Neoplasms
    Novel Treatments in Development for Melanoma.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RC280.M37 M453 2016
    1
  • Digital
    David E. Fisher, Boris C. Bastian, editors.
    Summary: Melanoma is a cutting edge, comprehensive reference work on the topic of melanoma. The overarching goal is to provide detailed scholarly information which broadly covers all aspects of the clinical presentation and management of the disease, as well as the biological and scientific understanding of its pathogenesis and treatment. Key topics highlighted include recent breakthroughs in molecular diagnostics, breakthroughs in targeted therapeutic approaches, overviews of signaling and transcriptional pathways, and important controversies such as screening, early diagnosis, sentinel node biopsy, and prevention strategies. In all, the volume provides a cutting edge and comprehensive presentation of the field of melanoma, written by a team of internationally renowned thought-leaders.

    Contents:
    Acral Melanoma
    Adjuvant Therapy
    Animal Models of Melanoma
    Biology of Melanoma Metastasis
    Care of the Melanoma Patient
    Clinical Management of Primary Cutaneous Melanoma
    Combinatorial Approach to Treatment of Melanoma
    Developmental Biology of Melanocytes
    Epidemiology of Melanocytic Neoplasia
    Genetic Counseling
    Imaging Melanoma
    Immunotherapy (Clinical)
    Inherited Contributions to Melanoma Risk
    Key Signaling Pathways in Normal and Neoplastic Melanocytes.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Adam I. Riker, editor.
    Summary: This text serves as a very useful clinical guide and realistic approach to the clinical management of melanoma. Primary care physicians, specialists from varying areas of medical practice and numerous other healthcare providers will find this text to be quite useful as a standard daily reference and use in the office setting. It provides a clear and concise source of information in order to make real-life, evidence-based decisions for all aspects of management for cutaneous melanoma. This book also provides the latest breakthroughs in melanoma research, ranging from recent discoveries in genomics and epigenetics, to newly identified genes that have been selectively targeted for the development of a personalized approach to treatment. All chapters are written by specialists and true experts within their respective fields, incorporating the latest scientific, clinical and evidence-based medicine for melanoma (and non-melanoma skin cancers). This up-to-date information can be easily applied and translated to the clinical setting for the melanoma patient.

    Contents:
    History of Melanoma
    Anatomy and Physiology of the Skin
    Melanoma Epidemiology and Prevention
    Methods of melanoma Detection
    Staging and Classification of Melanoma
    The Genetic Evolution of Melanoma
    Epigenetics in Melanoma
    Immunobiology of the Melanoma Microenvironment
    Dermoscopy of Melanocytic Lesions
    International Models of Melanoma Management (Australia)
    Pigmented Lesions: Biopsy Methods and Emerging Noninvasive Imaging Techniques
    The Pathology of Melanoma
    Pediatric Melanoma and Atypical Melanocytic Neoplasms
    Melanoma in Pregnancy
    Mucosal Melanoma
    Uveal Melanoma
    Current Surgical Management of Primary Cutaneous Melanoma
    Mohs Surgery for Melanoma-in-Situ
    Surgical Management of Head and Neck Melanoma
    Management of Melanoma Locoregional Recurrence
    Reconstruction Options for Ear and Nose Melanoma
    Reconstruction Options for Lip, Cheek, Forehead and Scalp Melanoma
    Reconstructions Options for Trunk and Extremity Melanoma
    Sentinel Lymph Node Biopsy for Melanoma
    Operative Techniques for Melanoma
    Isolated Limb Infusion for Recurrent and Locally Metastatic Limb Melanoma
    Surgery for Stage IV Metastatic Melanoma
    Adjuvant Therapy of Melanoma
    Radiation Therapy for Melanoma
    Immuno-oncolytic Virotherapy for Melanoma
    Chemotherapy and Biochemotherapy for Melanoma
    Therapeutic Cancer Vaccines for Melanoma
    Adoptive Cell Therapy for Melanoma
    Current Immunotherapy of Melanoma
    Immune-Related Adverse Toxicities and Clinical Management
    Management of Non-Melanoma Skin Cancers: Basal Cell Carcinoma, Squamous Cell Carcinoma
    Management of Non-Melanoma Skin Cancers: Rare Subtypes
    Management of Non-Melanoma Skin Cancers: Merkel Cell Carcinoma.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Rhoda M. Alani, Debjani Sahni, editors.
    Summary: This book provides a concise practical guide to melanoma enabling the reader to develop a thorough understanding of the etiology, pathogenesis, diagnosis, treatment and prevention of melanoma. It features easy to digest instructional text that describes a variety of techniques for detecting and staging melanoma including total body photography. Surgical, radiation and systemic therapy treatment options as well as prevention strategies are also covered. Melanoma in Clinical Practice represents a thorough guide on how to diagnose treat and prevent melanoma, and provides a valuable resource for the trainee and experienced clinical dermatologists who are seeking a reference guide to use in their clinical practice.

    Contents:
    Melanoma Prevention
    Epidemiology of Melanoma
    Pathogenesis of Melanoma
    The Histopathology of Melanocytic Nevi and Malignant Melanoma
    Aids to Detecting Melanoma
    Evolution of Melanoma: Staging
    Lentigo Maligna Melanoma
    Surgical Treatment of Primary Melanoma
    Evolution of Neoadjuvant Therapy in Melanoma
    Sentinel Lymph Node Biopsy and Nodal Surgery
    Adjuvant systemic therapy for stage III melanoma
    Adjuvant Radiation Therapy for Stage III Melanoma
    Systemic Therapy of Advanced Melanoma
    Radiation therapy in advanced melanoma
    Novel Therapies in Melanoma
    Predictive Biomarkers of Melanoma
    Acral Melanoma
    Mucosal Melanoma
    Melanoma in Pediatric Patients
    Melanoma in Ethnic Skin
    Melanoma in Pregnancy.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Nilton Di Chiacchio, Antonella Tosti, editors.
    Summary: The purpose of this book is to guide the dermatologist and the general physician in the differential diagnosis and treatment of melanonychias. Melanonychia is a longitudinal pigmentation of the nail and it is considering a common presenting problem in general dermatology. The differential diagnosis varies from subungual hematoma to a fungal infection to a melanocytic lesion (hypermelanosis, lentigo, nevus, and melanoma) among others. Melanonychia may also indicate an early stage of nail melanoma, and its diagnosis remains a challenge among dermatologist. A recent publication on Dermatologists accuracy in early diagnosis of melanoma of the nail matrix showed that in situ melanoma of the nail matrix is very difficult for dermatologists to diagnose, regardless of the level of their experience. On Melanonychias the reader will find a complete discussion about all the most important topics on this condition, since its basic aspects (such as nail anatomy and epidemiology) until applied topics (including clinical features, nail biopsy and treatment).
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Evangeline B. Handog, Maria Juliet Enriquez-Macarayo, editors.
    Summary: This book sheds new light on pigmentary disorders in people with brown skin. Brown skin encompasses many races and ethnicities. Due to migration, people with brown skin are seen almost everywhere in the world. A wide variety of pigmentary disorders exists among this population but the most disturbing and challenging are melasma and vitiligo This book covers these two disorders, among people of brown skin, from the epidemiology to management, in a detailed yet easy-to-read and easy-to-use style.

    Contents:
    Part I. The Brown Skin
    1. The concept of brown skin
    2. Prevalent skin disorders in brown skin
    Part II. Melasma in Brown Skin
    3. Definition, incidence, and etiology of melasma in brown skin
    4. Pathogenesis of melasma
    5. Classification and clinical presentations of melasma in brown skin
    6. Diagnosis of melasma in brown skin: Wood's Lamp, dermoscopy , and confocal microscopy
    7. The histopathology of melasma in brown skin
    8. The scoring aid: MASI and modified MASI
    9. Differential diagnosis of melasma in brown skin
    10. Melasma and comorbidities
    11. Melanogenesis and new signaling regulatory for the treatment of melasma
    12. Topical agents in melasma
    13. Botanicals in melasma
    14. Oral lightening agents
    15. Chemical peeling for melasma
    16. The role of lasers and light devices for the treatment of melasma
    17. Iontophoresis and mesotherapy in melasma
    18. Quality of life in melasma
    Part III. Vitiligo in Brown Skin
    19. Vitiligo: definition, incidence, etiology
    20. Pathogenesis of vitiligo
    21. Vitiligo classification and clinical presentations
    22. Dermoscopy in vitiligo
    23. The histopathology of vitiligo in brown skin
    24. Differential diagnosis of vitiligo in brown skin
    25. Comorbidities in vitiligo
    26. Topical medications in vitiligo
    27. Oral medications in vitiligo
    28. Vitiligo management: procedural options
    29. Phototherapy in vitiligo
    30. Vitiligo and quality of life
    Part IV. Other Management Options for Melasma and Vitiligo
    31. Phtoprotection in brown skin
    32. Camouflage for brown skin with melasma or vitiligo
    33. What's in the pipeline for melasma and vitiligo.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Francisco López-Muñoz, Venkataramanujam Srinivasan, Domenico de Berardis, Cecilio Álamo, Takahiro A. Kato, editors.
    Summary: This work is a guidebook for clinicians who are involved in treating depressive patients and also serves the research scientists who are working on the psychopharmacological mechanisms of antidepressant actions and psychopathological mechanisms underlying mood disorders. Mood disorders such as major depressive disorder (MDD), bipolar disorder (BPD) and seasonal affective disorder (SAD) are the most disabling disorders that are among the most expensive of all medical illnesses. The pathophysiology of mood disorders is very complex and involves many mechanisms like circadian rhythm disruption, sleep abnormalities, melatonin rhythm abnormalities and alterations in melatonin receptor mechanisms, abnormalities in monoaminergic neurotransmitter mechanisms, glutamatergic release mechanisms, hippocampal neurogenesis, and abnormal immune and cytokine release mechanisms. Many antidepressants that are in clinical use today including the recently introduced novel agents like agomelatine or other antidepressants cause clinical remission by resynchronizing disrupted circadian rhythms and melatonin receptor functions, enhancing monoaminergic neurotransmission, promoting hippocampal neurogenesis, and regulating immune mechanisms. This book explains various etiological factors that are involved in the pathogenesis of mood disorders and the mechanisms of therapeutic actions of antidepressants including the recently introduced agomelatine and other antidepressants that exhibit rapid onset of action with greater efficacy and fewer side effects.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Srinivasan Venkataramanujam, Amnon Brzezinski, Sukru Oter, Samuel D. Shillcutt, editors.
    Summary: The book aims to cover basic physiologic functions of melatonin, and its therapeutic applications in humans for a variety of clinically relevant disorders. This bookcontains chapters on the recent aspects of melatonin physiology, its receptors and their role in mitochondrial function, its immunomodulatory role and importance in seasonal dependent diseases, role in human reproduction, role in sleep, circadian rhythm and sleep disorders, role in neurologic disorders such as Parkinsons disease, Alzheimers disease. Additionally, melatonins therapeutic use in neurobehavioral disorders in children, migraine and tension headache is also covered in this book. Melatonins antioxidant role in Duchennes muscular dystrophy and in glaucoma have also been discussed in short chapters. Two major melatonin agonists, ramelteon and agomelatine are discussed extensively on their current clinical application and ongoing research. Two chapters on agomelatonin and its role in mood disorders, particularly depressive disorders, are an important feature of this book. The chapters are written by experts from the global academia recognized for their original research and published work in the field of melatonin science.

    Contents:
    Melatonin Receptors and Their Role in Human Diseases
    Melatonins Antioxidant Properties: Molecular Mechanisms
    Past, Present and Future of Melatonins Clinical Uses
    Melatonin in Human Cancer: Therapeutic Possibilities
    Melatonin: Its Microbicidal Properties and Clinical Applications
    Melatonin and the Metabolic Syndrome
    Development of Agonists and Antagonists for Melatonin Receptors
    Multiple Facets of Melatonin in Immunity: Clinical Applications
    Melatonin and Immune Function: Clinical Significance
    Circadian Variation of Immune Mechanisms in Lung Cancer and the Role of Melatonin
    Melatonin and Melatonergic Drugs for Therapeutic Use in Breast Cancer
    Melatonin and Malaria: Therapeutic Avenues
    Melatonin's role in human reproduction: recent studies
    Melatonin Treatment and Fertility
    Melatonin and Pain: Therapeutic Applications
    Melatonin in Alzheimers disease: Focus on Neuroprotective Role
    Melatonin in Parkinsons disease and its Therapeutic Potential
    Melatonin and Its Agonists in Sleep Disorders
    Agomelatine in Depressive Disorders
    Melatonin in Mood Disorders and Agomelatines Antidepressant Efficacy
    The Role of Agomelatine in the Treatment of Anxiety Disorders .- Melatonin in the Etiology, Pathophysiology, and Management of Schizophrenia
    Neurobiology of Monoaminergic Neurotransmission and Antidepressants
    Melatonergic Drug - Ramelteon and Its Therapeutic Applications in Insomnia
    Melatonins Neuroprotective Actions on Hippocampal Neurons
    Jet Lag: Use of Melatonin and Melatonergic Drugs
    Sleep, Melatonin and Circadian Rhythmicity in Attention Deficit Hyperactivity Disorder
    Melatonergic Drugs and Their Therapeutic Use in Nasal Polyposis
    Protective Effects of Exogenous Melatonin Against Methotrexate- Induced Intestinal Injury.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Print
    Print
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Click on Series link(s) for access options
  • Print
    Print Access
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Reference (Upstairs)
    R712.A3 S216
    1
    Retired Reference (Downstairs)
    R712.A3 S216
    7
  • Digital
    Joachim Krebs, editor.
    Summary: "This book describes the newest discoveries on calcium signaling happening at the cellular and intracellular membranes, often exerted in so called microdomains. Calcium entry and release, its interaction with proteins and resulting events on proteins and organelles are comprehensively depicted by leading experts in the field. Knowledge about details of these highly dynamic processes rapidly increased in recent years, the book therefore provides a timely summary on the processes of calcium signaling and related membrane dynamics; it is aimed at students and researchers in biochemistry and cell biology."-- Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    E. Anibal Disalvo, editor.
    Contents:
    1. Membrane hydration: a hint to a new model for biomembranes
    2. Use of x-ray and neutron scattering methods with volume measurements to determine lipid bilayer structure and number of water molecules/lipid
    3. Water and lipid bilayers
    4. Hydration forces between lipid bilayers: a theoretical overview and a look on methods exploring dehydration
    5. Monitoring membrane hydration with 2-(dimethylamino)-6-acylnaphtalenes fluorescent probes
    6. Long-range lipid-water interaction as observed by ATR-FTIR spectroscopy
    7. Hydration and nanoconfined water: insights from computer simulations
    8. Aquaphotomics: near infrared spectoscopy and water states in biological systems
    9. Hydration in lipid monolayers: correlation of water activity and surface pressure
    10. Water at biological phase boundaries: its role in interfacial activation of enzymes and metabolic pathways
    11. Anhydrobiosis: an unsolved problem with applications in human welfare
    Concluding remarks
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital/Print
    Marco Canepari, Dejan Zecevic, Olivier Bernus, editors.
    Contents:
    Part I. Principles of Membrane Potential Imaging
    1. Historical overview and general methods of mambrane potential imaging
    2. Design and use of organic voltage sensitve dyes
    Part II. Membrane Potential Signals with Single Cell Resolution
    3. Imaging submillisecond membrane potential changes from individual regions of single axons, dendrites and spines
    4. Combining membrane potential imaging with other optical techniques
    5. Monitoring spiking activity of many individual neurons in invertebrate ganglia
    Part III. Monitoring Activity of Networks and Large Neuronal Populations
    6. Monitoring integrated activity of individual neurons using FRET-based voltage-senstive dyes
    7. Monitoring population membrane potential signals from neocortex
    8. Voltage imaging in the study of hippocampal circuit function and plasticity
    9. Monitoring population membrane potential signals during development of the vertebrate nervous system
    10. Imaging the dynamics of mammalian neocortical population activity in-vivo
    11. Imaging the dynamics of neocortical population activity in behaving and freely moving mammals
    Part IV. Monitoring Membrane Potential in the Heart
    12. Optical imaging of cardiac action potential
    13. Optical mapping of ventricular fibrillation dynamics
    14. Imaging of ventricular fibriallation dynamics
    15. Biophotonic modelling of cardiac optical imaging
    16. Towards depth-resolved optical imaging of cardiac electrical activity
    Part V. New Approaches: Potentials and Limitations
    17. Two-photon excitation of fluorescent voltage-sensitive dyes: monitoring membrane potential in the infrared
    18. Random-access multiphoton microscopy for fast three-dimensional imaging
    19. Second harmonic imaging of membrane potential
    20. Genetically encoded protein sensors of membrane potential
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    edited by Arun K. Shukla.
    Summary: Membrane Proteins - Production and Function Characterization a volume of Methods in Enzymology, encompasses chapters from the leading experts in the area of membrane protein biology. The chapters provide a brief overview of the topics covered and also outline step-by-step protocol. Illustrations and case example images are included wherever appropriate to help the readers understand the schematics and general experimental outlines.

    Contents:
    Engineering Escherichia coli for functional expression of membrane proteins
    ACEMBLing a multiprotein transmembrane complex: the functional SecYEG-SecDF-YajC-YidC holotranslocon protein secretase/insertase
    Expression of purification of OsVDAC4
    Membrane protein expression in Lactococcus lactis
    An unconventional anaerobic membrane protein production system based on Wolinella succinogenes
    Membrane protein expression and analysis in yeast
    Heterologous expression of G-protein-coupled receptors in yeast
    Recombinant G protein-coupled receptor expression in Saccharomyces cerevisiae for protein characterization
    Baculovirus-mediated expression of GPCRs in insect cells
    Expression of membrane proteins in the eyes of transgenic Drosophila melangaster
    Rapid method to express and purify human membrane protein using the Xenopus Oocyte system for functional and low-resolution structural anlaysis
    Expression of G protein-coupled receptors in mammalian cells
    Construction of stable mammalian cell lines for inducible expression of G protein-coupled receptors
    Rapid and facile recombinant expression of bovine rhodopsin in HEK293S GnTI- cells using a PiggyBac inducible system
    Semliki forest virus-based expression of recombinant GPCRs
    Screening for lipid requirements of membrane proteins by combining cell-free expression with nanodiscs
    Liposome reconstitution and transport assay for recombinant transporters
    Lipid reconstitution and recording of recombinant ion channels
    Reconstitution of membrane proteins: a GPCR as an example
    Ion channel reporter for monitoring the activity of engineered GPCRs
    Methods for labeling skeletal muscle ion channels site-specifically with fluorophores suitable for FRET-based structural analysis
    Structural and fucntional studies of NirC from Salmonella typhimurium
    Surface plasmon resonance analysis of seven-transmembrane receptors
    Cross-linking strategies to study peptide ligand-receptor ineractions
    From recombinant expression to crystals: a step-by-step guide to GPCR crystallography
    Structure-based biophysical analysis of the interaction of rhodopsin with G protein and arrestin.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2015
  • Digital
    edited by Bor Luen Tang.
    Summary: This second edition explores membrane trafficking research that has been at the frontier of cell and molecular biology. In the past 20 years, this field has witnessed a remarkable convergence and synergism from information gained using genetic approaches in yeast cells, and biochemical and molecular approaches in mammalian cells. This volume contains updated chapters and the inclusion of a large number of new chapters, and is divided into three parts. Part I includes biochemical and molecular genetics approaches and methods used in analysing membrane traffic, in both yeast and mammalian cell models. Part II focuses on imaging and microscopy approaches and techniques, while Part III highlights the Omics-type approaches. Written in the highly successful Methods in Molecular Biology series format, chapters include introductions to their respective topics, lists of the necessary materials and reagents, step-by-step, readily reproducible laboratory protocols, and tips on troubleshooting and avoiding known pitfalls. Cutting-edge and resourceful, Membrane Trafficking, Second Edition, is a valuable resource for both experienced researchers, graduate students, and junior scientists in the field of membrane trafficking.

    Contents:
    Intracellular parcel service : current issues in intracellular membrane trafficking / Johannes M. Herrmann and Anne Spang
    In vitro analysis of the mitochondrial preprotein import machinery using recombinant precursor polypeptides / Dorothea Becker and Wolfgang Voos
    Import of proteins into isolated yeast mitochondria / Valentina Peleh, Ajay Ramesh, and Johannes M. Herrmann
    Evaluation of unconventional protein secretion in Saccharomyces cerevisiae / Natsuko Miura and Mitsuyoshi Ueda
    Fractionation of plasmodium-infected human red blood cells to study protein trafficking / Simone Külzer, Verena Bittl, and Jude M. Przyborski
    Investigating signaling processes in membrane trafficking / Laura J. Sharpe and Andrew J. Brown
    Recruitment of coat proteins to liposomes and peptidoliposomes / Sonja Huser, Gregor Suri, Pascal Crottet, and Martin Spiess
    A [beta]-lactamase based assay to measure surface expression of membrane proteins / Pieter Beerepoot, Vincent M. Lam, and Ali Salahpour
    Cell-free reconstitution of multivesicular body (MVB) cargo sorting / Monica Gireud, Natalie Sirisaengtaksin, Susan Tsunoda, and Andrew J. Bean
    Analysis of biogenesis of lipid droplets by examining Rab40c associating with lipid droplets / Ran Tan, Xiaohui Xu, Wanjin Hong, and Tuanlao Wang
    Analysis of conventional and unconventional trafficking of CFTR and other membrane proteins / Heon yung Gee, Joo Young Kim, and Min Goo Lee
    Assessing mammalian autophagy / Sharon A. Tooze, Hannah C. Dooley, Harold B.J. Jefferies, Justin Joachim, Delphine Judith, Christiopher A. Lamb, Minoo Razi, and Martina Wirth
    Expression of functional myc-tagged conserved oligomeric golgi (COG) subcomplexes in mammalian cells / Rose A. Willett, Tetyana A Kudlyk, and Vladimir V. Lupashin
    Molecular and cellular characterization of GCC185 : a tethering protein of the trans-golgi network / Pak-yan Patricia Cheung and Suzanne R. Pfeffer
    Visualizing toll-like receptor-dependent phagosomal dynamics in murine dendritic cells using live cell microscopy / Adriana R. Mantegazza and Michael S. Marks
    Understanding of complex protein interactions with respect to anchorage independence / Jill M. Tham, Sofie C. Van Huffel, and Wanjin Hong
    Application of flow cytometry to analyze intracellular location and trafficking of cargo in cell populations / Wei Hong Toh, Fiona J. Houghton, Pei Zhi Cheryl Chia, Yasmin M. Ramdzan, Danny M. Hatters, and Paul A. Gleeson
    Approaches to analyze the role of Rab GTPases in endocytic trafficking of epidermal growth factor receptor (EGFR) / Christelle En Lin Chua, Angeline Yim Kiat Lim, and Bor Luen Tang
    Does super-resolution fluorescence microscopy obsolete previous microscopic apporaches to protein co-localization? / Laura MacDonald, Giulia Baldini, and Brian Storrie
    Bimolecular fluorescence complementation (BiFC) technique in yeast Saccharomyces cerevisiae and mammalian cells / Marion Weber-Boyvat, Shiqian Li, Kari-Pekka Skarp, Vesa M. Olkkonen, Daoguang Yan, and Jussi Jäntti
    Microscopic and spectroscopic techniques to investigate lipid droplet formation and turnover in yeast / Heimo Wolinski and Sepp D. Kohlwein
    Image-based identification of nuclear export inhibitors from natural products / Bastien Cautain, Nuria de Pedro, Fernando Reyes, and Wolfgang Link
    Correlative video-light-electron microscopy of mobile organelles / Galina V. Beznoussenko and Alexander A. Mironov
    Live cell imaging of endosomal trafficking in fungi / Sebastian Baumann, Norio Takeshita, N. Grün, Reinhard Fischer, and Michael Feldbrügge
    Quantitative analysis of transferrin cycliing by automated fluorescence microscopy / David T. Hirschmann, Christoph A. Kasper, and Martin Spiess
    Identification of factors regulating MET receptor endocytosis by high-throughput siRNA screening / Ivana Gaziova, Robert A. Davey, and Lisa A. Elferink
    Large-scale analysis of membrane transport in yeast using invertase reporters / Lauren Dalton, Michael Davey, and Elizabeth Conibear
    RNAi screens for genes involved in Golgi glycosylation / Germaine Y. Goh and Frederic A. Bard
    Proteomic analyses of a bi-lobed structure in Trypanosoma brucei / Ladan Gheiratmand and Cynthia Y. He
    Application of the proximity-dependent assay and fluorescence imaging approaches to study viral entry pathways / Alex Lipovsky, Wei Zhang, Akiko Iwasaki, and Daniel DiMaio.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Jeannette M. Potts, editor.
    Summary: This book covers issues of men's health, including screening, diagnosis and management of common disorders and opportunities for prevention and health maintenance. Each chapter pertains to a component of the physical exam and/or organ system. Examples include appropriate survey and screening of the integument, the significance of buccal/dental integrity, tailoring cardiovascular remedies and balancing prostate cancer screening with quality of life. The book follows the methodical approach of a comprehensive wellness visit, including inventory of psychosocial factors, which significantly impact physical well-being. Justification for often overlooked topics in the review of systems, such as sexual history and satisfaction, relationship issues, and vocational fulfillment are provided. This book is written in the spirit of the rich bedside acumen and the art of healing, we must strive to protect. While informative and stimulating, this text serves to remind us of the specialized diagnostic tools we carry between our ears, and the power of healing we possess in our hands as well as the counsel and education we provide to our patients. Men's Health: A Head to Toe Guide for Clinicians serves as an important and readily accessible resource for primary care physicians, internists and family doctors, physician's assistants and nurse practitioners who care for adult males.

    Contents:
    His Occupation: Safety and Fulfillment
    Sunscreens & Ultraviolet light: What you need to know
    His Mouth
    Screening and Management for Pulmonary and Sleep Issues
    His Upper GI Tract
    His Lower GI Tract
    Cardiovascular Prevention in Men
    Metabolic Syndrome: The Vicious Cycle
    Andrology: Puberty-Fertility-Andropause
    Genital Dermatology
    Male Sexual Concerns
    Benign Prostatic Hyperplasia and LUTS
    Prostate Cancer Screening
    Men Have Bladders, Too
    Chronic Pelvic Pain in Men is NOT prostatitis!
    Male Mental Health: A Peek Inside The Black Box.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Sanchia S. Goonewardene, Oliver Brunckhorst, David Albala, Kamran Ahmed, editors.
    Summary: This book provides a concise overview of the latest controversies and advances in mens health. It covers the male anatomy, physiology, and the metabolic syndromes that most commonly affect males. A range of benign and malignant conditions affecting the prostate, testes, rectum and colon are detailed. Chapters feature an easy-to-follow format and feature learning objectives to highlight the key concepts in each chapter aiding the reader to develop a thorough understanding of fundamental aspects in mens health. Mens Health and Wellbeing features insightful reviews of controversies and recent developments in mens health, and is a valuable resource for all trainee and practicing medical professionals who treat these patients.

    Contents:
    The Male Reproductive System Anatomy
    Physiology of Male Hormones
    Hypogonadism and Late onset Hypogonadism
    Male Factor Infertility
    Erectile Dysfunction
    Benign Prostatic Hyperplasia and Lower Urinary Tract Symptoms
    Impact of Urinary Incontinence on Mens Health
    Metabolic Syndrome, Obesity and Cancer Risk
    Impact of Trauma and Orthopaedics on Mens Health
    Sexually Transmitted Diseases
    Alcohol related liver disease
    Recreational Drugs and Mens Health
    Benign Surgical Conditions
    Benign Gastrointestinal Conditions
    Malignant Gastrointestinal Conditions
    Lung Cancer and Smoking
    Testicular Malignancy
    Prostate Cancer Malignancy
    Physical activity and dietary considerations for men diagnosed with prostate cancer
    Prostate Cancer Survivorship and Physical Health
    Mind and Body in Mens Health
    Engaging Men with Mens Health.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Joel J. Heidelbaugh, editor.
    Contents:
    Men's Health in the 2010's: What is the Global Challenge?
    Masculinity in Men's Health: Barrier or Portal to Healthcare
    Health Seeking Behavior and Meeting the Needs for the Most Vulnerable Men
    Providing Preventive Services for Men: A Substantial Challenge?
    The Evidence-Based Physical Examination of the Child and Adolescent Male
    Caring for the Adolescent Male
    The Evidence-Based Well Examination in Adult Men
    Promoting Cardiovascular Health in Adult Men
    Male Sexual Health
    Sexually Transmitted Infections in Men
    Benign Prostatic Hyperplasia and Lower Urinary Tract Symptoms
    Testicular, Scrotal and Penile Disorders
    Male Hypogonadism: The Relationship to Cardiometabolic Syndrome and the Controversy Behind Testosterone Replacement Therapy
    Prostate Cancer: A Primary Care Perspective
    Caring for Men Who Have Sex with Men.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    John P Mulhall, Wayland Hsiao editors.
    Summary: In the last decade, much of the clinical interest in the field of infertility has focused on advancing reproductive techniques and has often under-appreciated the role that male sexuality plays in reproductive problems. Male sexual function is an integral part of reproduction, and the treatment of sexual dysfunction is an important component for any couple seeking fertility. In some cases, treatment of sexual dysfunction may obviate the need for more invasive cures through advanced reproductive techniques. Thanks to recent clinical and scientific advances in male sexual medicine, the management of men's sexual dysfunction is often more effective and less invasive than how it was historically described. Men's Sexual Health and Fertility is the only resource that focuses on the interplay and interconnections between male sexual dysfunction and male factor infertility, gathering insightful data from a panel of experts in male sexual medicine for clinicians who treat couples with fertility issues due to male sexual dysfunction. Chapters discuss advances in the field of men's sexual medicine, including the latest treatment for erectile dysfunction, the most up-to-date understanding of the physiology and pathophysiology of ejaculation, and the growing body of evidence that low testosterone and male infertility are intimately related. As such, this book provides important information in order to be able to better understand the link between sexual dysfunction and infertility and, most importantly, to better treat male sexual dysfunction in the infertile couple.

    Contents:
    Physiology of Erection
    Physiology of Ejaculation
    Physiology of Testosterone Production
    The Effects of Vaginal Lubricants on Sperm Function
    Sexually Transmitted Infections
    Erectile Dysfunction and Infertility
    Anejaculation, Retrograde Ejaculation, and Anorgasmia
    Premature Ejaculation
    Delayed Ejaculation and Orgasm
    Hypogonadism and Infertility
    Varicoceles and Hypogonadism
    Nutraceuticals for Fertility and Erectile Health: A Brief Overview of What Works and What Is Worthless
    Effects of Phosphodiesterase-5 Inhibitors on Testicular and Sperm Function
    Circumcision and Vasectomy: Do They Affect Sexual Function?
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Stephen Burgess, Simon G. Thompson.
    Summary: Mendelian Randomization: Methods For Causal Inference Using Genetic Variants provides thorough coverage of the methods and practical elements of Mendelian randomization analysis. It brings together diverse aspects of Mendelian randomization from the fields of epidemiology, statistics, genetics, and bioinformatics. Through multiple examples, the first part of the book introduces the reader to the concept of Mendelian randomization, showing how to perform simple Mendelian randomization investigations and interpret the results. The second part of the book addresses specific methodological issues relevant to the practice of Mendelian randomization, including robust methods, weak instruments, multivariable methods, and power calculations. The authors present the theoretical aspects of these issues in an easy-to-understand way by using non-technical language. The last part of the book examines the potential for Mendelian randomization in the future, exploring both methodological and applied developments. Features Offers first-hand, in-depth guidance on Mendelian randomization from leaders in the field Makes the diverse aspects of Mendelian randomization understandable to newcomers Illustrates technical details using data from applied analyses Discusses possible future directions for research involving Mendelian randomization Software code is provided in the relevant chapters and is also available at the supplementary website This book gives epidemiologists, statisticians, geneticists, and bioinformaticians the foundation to understand how to use genetic variants as instrumental variables in observational data. New in Second Edition: The second edition of the book has been substantially re-written to reduce the amount of technical content, and emphasize practical consequences of theoretical issues. Extensive material on the use of two-sample Mendelian randomization and publicly-available summarized data has been added. The book now includes several real-world examples that show how Mendelian randomization can be used to address questions of disease aetiology, target validation, and drug development
    Digital Access TandFonline 2021
  • Digital
    Helmut Schaaf.
    Summary: This book summarizes the concrete, practical issues surrounding Ménière's disease with vertigo, hearing loss, tinnitus, and offers perspectives and recommendations for affected persons, relatives, and medical and psychotherapeutic practitioners.In the course of Ménière's disease, in addition to the organic impairment anxious observation with increasing restriction of movement space, insecurity and helplessness, and even occupational disability and depressive development may occur. Nevertheless, help and support are possible, how is shown in this first English edition. This book is a translation of the original German 8th edition Morbus Menière by Helmut Schaaf published by Springer Fachmedien Wiesbaden GmbH, part of Springer Nature in 2017.

    Contents:
    Clinic of Ménière's disease
    Physiological and anatomical basics
    Pathophysiology of Ménière's disease
    Special forms of Ménière's disease
    Differentiation from other clinical pictures
    Diagnostics and examination methods
    Therapy of Ménière's disease
    Bilateral disease
    Possible consequences
    What could make a good therapist?
    Short answers to frequently asked questions
    Self-help groups
    Compound overview
    Glossary
    Literature
    Subject index.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Print
    volume editor Michael W. McDermott.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    ScienceDirect
    ScienceDirect
  • Digital
    [edited by] Paolo Cappabianca, Domenico Solari.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Thieme-Connect
    Thieme MedOne Otolaryngology
    Thieme MedOne Neurosurgery
  • Digital
    Rodrigo Hasbun, editor.
    Summary: This book seeks to improve outcomes for meningitis and encephalitis cases handled by physicians who may or may not be thoroughly trained for these challenges. The text introduces the current guidelines but also discusses the gaps that leave clinicians struggling to implement the most appropriate approaches for these particular neurological infections. Each chapter delivers the tools necessary to identify and adhere to the most appropriate diagnostic technique, management protocols, and prevention approach for each situation. All chapters conclude with discourse on future directions in research and quality improvement. Written by experts in infectious diseases, the book covers topics that are the most devastating, including healthcare-acquired infections, autoimmune encephalitis, and infections as they present in HIV patients. Meningitis and Encephalitis is a well-rounded resource for all medical professionals encountering these neurological syndromes, including infectious disease specialists, neurologists, primary care physicians, and immunologists.

    Contents:
    Introduction
    Community-acquired acute Bacterial Meningitis
    Healthcare-acquired meningitis and ventriculitis
    Acute Aseptic Meningitis syndrome
    Cryptococcal Meningitis
    Tuberculous meningitis
    Neurobrucellosis
    West Nile encephalitis
    Herpes simplex and Varicella Zoster virus
    Human immunodeficiency virus associated CD8 encephalitis
    Challenges in the management and prevention of Japanese encephalitis
    Autoimmune encephalitis
    Neurosyphilis
    Neuroborreliosis
    Emerging causes of encephalitis: Zika, Dengue, Chikungunya and beyond.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    edited by John D. Kelly IV.
    Summary: Thoroughly discussing the varied elements of meniscal damage and repair, Meniscal Injuries: Management and Surgical Techniques includes the insights and expertise of over 20 leading surgeons and researchers on topics ranging from meniscal anatomy, physical examination, innovative resection and repair techniques, gene therapy, and tissue regeneration. This treatise offers wisdom aimed at assessing true surgical candidates, exploring the intricacies of meniscal composition and function, an overview of meniscal scaffolds and replacements, and patient examination pearls. Also discussed in depth is cutting edge research concerning meniscal repair enhancement, nanofiber technology as a means of meniscal replacement, and biologic agents directed toward chondral protection. All the science presented will direct the sports medicine practitioner to state-of-the-art treatment aimed at knee preservation. Meniscal repair and regeneration is a rapidly evolving science - early attempts at meniscal restoration or repair resulted in short-term gains which often sacrificed long-term joint integrity. Now, the practitioner is afforded numerous means of retaining or restoring meniscal tissue. Breakthroughs in scaffold and allograft replacement, as featured herein, offer the promise of articular cartilage preservation like never before. In addition, tissue regeneration and gene therapy techniques, featured throughout, offer a glimpse into emerging technologies aimed at preserving or replacing meniscal tissue in previously considered hopeless cases. As such, Meniscal Injuries will be an indispensible resource to orthopedic surgeons and sports medicine practitioners interested in providing the absolute most contemporary and evidence-based care to their patients.

    Contents:
    Meniscal Anatomy
    Physical Examination for Meniscus Tears
    Imaging of Meniscus Pathology
    Menisectomy: The Basics
    Meniscus Allograft Transplantation
    Meniscal Scaffolds: Options Post-Menisectomy
    Meniscal Repair Techniques
    Meniscal Posterior Root Tear
    Indications for Meniscus Repair
    Basic Science of Meniscus Repair: Limitations and Emerging Strategies
    Biological Augmentation of Meniscus Repair and Restoration
    Rehabilitation Following Meniscus Repair.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Robert F. LaPrade, Elizabeth A. Arendt, Alan Getgood, Scott C. Faucett, editors.
    Summary: This book is a comprehensive journey through the pathogenesis and treatment of meniscal pathology. It details the elements that are necessary to properly understand, diagnose, and treat meniscal tears, ranging from vertical tears to radial tears and root avulsions. Treatment techniques are thoroughly described and illustrated, with presentation of the latest evidence on outcomes. The algorithmic treatment of meniscal tears has undergone a rapid transformation. We have progressed from the initial treatments involving removal of the meniscus using an open technique, to the performance of partial meniscectomies and complex meniscal repairs by means of an arthroscopic technique. The current treatment goal is to maintain the biology and mechanical integrity of this vital knee structure, an aim too often disregarded by past generations of surgeons. An explosion of new knowledge, coupled with advances in arthroscopic and surgical technology, has paved the way for wider application of approaches that help to preserve the meniscus, in the hope of preventing or delaying the development of knee arthritis. This book will have utility for all clinicians who treat meniscal lesions and will serve as a valuable resource for years to come.

    Contents:
    Meniscal anatomy and vascular supply
    Biomechanical function of the menisci
    Classification of meniscal tears
    Meniscectomy-updates on techniques and outcomes
    Meniscal root tears
    a missed epidemic: how should they be treated?- Meniscal ramp lesions-diagnosis and treatment strategies
    Peripheral meniscal tears
    how to diagnose and repair
    Radial meniscal tears
    updates on repair techniques and outcomes
    All-inside meniscal repair
    updates on techniques
    Step by step surgical approaches for meniscal repairs
    The role of alignment in meniscal tears and the role of osteotomy
    Outside-in meniscal repair techniques and outcomes
    Biologic augmentation of meniscal repairs
    Meniscal repair outcomes-isolated versus combined with other procedures
    Treatment of meniscus degeneration and meniscal cysts
    Discoid Menisci and their treatment
    Updates and outcomes on meniscal transplants
    Conclusions and future directions.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    MedKnow
    v. 1-, 2003- Free full text HTML only.
    PubMed Central
  • Print
    edited by Alice J. Dan, Effie A. Graham, Carol P. Beecher.
    Contents:
    v. 1. A Synthesis of interdisciplinary research
    v. 2. Research and implications for women's health.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RG163 .M46
    2
  • Digital
    edited by Rebecca Jacob, University of Cambridge ; Michael Gunn, University of Staffordshire ; Anthony Holland, University of Cambridge.
    Summary: "Prior to its introduction, clinicians and carers were in uncertain legal territory when making decisions of a social, health or financial nature for those individuals without capacity. Importantly, however, the statute is more than a solution to a recognized gap in English and Welsh Law; it is also about a culture change. It requires those in a caring and/or professional capacity to engage with a person, who may lack decision-making capacity, in a manner that involves him/her, and others important to them, in the process of decision-making. In doing so they must have regard to past and presents beliefs and values of the person concerned. The MCA, in its approach, is not so much giving power to others to make decisions, rather it is asking those who have to take a decision on behalf of another to do so in a manner that is transparent, justifiable, and respectful of all issues relevant to that person. It is applicable in any situation where someone might lack capacity including, for example, the person transiently incapacitated through excess alcohol or from a head injury requiring treatment, to people with potentially more enduring incapacity due to dementia or learning disabilities. It is therefore as relevant in intensive care as it is in social care. The MCA is both about the 'here and now', when an immediate decision may have to be made on behalf of a person lacking capacity at the present time but also about planning for the future; how individuals, whilst having capacity, can determine who can take decisions on their behalf in the event that they lose capacity through illness or injury, at a later date"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Foreword / George Szmukler
    Preface / Rebecca Jacob, Michael Gunn and Antony Holland
    Introduction / Rebecca Jacob and Antony Holland
    The assessment of mental capacity / Benjamin Spencer and Matthew Hotopf
    Best interests / Charlotte Emmett and Julian C. Hughes
    Deprivation of liberty : past, present and future / Susan F. Welsh
    Mental capacity act application : hospital settings / Elizabeth Fistein
    Mental capacity act application : social care settings / Michael Dunn and Antony Holland
    Mental capacity and end of life decision making / Annabel Price and Caroline Barry
    Clinical ambiguities in the assessment of capacity / Elizabeth Fistein and Rebecca Jacob.
    Digital Access Cambridge 2019
  • Digital
    edited by Raul J. Rosenthal, Armando Rosales, Emanuele Lo Menzo, Fernando D. Dip.
    Summary: This book is intended for medical students and surgical trainees such as surgical residents and fellows. It provides a practical preparation guide for common surgical procedures. Operations are divided into twelve sections that cover commonly performed general surgery operations such as bariatric, breast, cardiothoracic, colorectal, minimally invasive, and more. The chapters included in these sections aim to assist residents and fellows in facilitating memorization of the operation sequence and movements required to perform a given task. It will also help enhance skill development in the operating room. Written by residents and highly experienced attending surgeons, Mental Conditioning to Perform Common Operations in General Surgery Training: A Systematic Approach to Expediting Skill Acquisition and Maintaining Dexterity in Performance provides a comprehensive systematic approach to performing surgical procedures.

    Contents:
    Evidence Behind Mental Training
    Introduction to Systematic Approach and Mental Training
    Laparoscopic Roux-en-Y Gastric Bypass (Revised)
    Laparoscopic Sleeve Gastrectomy
    Modified Radical Mastectomy
    Lumpectomy
    Sentinel Lymph Node Biopsy
    Chest Tube Thoracostomy
    Video Assisted Thoracoscopic Procedures
    Thoracentesis
    Hartmanns Procedure
    Laparoscopic Sigmoid Resection
    Open Sigmoid Resection
    Laparoscopic Right Hemicolectomy
    Open Right Hemicolectomy
    Laparoscopic Low Anterior Rectal Resection with Diverting Loop Ileostomy
    Open Low Anterior Resection with Diverting Loop Ileostomy
    Laparoscopic Proctocolectomy with Ileal pouch-anal Anastomosis (IPAA)
    Open Proctocolectomy with Ileal Pouch Anal Anastomosis (IPAA)
    Abdominoperineal Resection and Miles Resection (Extralevator)
    Loop Ileostomy Creation and Closure
    External Hemorrhoidectomy
    Lateral Internal Sphincterotomy for Fissure-in-ano
    Incision and Drainage of Perianal Abscess
    Transanal Total Mesorectal Excision (TaTME)
    Internal Jugular Vein Central Line Placement with and Without Ultrasound
    Subclavian Vein Central Line Placement
    Femoral Line Placement with Ultrasound
    Arterial line Placement
    Tracheostomy
    Laparoscopic Appendectomy
    Laparoscopic Cholecystectomy
    Laparoscopic Heller Myotomy
    Laparoscopic Nissen Fundoplication
    Laparoscopic Hiatal Hernia Repair with Nissen Fundoplication
    Laparoscopic Distal Gastrectomy with Billroth II Anastomosis
    Laparoscopic Splenectomy
    Laparoscopic Total Extraperitoneal (TEP) Inguinal Hernia Repair
    Open Jejunostomy
    Open Small Bowel Resection and Primary Side-to-Side Bowel Anastomosis
    Open Ventral Hernia Repair with Underlay Mesh
    Open Inguinal Hernia Repair
    Thyroidectomy and Parathyroidectomy
    Laparoscopic Pancreatic Cystogastrostomy
    Laparoscopic Left Hepatectomy
    Laparoscopic Right Hepatectomy
    Laparoscopic Central Pancreatectomy
    Laparoscopic Distal Pancreatectomy with Splenectomy
    Laparoscopic Pancreaticoduodenectomy (Whipple procedure)
    Laparoscopic Un-roofing of Hepatic Cyst
    Open Pancreatoduodenectomy (Whipple Procedure)
    Open Distal Pancreatectomy with Splenectomy
    Open Longitudinal Pancreaticojejunostomy
    Excision of Lipoma
    Nevi Excision
    Carotid Endarterectomy
    Femoral Thrombectomy and Thromboembolectomy
    Radio-Cephalic Arteriovenous (AV) Fistula Formation
    Open Resection of Abdominal Aortic Aneurysm
    Technique for Compartment Release of the Leg: Two-incision Technique
    Femoral Popliteal Bypass (FEM-POP) Bypass (Above the knee)
    Great Saphenous Vein Ligation and Stripping
    Great Saphenous Vein Radiofrequency Ablation
    Surgical Knot
    Port and Umbilical Port placement
    Surgical Instruments
    Suture and Needles Used in Surgery.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    edited by André F. Carvalho, Roger S. McIntyre.
    Contents:
    The epidemiology, burden, and treatment of mental disorders in primary care / Bernd Puschner, Markus Kösters, Lea Bouché, and Stefan Weinmann
    Across the spectrum / Victoria J. Palmer and Rob Whitley
    Collaborative care models for the management of mental disorders in primary care / Christsina van der Feltz-Cornelis, Harm van Marwijk, and Leona Hakkart-van Roijen
    Operationalizing patient-centredness to enhance recovery and primary care for mental disorders / John Furler, Victoria J. Palmer, and Jane Gunn
    Neurobiology of psychiatric disorders / Valdimir Maletic and Bernadette DeMuri
    The DSM-5 / Joel Paris
    Anxiety disorders in primary care / Markus Dold and Siegfried Kasper
    ADHD across the lifespan / David W. Goodman
    Trauma and strssor-related disorders / Andrea Feijo Mello and Mary Sau Ling Yeh
    Depressive disorders / Andrea Fagiolini, Giovanni Amodeo, and Giuseppe Maina
    Bipolar disorder / Paulo R. Nunes Neto, Cristiano A. Köhler, Michael Berk, and André Carvalho
    Suicide and suicidal behavior / Erkki Isometsä
    Somatic symptom and related disorders / Alexandra Murray, Anne Toussaint, and Bernard Löwe
    Substance use disorders in primary care settings / Kathleen Broad and Tony P. George
    Motivational interviewing / Jeffrey P. Haibach, Elizabeth A. DiNapoli, Deborah S. Finnell, John W. Kasckow, and Adam J. Gordon
    Psychosis / Jayashri Kulkarni, Emorfia Gavrilidis, Shainal Nathoo, and Jasmin Grigg
    Late-life depression / Fabian Fu€er, Tarik Karakaya, and Johannes Pantel
    Psychotherapeutic interventions / Fiammetta Cosci and Giovanni Andrea Fava
    Major depressive disorder / Sheng-Min Wang and Chi-Un Pae
    Untoward side effects of psychiatric drugs / Manu S. Sharma, Ives Cavalcante Passos, and André F. Carvalho
    Drug interactions involving psychotropic drugs / Subramoniam Mahusoodanan, Marina Tsoy-Podosenin, Leah R. Steinberg, and Nitin Tandan.
    Digital Access Oxford 2017
  • Digital
    Deb O'Kane ; [foreword by Sharon Lawn].
    Summary: Essential mental health information, strategies and skills for students and healthcare professionals. This highly valued quick reference guide returns in its fourth edition to provide practical and helpful strategies for responding effectively to those in crisis. Mental Health: A pocket guide delivers a comprehensive overview of the relevant concepts vital to contemporary mental healthcare. With a clear focus on the consumer, it covers the issues faced by people living with mental illness, as well as best practice approaches for primary health, first responders and multidisciplinary healthcare professionals.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey Nursing 2022
  • Digital
    Vee P. Prasher, Philip W. Davidson, Flavia H. Santos editors.
    Summary: This book brings together findings from research and clinical practice, with comprehensive coverage of the important aspects of mental health in ageing persons with intellectual and developmental disabilities. It is crucial for professionals involved in the care of persons with all intellectual and developmental disabilities to have a broad understanding of the essential range of issues, and therefore this book provides a truly multi-disciplinary perspective, complete with many figures and illustrations to underline the key points. Undoubtedly, research and clinical practice are much more advanced in the general ageing population than in persons with intellectual and developmental disabilities, and so professionals and academics must be made fully aware of commonalities and idiosyncrasies of older people with intellectual and developmental disabilities. This book presents the ongoing developments concerning mental health and aging, which will become relevant to the intellectually disabled population. Through experience, this book also acknowledges that the impact on the persons themselves and on their carers always needs to be taken into account, with treatment programs established with a multi-faceted team approach in mind. Avoiding the jargon of many titles in this area while maintaining the hands-on approach of clinical practice, this book meshes the practical and scientific worlds, with all chapters written by leading experts in the field.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Print
    edited by Donna M. Norris, Annelle B. Primm.
    Summary: "Collected in a single volume for the first time, the writings in this novel anthology represent more than four decades of perspectives from the American Psychiatric Association's Solomon Carter Fuller Award lectures, named for the first Black psychiatrist in the United States. The chapter authors--Solomon Carter Fuller awardees themselves, psychiatrists building on the work of previous awardees, and other scholar experts--offer a multidisciplinary, cross-sectional examination of both the historical and contemporary environments that inform the Black experience in the United States.These treatises look at the intersection of mental health with topics that include the following: * Public health and public policy* Health care inequities* Racism* Economic well-being* Media* Education Emphasizing the real challenges that Black communities have faced and continue to face, each chapter also offers reasons for perseverance in the face of adversity.Readers will come away with a better understanding of the complexity of the Black experience in America and its impact on mental health, as well as a greater awareness of and appreciation for the legacy and ongoing contributions of Black psychiatric leaders to the field."-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Conditions affecting life in black communities. Public health and mental health disparities in Black communities : challenges for American psychiatry / June Jackson Christmas, Donna M. Norris, Annelle B. Primm
    The highs and lows of public health practice / David Satcher
    Why economic disparities matter in mental health / Hassell H. McClellan
    African americans and substance use / H. Westley Clark
    Black psychiatrists responding to the mental health impact of natural and human-caused disasters and systemic inequities / Annelle B. Primm
    Responding to the realities of racism. Application of an emotional competence framework to racism / Loma K. Flowers
    Centering blackness in mental health equity / Michelle P. Durham
    The media is the message : film and tv influences on Black mental health / Keith Hermanstyne
    A call to research. The work and legacy of Dr. Carl Bell Part 1: Building a better village / Johnny Williamson
    Part 2: Public health efforts / Ruth S. Shim
    Will advances in research address racial disparities? / Williams Lawson
    Identities at the intersections of race, gender, and mental illness: remembering Chester Pierce / Pamela Y. Collins, Nicola Park
    Racism, leadership, and organized psychiatry. Reflections on the origin of the Black psychiatrists of America / James P. Comer
    The urgency of responsible leadership in American psychiatry : racial bias and the biopsychosocial crises impacting mental health in communities of color / Donna M. Norris
    The caravan moves on : from Solomon Carter Fuller to psychiatry in the twenty-first century / Altha J. Stewart
    Nigrescence and the future of American psychiatry / Stephen A. McLeod-Bryant - Appendix. Solomon Carter Fuller award lecturers.
  • Digital
    Erlanger A. Turner.
    Summary: In Mental Health among African Americans: Innovations in Research and Practice, Erlanger A. Turner presents a new theoretical framework that emphasizes culturally sensitive clinical practices and Afrocentric values in order to address the lower rates of African Americans seeking medical treatment in the United States. -- Provided by publisher

    Contents:
    Ethical dilemmas in psychology
    Discrimination and race-related stress
    The four A's of treatment initiation
    Clinical practice with African American clients
    African American values
    Defining the future of research and clinical practice.
  • Digital
    Serge Marchand, Djéa Saravane, Isabelle Gaumond, editors ; foreword by Antonio Damasio.
    Summary: This book proposes a didactic approach to the different aspects of pain in mental health. The various chapters cover the myths, neurophysiology, perception, measurement and management of pain in mental health. The most common problems, including mood disorders, schizophrenia, anxiety, somatoform disorders, and pervasive developmental disorders, are covered. Each chapter addresses the problem of pain by putting an emphasis on the characteristics of different populations of patients suffering from mental illness. The book helps specialists working in different areas of mental health to appreciate the importance of pain problems in mental health, and also offers avenues for the measurement and treatment of pain in these patients. Mental health and pain are complex issues. They also share certain mutually influential neurophysiological mechanisms, which makes it even more difficult to identify their specific individual characteristics. This duality between the somatic and psychic components can become a pitfall for the specialist in mental health since it can be difficult to disentangle the evolution of a painful condition from the mental illness.

    Contents:
    Preface
    Introduction
    History
    the myths
    Neurophysiological bases of pain
    Pain perception in mental health
    Epidemiology of chronic pain in mental health: the example of depression
    Depression, bipolar disorder and pain
    Anxiety disorders and pain
    Schizophrenia and pain
    Somatoform disorders and pain
    Post traumatic stress disorder and pain
    Pain in suicidal ideation
    Pain in children with autism
    Addiction and pain
    Pain assessment in mental health
    Treatment and therapeutic perspectives.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Jun Shigemura, Rethy Kieth Chhem.
    Contents:
    Foreword
    Preface
    1. Godzilla mon amour: the Origins and Legacy of Nuclear Fear in Japan
    2. Unforeseeable Accidents from the Point of View of the Legal System
    3. Report on Fukushima Counseling Support Professional Team: Interdisciplinary Team Approach for Psychosocial Care of Evacuees
    4. Societal and Ethical Aspects of Radiation Risk Perception
    5. Thinking Across Disaster
    6. Emotional Consequences of TMI and Chernobyl: Lessons Learned for Fukushima
    7. 3/11 and 9/11: A Multi-faceted Investigation of a Survivor Exchange Program
    8. Psychosocial Responses to Disaster and Exposures: Distress Reactions, Health Risk Behavior, and Mental Disorders
    9. Psychosocial Challenges of the Fukushima Nuclear Plant Workers.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    edited by Rosaleen Ow, Abner Weng Cheong Poon.
    Summary: This book showcases current thinking on social work in the field of mental health and illness from a bio-ecological and spiritual framework reflecting the transition in mental health care from institution to community. The book presents a valuable tool for understanding theories on aetiology and social work interventions in mental health from varying socio-cultural, economic and political contexts. Topics covered include: the values and ethics of social work practice in mental health; psycho-social theories on mental health and illness, including psychological perspective and the structural/ social development perspective; social work approaches in working with individuals, families and communities; contextualized social work practice in mental health with a specific population group or community; structural factors such as legal provision and financial challenges in mental health and illness; and new directions in social work and mental health.

    Contents:
    Part One: Introduction
    Part Two: General Theories on Mental Health and of Aetiology of Mental Illness
    Part Three: Overview of social work approaches in working with individuals, families and community
    Part Four:Contextualized practice with individuals and families
    Part Five: Structural factors in social work and mental health
    Part Six: Concluding chapter.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    edited by Esther Murray, Jo Brown.
    Summary: "In 2015 I started working at a medical school, it was an important move for me as I wanted to be part of how doctors were trained, not only to ensure patients get the best possible care but also to understand how we can support doctors in practicing their profession without being harmed by it. I hadn't taken up a research post, but I had come along with a research idea, I wanted to know how it was that doctors (at this stage of my thinking) could practice for years, see terrible and upsetting things daily, and not be affected by it. I had carried out some literature searches and found concepts like compassion fatigue and burnout, I'd read reports of Post Traumatic Stress Disorder in emergency responders, but what I hadn't seen was a systematic approach to understanding what was happening to doctors, and how we could combat it"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Borrowed Words in emergency medicine : how 'moral injury' makes space for talking
    What does creative enquiry have to contribute to flourishing in medical education?
    Embracing Difference : towards an understanding of queer identities in medicine
    Stress and mental wellbeing in Emergency Medical Dispatchers
    Paramedics' Lived Experiences of Post
    Incident Traumatic Distress and Psychosocial support : An Interpretative Phenomenological Study
    On knowing, not knowing and wellbeing : Conversations about practice
    The complex issues that lead to nurses leaving the emergency department
    How do we protect our healthcare workers from occupational hazard that nobody talks about?
    What is peer support?
    The Theatre Wellbeing Project
    evolution from major incident to pandemic
    RUOK? RU sure UR OK?
    The story and the storyteller
    Death and Disability meetings at London's Air Ambulance: working in a Just Culture
    Digital Access Wiley 2021
  • Digital/Print
    Summary: "WHO's Mental Health Atlas series has already established itself as the single most comprehensive and most widely used source of global information on mental health situation. This new edition of Mental Health Atlas, carried out in 2014, assumes new importance as a repository of mental health information in WHO Member States because it is providing much of the baseline data against which progress towards the objectives and targets of the Comprehensive Mental Health Action Plan 2013-2020 is to be measured. The Action Plan contains four objectives: (1) To strengthen effective leadership and governance for mental health (2) To provide comprehensive, integrated and responsive mental health and social care services in communitybased settings (3) To implement strategies for promotion and prevention in mental health (4) To strengthen information systems, evidence and research for mental health."--Page 7

    Contents:
    Project teams and partners
    Preface
    Executive summary
    Introduction
    Results
    1. GLOBAL REPORTING ON CORE MENTAL HEALTH
    2. MENTAL HEALTH SYSTEM GOVERNANCE
    3. FINANCIAL AND HUMAN RESOURCES FOR MENTAL HEALTH
    4. MENTAL HEALTH SERVICE AVAILABILITY AND UPTAKE
    5. MENTAL HEALTH PROMOTION AND PREVENTION
    6. COMPARISONS WITH SELECTED MENTAL HEALTH ATLAS 2011 RESULTS
    References
    Appendices
    APPENDIX A. PARTICIPATING COUNTRIES AND CONTRIBUTORS MENTAL HEALTH SYSTEM GOVERNANCE
    APPENDIX B. GLOSSARY OF TERMS.
    Digital Access WHO 2015
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Retired Reference (Downstairs)
    RA790 .W69 2014
    1
  • Digital/Print
    Summary: Collects together data compiled from 177 World Health Organization Member States/Countries on mental health care. Coverage includes policies, plans and laws for mental health, human and financial resources available, what types of facilities providing care, and mental health programmes for prevention and promotion.
    Digital Access WHO 2017
    Print
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Reference (Upstairs)
    RA790 .W69 2017
    1
  • Digital
    editor, Jane Meschan Foy.
    Summary: "This indispensable resource provides vital guidance for integrating mental health care into your primary care practice. Learn from leading experts the latest information on enhancements to the medical home and on the care of children and adolescents with mental health symptoms that do not rise to the threshold for a diagnosis, as well as those that do"--Publisher's description.

    Contents:
    Part 1: The pediatric advantage. Integrating preventive mental health care into pediatric practice
    Pediatric care of children and adolescents with mental health problems
    Part 2: Enhancing pediatric mental health care. Office and network systems to support mental health care
    Partnering to improve community mental health systems
    Effective communication methods: common factors skills
    Part 3: Elements of care. Iterative mental health assessment
    Psychosocial therapies
    Self-regulation therapies and biofeedback
    Complementary and integrative medical therapies
    Adapting psychosocial interventions to primary care
    Psychotropic medications in primary care
    Transitioning adolescents with mental health conditions to adult care
    Part 4: Pediatric care of children with common mental health concerns, signs, and symptoms. Agitation, suicidality, and other psychiatric emergencies
    Anxiety and trauma-related distress
    Disruptive behavior and aggression
    Eating abnormalities
    Emotional or behavioral disturbance in children younger than 5 years
    Family dysfunction
    Gender expression and identity
    Inattention and impulsivity
    Learning difficulty
    Low mood
    Maternal depression
    Medically unexplained symptoms
    Nonadherence to medical treatment
    School absenteeism and school refusal
    Self-injury
    Sleep disturbances
    Speech and language concerns
    Substance use 1: use of tobacco and nicotine
    Substance use 2: use of other substances
    Substance use 3: specialty referral and comanagement
    Appendixes.
    Digital Access AAP ebooks 2018
  • Digital
    Ruby Castilla-Puentes, Tatiana Falcone, editors.
    Summary: This book is the first authoritative medical text that considers the unique cultural backgrounds of Hispanic populations in a straightforward yet sensitive way, all while building a framework for practical psychiatric assessment and treatment plans. As the only book to consider the unique challenges facing Hispanic mental healthcare, this book is at the forefront of a serious issue that has gone unchallenged for too long. The text is written by two expert psychiatrists with an established history of leadership in this space. Chapters carefully and meticulously establish the issues of access to care in Latinx communities before addressing the unique needs of these patients in the context of common psychiatric disorders. Each disorder includes clinical cases for a reader-friendly approach to the challenges that develop effective assessment and treatment plans. Mental Health for Hispanic Communities is a concise yet comprehensive reference invaluable to all clinicians, students, and other medical professionals seeking to work with this population effectively.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    editor, Anne Duffy.
    Contents:
    Mental health in adolescents : bipolar disorder / Anne Duffy
    Diagnosis in children and adolescents / Joseph C. Blader
    Benefits of early intervention in young people with bipolar disorder / Aswin Ratheesh & Patrick D McGorry
    Medical comorbidity in youth with bipolar disorder : prevalence and implications for outcome / Muna M. Ali, Danielle S. Cha & Roger S. McIntyre
    Substance use in youth with bipolar disorder / Timothy E. Wilens & Courtney A. Zulauf
    Transitioning from child to adult care / Roberto B. Sassi
    Acute treatment / Ute Lewitzka
    Maintenance treatment / Ute Lewitzka
    State of the art : psychotherapies for individuals at risk, or experiencing a first episode, of bipolar disorder / Martine Vallarino and Jan Scott
    The implications of manic-like symptoms for subsequent psychopathology / Anne Duffy
    Multiple choice questions : answers.
    Digital Access Future Med 2014
  • Print
    edited by D. V. Siva Sankar.
    Contents:

    v. 1. Aponte, H. J. et al. Genetics, family, and community studies.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    P499 .M54
    3
  • Digital
    Jitendra Kumar Trivedi, Adarsh Tripathi, editors.
    Summary: This book tackles the issue of mental health legislation in South Asia. The first of its kind, it addresses an issue that is necessary for protecting the rights of people with mental disorders and serves as an essential text for reinforcing mental health policy in South Asia. it is a timely addition to our global understanding of mental health and how different regions address it.Asia is by far the largest continent in the world in terms of area with population exceeding 3.5 billion and has dozens of cultures, religions, languages and ethnic groups. As a result of its highly varied political systems, Asia also spawns a wide variety of health care systems including mental health care systems, often based on historical roots and at times colonial heritages. The people who suffer from mental or neurological disorders in the continent form a vulnerable section of society and often face stigma, discrimination and marginalization in all societies, and this increases the likelihood that their human rights will be violated
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Eugene Hong, Ashwin L. Rao, editors.
    Summary: This unique book provides a practical framework for and coverage of a broad range of mental health concerns applicable to the care of athletes, including depression, suicide, mood disorders, substance abuse and risk-taking behaviors. To this end, it presents content relevant to the care of athletes, including doping and the use of performance-enhancing drugs, the mental health impact of concussion, bullying and hazing, the impact of social media and exercise addiction, among other pertinent topics. Current basic and translational research on behavioral health and the relationship of brain to behavior are reviewed, and current treatment approaches, both pharmacological and non-pharmacological (including mindfulness training), are considered. This practical resource targets the stigma of mental illness in athletes in order to overcome barriers to care by presenting a definitive perspective of current concepts in the mental health care of athletes, provided by experts in the field and targeting sports medicine providers, mental health providers and primary care physicians involved in the direct care of recreational and competitive athletes at all levels.

    Contents:
    The Stigma of Mental Illness in Athletics
    Screening for Mental Health Conditions in Athletes
    Depression in Athletes: Incidence, Prevalence, and Comparisons to the Non-Athletic Population
    Suicide in Athletes: Are Athletes at Greater Risk?- Managing Psychiatric Disorders in Athletes
    ADHD in Athletes: Treatment and Considerations for Competition
    Risk-Taking Behaviors in Athletes
    The Psychological Response to Injury
    Substance Abuse and Sport
    Coping with Doping: PEDs in the Athletic Culture
    The Female Athlete Triad and Relative Energy Deficiencies in Athletes
    The Mental Health Manifestations of Concussion
    Bullying and Hazing in Athletic Culture
    The Impact of Social Media on Mental Health
    Mental Health in the Pediatric Athlete
    Exercise Addiction
    The Cellular and Physiological Basis of Behavioral Health: Basic and Translational Research
    An Update on Translational Research: The Brain and Behavior Relationship
    Non-Pharmacologic Approaches to Mental Health in Athletes
    Mindfulness Approaches to Athlete Well-Being
    Administrating Mental Health: Societal, Coaching, and Legislative Approaches to Mental Health
    Sports Psychology Demystified: Performance Versus Clinical Psychology
    Whats the Difference and Why Does It Matter?- Exercise as a Prescription for Mental Health.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Neil Krishan Aggarwal.
    Contents:
    Mental health, culture, and power in the war on terror
    Bioethics and the conduct of mental health professionals in the war on terror
    The meanings of symptoms and services for Guantanamo detainees
    Depictions of Arabs and Muslims in psychodynamic scholarship
    Depictions of suicide bombers in the mental health scholarship
    Knowledge and practice in war on terror deradicalization programs.
    Digital Access eBook Comp Acad 2015
  • Digital
    Michelle B. Riba, Sagar V. Parikh, John F. Greden, editors.
    Summary: This book offers a guide to better understanding models of workplace mental health, as well as best practices for mental health professionals, employee assistance groups, employers and employees alike. The cost of depression at the workplace is staggering, both in terms of absenteeism and productivity loss while at work, and in terms of human and family suffering. Depression is highly prevalent and affects employees' concentration, decision-making skills and memory, contributing to accidents and quality issues. Analyses indicate that the returns on investment for workplace mental health programs are significant, with employers reporting lower productivity-related financial losses and less need staff turnover due to mental health conditions. The book also addresses substance use and misuse, and ways to address such problems.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Jessica D. Tenenbaum, Piper A. Ranallo, editors.
    Summary: This textbook provides a detailed resource introducing the subdiscipline of mental health informatics. It systematically reviews the methods, paradigms, tools and knowledge base in both clinical and bioinformatics. Key foundational technologies, such as terminologies, ontologies and data exchange standards are all covered. The learning health system model is utilized to emphasize the bi-directional nature of the translational science associated with mental health processes. Descriptions of the data, technologies, paradigms and products that are generated by and used in each process and their limitations are discussed. Mental Health Informatics: Enabling a Learning Mental Healthcare System is a comprehensive introductory resource for students, educators and researchers in mental health informatics and related behavioral sciences. It is an ideal resource for use in a survey course for both pre- and post-doctoral training programs, as well as for healthcare administrators, funding entities, vendors and product developers working to make mental healthcare more evidence-based.

    Contents:
    Precision Medicine and the Learning Health System
    What is Informatics?
    What is Mental Health?
    Epistemological Differences between the Behavioral and Biological Sciences
    What is Mental Health Informatics?
    Big Picture: Process View of Mental Health Care Delivery
    Introduction to Technologies for Data Acquisition in Mental Health
    Informatics Technologies for the Acquisition of Biological Data
    Informatics Technologies for the Acquisition of Psychological and Behavioral Data
    Informatics Technologies for the Acquisition of Interpersonal, Social and Environmental Data: The Exosome
    Informatics Technologies for the Acquisition of Population Level Data
    Introduction to Methods for Extracting Meaningful Information from Data in Mental Health
    Concept and Knowledge Representation to Transform Data into Information in Mental Health
    Bioinformatics Methods in Mental Health Research and Practice
    Psychometric Methods
    Computational Models and Analytic Methods
    Natural Language Processing in Mental Health Research and Practice
    Introduction to Paradigms for Knowledge Discovery in Mental Health
    Paradigms for Knowledge Discovery in Clinical and Research Data Repositories
    Biomarker Discovery
    Data Visualization
    Inferential Analysis and Predictive Modeling
    The Role of Biological Information in Mental Health Research and Practice
    Electronic Health Record (EHR) Systems in Mental Health
    Computerized Clinical Decision Support in Mental Health
    Informatics Technologies in Detection and Diagnosis of Mental Health Conditions
    Informatics Technologies in Prevention and Treatment of Mental Health Conditions
    Informatics Technologies for Care Coordination and Continuity of Care
    Informatics Technologies to Improve Patient Safety in Mental Health
    Registries
    Disseminating Newly Acquired Knowledge
    Ethical Legal and Social Issues (ELSI)
    The Future of Mental Health Informatics.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Clint A. Bowers, Deborah C. Beidel, and Madeline R. Marks, Editors.
    Summary: The stress that comes with being a first responder has been known to lead to depression, anxiety, substance abuse, and suicide. However, few clinicians are informed about these health concerns and how to adequately treat them in this population. Therefore, there is an urgent need for practitioners to understand the latest information regarding treatments that will be useful to this specific population. Mental Health Intervention and Treatment of First Responders and Emergency Workers is an essential reference source that focuses on the latest research for diagnosing and treating mental health.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1. Assessing needs: using a wellness survey to guide interventions
    Chapter 2. Swimming upstream: the first responder's marriage
    Chapter 3. Posttraumatic stress and alcohol use among first responders
    Chapter 4. Unique job roles and mental health risk factors among emergency dispatchers
    Chapter 5. The first, first responder: the neglected needs and unique challenges of work as a 9-1-1 telecommunicator
    Chapter 6. Occupational risk factors and the mental health of women firefighters
    Chapter 7. Critical incident stress management: a comprehensive, intergrative, systematic, and multi-component program for supporting first responder psychological health
    Chapter 8. Application and integration of psychological first aid in first responder organizations
    Chapter 9. The HEROES project: building mental resilience in first responders
    Chapter 10. Disaster responder self-care, self-compassion, and protective factors: a pilot study on responders' resilience and competence
    Chapter 11. Bridging the gaps: toward effective collaboration between peer supporters and behavioral health professionals
    Chapter 12. Evidence-based practices to enhance first responder well-being and performance
    Chapter 13. Trauma management therapy for first responders
    Chapter 14. Narrative therapy to address trauma for emergency medical services and firefighters
    Chapter 15. Organizational prevention and intervention services: beyond the early intervention system
    Chapter 16. "More than peer support: organizational and relational intervention model": first responder assistance program (f.r.a.p.)
    Chapter 17. Changing hearts and minds: getting administrative support for delivery of care.
  • Digital
    edited by Anne Borsay and Pamela Dale.
    Contents:
    Foreword. The struggle is never over / Mick Carpenter
    Mental health nursing : the working lives of paid carers from 1800 to the 1990s / Anne Borsay and Pamela Dale
    Psychiatric nurses and their patients in the nineteenth century : the Irish perspective / Oonagh Walsh
    A duty to learn : attendant training in Victoria, Australia, 1880-1907 / Lee-Ann Monk
    'Who are these?' : nursing shell-shocked patients in Cardiff during the First World War / Anne Borsay and Sara Knight
    Discourse of dispute : narratives of asylum nurses and attendants, 1910-22 / Barbara Douglas
    'Surely a nice occupation for a girl?' : stories of nursing, gender, violence and mental illness in British asylums, 1914-30 / Vicky Long
    Reassessing staffing requirements and creating new roles for nurses during a period of rapid change at the Royal Western Counties Institution, 1927-48 / Pamela Dale
    'The weakest link in the chain of nursing?' : recruitment and retention in mental health nursing in England, 1948-68 / Claire Chatterton
    Wardens, letter writing and the welfare state, 1944-74 / John Welshman
    Learning disability nursing : surviving change, c. 1970-90 / Duncan Mitchell
    Between asylum and community : DGH psychiatric nurses at Withington General Hospital, 1971-91 / Val Harrington.
    Digital Access Oxford 2015
  • Digital
    edited by Ronald Schouten.
    Contents:
    Basics of the law and legal system / Ronald Schouten
    Civil commitment / Ronald Schouten and Philip Candilis
    Violence risk assessment / Jennifer L. Piel and Ronald Schouten
    Practice and malpractice in the evaluation of suicidal patients / Gary Jacobson
    Informed consent / Ronald Schouten and Kimberly Kumer
    Guardianships, conservatorships, and alternative forms of substitute decision making / Ronald Schouten and Rebecca W. Brendel
    Treatment refusal / Ariana Nesbit, Steven K. Hoge, and Debra A. Pinals
    Malpractice / Jennifer L. Piel and Phillip J. Resnick
    Confidentiality and testimonial privilege / Robert Scott Johnson and Ronald Schouten
    Evaluation of child abuse and neglect / Matthew Soulier and Catherine Ayoub
    Juveniles and the law / Matthew Lahaie and Robert Kinscherff
    Mental health professionals and the criminal justice system / Reena Kapoor and Alec Buchanan
    Disability evaluations / Marilyn Price
    Malingering and factitious disorder / Scott Beach and Matt Lahaie
    Ethics at the intersection of mental health and the law / Philip J. Candilis and Navneet Sidhu.
    Digital Access Oxford 2017
  • Digital
    Naakesh A. Dewan, John S. Luo, Nancy M. Lorenzi, editors.
    Contents:
    Past, Present and Future Policy Landscape for Technology in Public Mental Health Care
    Electronic Health Records Technology: Policy and Realities
    Leading Health IT Optimization: A Next Frontier
    Computer aided Psychotherapy Technologies
    Cognitive Assessment and Enhancement Technologies
    Digital platform and technology innovation in treatment of substance use disorders
    Technology and Adolescent Behavioral Health Care
    An Overview of Practicing High Quality Telepsychiatry
    Virtual Reality Technologies
    Social Media Technologies
    Technology Tools supportive of DSM-V: An Overview
    Summary and Look Forward.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    by Susan G. Forman, Jeffrey D. Shahidullah, Cody A. Hostutler, Cori M. Green, Rebecca A. Baum
    Summary: For many children and teens, primary care clinicians are the first to notice and help with mental health issues. This guide helps primary care pediatricians, family doctors, nurse practitioners, and other professionals identify, treat, and prevent mental health problems as well as promote good mental health in their patients.
    Digital Access AAP ebooks 2022
  • Digital/Print
    Buros, Oscar Krisen; Carlson, Janet F.; Conoley, Jane Close; Geisinger, Kurt F.; Impara, James C.; Kramer, J. J.; Mitchell, James V.; Plake, Barbara S.; Spies, Robert A.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Ovid
    Database Limited to 4 simultaneous users
    Ovid
    Test reviews online Limited to 4 simultaneous users
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Retired Reference (Downstairs)
    Z5814.P8 M4
    19
  • Digital
    Mario F. Mendez.
    Summary: The ability to effectively assess cognitive and other behavioral functions is an essential skill for neurologists, psychiatrists, geriatricians, nurses, and other clinicians who perform clinic and bedside examinations. Unique in the field, The Mental Status Examination Handbook is a user-friendly, comprehensive resource that provides practical guidance on cognitive assessment, clarifies mental status testing procedures, and assists with decision making for neuropsychological referrals. This detailed manual draws from the full history of behavioral neurology testing, making the complex and challenging area of cognitive assessment accessible for both students and practitioners. Offers guidance on how to choose and perform a large number of mental status tests, with information on selected test materials and normative values. Covers the bedside evaluation of arousal, attention, memory, language, perception, executive abilities, and other cognitive and behavioral areas. Provides an authoritative assessment and compendium of commonly used mental status scales, inventories and questionnaires. Describes relevant correlations with formal neuropsychological testing, neuroimaging, and neuropsychiatric disease. Explains how to weigh, use, and understand mental status scales and neuropsychological instruments. Discusses the meaning of cognitive symptoms and signs, and their neuroanatomical and neuropathological correlations. Enhanced eBook version included with purchase. Your enhanced eBook allows you to access all of the text, figures, and references from the book on a variety of devices.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    ScienceDirect
    ClinicalKey
  • Digital
    Anthony Bateman and Peter Fonagy.
    Summary: Loss of mentalizing leads to interpersonal and social problems, emotional variability, impulsivity, self-destructive behaviours, and violence. This practical guide on MBT treatment of personality disorders outlines the mentalizing model of borderline and antisocial personality disorders and how it translates into an effective clinical treatment.

    Contents:
    Pt. 1 Mentalizing framework
    1. What is mentalizing?
    2. Using the mentalizing model to understand personality disorder
    3. Comorbidity
    4. Assessment of mentalizing
    pt. 2 Mentalizing practice
    5. Structure of mentalization-based treatment
    6. Clinician stance
    7. Principles for the mentalizing clinician
    8. Mentalizing focus: support, empathy, and validation
    9. Mentalizing focus: clarification, affect elaboration, affect focus, and challenge
    10. Relational focus of mentalizing: transference tracers and mentalizing the relationship
    Pt. 3. Mentalizing groups
    11. MBT-Introductory group (MBT-I)
    12. Mentalizing group therapy
    13. Antisocial personality disorder: mentalizing, MBT-G, and common clinical problems
    Pt. 4 Mentalizing systems
    14. Mentalizing and families: the Families and Carers Training and Support program (FACTS)
    15. Mentalizing the system.
    Digital Access Oxford 2016
  • Digital
    Marie-Luise Althoff.
    Summary: In this book, the author discusses with a view to psychotherapeutic practice how power and the exercise of power can be used in a constructive sense. Spontaneously, people tend to associate the topic of power negatively. They mostly talk about their own powerlessness and the power of "those up there", and very rarely about their own striving for power. It is undisputed that power and the exercise of power, as well as dealing with powerlessness, play an important role in psychotherapy. Nevertheless, the constructive and destructive aspects of power are still too little reflected. Here, there is a mentalization deficit on the part of both psychotherapists and patients. In this book questions are asked and suggestions for practice are developed. Written for psychotherapists, child and adolescent psychotherapists, family therapists, counselors, psychiatrists, physicians, students, and psychotherapists in training. From the contents Is it a bad thing to use power, to exert influence in order to get one's way? Where is the boundary between the constructive exercise of power and destructive "power games"? Do some situations require assertiveness and a certain distance and other situations rather closeness and credibility and persuasiveness? The author Dr. phil. Marie-Luise Althoff, studied mathematics, psychology and education; she is a psychoanalyst, lecturer, supervisor and teaching analyst. This book is a translation of an original German edition. The translation was done with the help of artificial intelligence (machine translation by the service DeepL.com). A subsequent human revision was done primarily in terms of content, so that the book will read stylistically differently from a conventional translation.

    Contents:
    Introduction
    The development of the mentalizing ability
    Power and powerlessness
    what is it?- How do I as a psychotherapist recognize constructive and destructive use of power on both sides?- How do I as a psychotherapist deal with destructive use of power?
    How do I recognize the successful overcoming of a destructive power entanglement?
    Working through and healing: dealing with powerlessness and manifesting power
    The social dimension.
    Digital Access Springer 2023
  • Digital
    Helen M. Woolnough, Sandra L. Fielden.
    Contents:
    Gendered career development within nursing and healthcare
    Mentoring as a career development tool
    Diversity in mentoring : gender, race, and ethnicity
    Mentoring in nursing and healthcare
    Designing and implementing a formal mentoring programme
    Evaluating formal mentoring relationships
    Does mentoring work? : the realities of mentoring from the perspective of both mentee and mentor
    The challenging perceptions programme and the long term benefits of mentoring.
    Digital Access Wiley 2017
  • Digital
    Sharon E. Straus, David L. Sackett.
    Contents:
    What is the evidence for mentorship?
    What are the characteristics and behaviors of effective mentors and mentees?
    How can you initiate mentorship?
    Some effective mentoring strategies and tactics : part 1, mentorship meetings, priority setting, and time-management
    Some effective mentoring strategies and tactics : part 2, protecting mentees from dys-opportunities
    Some effective mentoring strategies and tactics : part 3, mentoring for knowledge generation
    Some effective mentoring strategies and tactics : part 4, mentoring for knowledge dissemination
    Some effective mentoring strategies and tactics : part 5, mentoring for promotion, protection, and job prospects
    How can you assess, diagnose and treat mentorship that is in trouble?
    How can you initiate and maintain a mentorship progam?
    How can you evaluate the impact of a mentorship program?
    How can you scale up and sustain a mentorship program?.
    Digital Access Wiley 2014
  • Digital/Print
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Professional Version
    Consumer Version
    Print Access
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Retired Reference (Downstairs)
    RC71 .M555
    11
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RC71 .M555
    1
  • Digital/Print
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Professional Version
    Consumer Version
    Print Access
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Retired Reference (Downstairs)
    RC71 .M555
    11
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RC71 .M555
    1
  • Digital/Print
    Aiello, Susan E.; Fraser, Clarence M.
    Digital Access Latest ed. only
    Print Access
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Retired Reference (Downstairs)
    SF748 .M47
    2
    Reference (Upstairs)
    SF748 .M47
    1
  • Digital
    edited by Curtis D. Pollman, Darren G. Rumbold, Donald M. Axelrad.
    Summary: This book integrates 30 years of mercury research on the Florida Everglades to inform scientists and policy makers. The Everglades is an iconic ecosystem by virtue of its expanse; diversity of biota; and multiple international designations. Despite this, the Everglades has been subjected to multiple threats including: habitat loss, hydrologic alterations, invasive species; and altered water quality. Less well recognized as a threat to Everglades human use and wildlife populations is the toxic metal, mercury. This volume focuses on sources of mercury to the Everglades from the late-1980s when there was bewilderment as to why there were very high levels of mercury in the Everglades food web. Soon came the finding that mercury loadings from atmospheric deposition accounted for over 95% of total input to the Everglades which resulted in Florida conducting the most comprehensive mercury monitoring and modeling study performed to date. Topics discussed in this volume include: (1) Why atmospheric deposition fluxes of mercury to the Everglades are amongst the highest in the U.S; (2) That these are overwhelmingly from sources outside of the U.S; (3) That mitigation strategies for resolving the elevated food web mercury problem in the Everglades that rely solely on reducing atmospheric mercury inputs will not be effective for many decades; (4) That consideration of other strategies, in particular controlling factors related to Everglades mercury biogeochemical cycling seem warranted.

    Contents:
    1. Overview of the Everglades
    2. The Evolution of the Everglades as a Perturbed Ecosystem.-3. Overview of the Atmospheric Mercury Cycle
    4. Atmospheric Deposition Flux of Mercury to the Everglades
    5. Mercury Emission Sources and Contributions of Atmospheric Deposition to the Everglades
    6. Atmospheric Deposition of Mercury in the Everglades
    Synthesis of Global Cycling and Local Process Effects.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Darren G. Rumbold, Curtis D. Pollman, Donald M. Axelrad, editors.
    Contents:
    Intro; Preface Volume II; References; Contents; Contributors;
    Chapter 1: Aquatic Cycling of Mercury; 1.1 Introduction; 1.2 Cycling of Hg in Surface Water; 1.3 Cycling of Hg in Aquatic Soils/Sediments and the Formation of MeHg; 1.4 Perturbations Affecting Hg Cycling; 1.5 Summary and Conclusions; References;
    Chapter 2: Sulfur Contamination in the Everglades, a Major Control on Mercury Methylation; 2.1 Introduction; 2.2 Historical and Background Levels of Sulfur in the Everglades; 2.3 Present Levels of Sulfate in the Everglades; 2.4 Other Forms of Sulfur in the Everglades 2.5 Sources of Sulfate to the Everglades2.6 Remobilization of Sulfur from Drought and Fire; 2.7 Sulfur Controls on Mercury Methylation; 2.8 Other Impacts of Sulfur on the Everglades; 2.9 Conclusions; References;
    Chapter 3: A Causal Analysis for the Dominant Factor in the Extreme Geographic and Temporal Variability in Mercury Biomagnific ... ; 3.1 Introduction; 3.2 Methods; 3.3 Analysis; 3.3.1 Candidate Cause: Balance Between Sulfate and Sulfide; 3.3.1.1 Mechanistically Plausible Cause: The Relationship Between the Causal Agent and Effect Should Be Consistent with Known ... 3.3.1.2 Spatial Gradient: Effects Should Decline or Increase as the Stressor Declines or Increases Over Space3.3.1.3 Laboratory Tests of Site Media: Controlled Laboratory Manipulation of Site Media Should Induce the Same Effects as See ... ; 3.3.1.4 Manipulation of Exposure: Field Experiment or Management Actions That Decrease or Increase the Intensity of the Causal ... ; 3.3.1.5 Temporal Gradient: Effects Should Increase or Decrease as the Stressor Increases or Decreases Over Time 3.3.1.6 Stressor-Response Relationships from Ecological Simulation Models: The Causal Agent in the Case Is at Levels That Are ... 3.3.1.7 Verified Predictions: Knowledge of the Causal Agentś Mode of Action Permits Prediction of Unobserved Effects That Can ... ; 3.3.2 Candidate Cause: Microbes Other Than SRB as Hg Methylators; 3.3.3 Candidate Cause: Differences in Food Webs Are Responsible for Extreme Geographical and Temporal Variability in Biomagnif ... ; 3.3.4 Candidate Cause: Dissolved Organic Matter (DOM) May Have as Much or More Influence in the Accumulation of Hg Than Sulfate 3.4 Management Relevant Conclusions3.5 Final Thoughts; References;
    Chapter 4: Dissolved Organic Matter Interactions with Mercury in the Florida Everglades; 4.1 Introduction; 4.2 DOM Concentrations and Quality in the FL Everglades; 4.2.1 Sources of DOM; 4.2.2 Impact of Nutrient Enrichment; 4.2.3 Hydrologic Controls on DOM Fluxes and Quality; 4.3 Hg Complexation by DOM; 4.3.1 Hg-DOM and MeHg-DOM Complexes and Competition with Other Ligands; 4.3.2 Implications for Hg and MeHg Transport; 4.4 Interactions of DOM with Hg-Sulfide Species; 4.5 DOM and Microbial Hg Methylation
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    [edited by] Sandra L. Gardner, Brian S. Carter, Mary Enzman-Hines, Susan Niermeyer.
    Summary: "Merenstein & Gardner's Handbook of Neonatal Intensive Care, 9th Edition is the leading resource for interprofessional, collaborative care of critically ill newborns. It offers comprehensive coverage with a unique interprofessional collaborative approach and a real-world perspective that make it a practical guide for both nurses and physicians. The new ninth edition features a wealth of expanded content on delivery-room care; new evidence-based care "bundles"; palliative care in the NICU; interprofessional collaborative care of parents with depression, grief, and complicated grief; and new pain assessment tools. Updated high-quality references have also been reintegrated into the book, making it easier for clinicians to locate research evidence and standards of care with minimal effort. These additions, along with updates throughout, ensure that clinicians are equipped with the very latest clinical care guidelines and practice recommendations -- all in a practical quick-reference format for easy retrieval and review"--Publisher's description.

    Contents:
    Evidence-based practice. Evidence-based clinical practice
    Support of the neonate. Prenatal environment: effect on neonatal outcome
    Perinatal transport and levels of care
    Care at birth
    Immediate newborn care after birth
    Heat balance
    Physiologic monitoring
    Acid-base homeostasis and oxygenation
    Diagnostic imaging in the neonate
    Pharmacology in neonatal care
    Drug withdrawal in the neonate
    Pain and pain relief
    The neonate and the environment impact on development
    Metabolic and nutritional care of the neonate. Fluid and electrolyte management
    Glucose homeostasis
    Total parenteral nutrition
    Enteral nutrition
    Breastfeeding the neonate with special needs
    Skin and skin care
    Infection and hematologic diseases of the neonate. Newborn hematology
    Neonatal hyperbilirubinemia
    Infection in the neonate
    Common systemic diseases of the neonate. Respiratory diseases
    Cardiovascular diseases and surgical interventions
    Neonatal nephrology
    Neurologic disorders
    Genetic disorders, malformations, and inborn errors of metabolism
    Neonatal surgery
    Psychosocial aspects of neonatal care. Families in crisis: theoretical and practical considerations
    Grief and perinatal loss
    Discharge planning and follow-up of the neonatal intensive care unit infant
    Ethics, values, and palliative care in neonatal intensive care.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey Nursing 2021

Lane Library Bookmarklet

Lane Library Bookmarklet

To install, drag this button to your browser bookmarks or tools bar.

What is it?

Lane Library Bookmarklet

Bookmark on Other Websites

Bookmark on Lane

  • To Install, Right Click this Button.
  • Select "Add to Favorites" (click “Continue” if you see a security alert)
  • From the "Create in" menu, select “Favorites Bar” (IE8, IE9) to install
  • Once installed it will look like this
  • Click "Bookmark on Lane" to bookmark any webpage
  • Your saved bookmark will appear on this page
To Install, Right Click this Button.

What is it?

Beyond Stanford

Derived from Current Medical Diagnosis & Treatment, AccessMedicine's Quick Medical Diagnosis & Treatment provides topic reviews with key diagnostic and treatment features for more than 500 diseases.

A repository of medical knowledge from internal medicine, cardiology, genetics, pharmacy, diagnosis and management, basic sciences, patient care, and more.

Continuously expanding, all databases in the repository contain the latest editions of selected medical titles.

MicroMedex: Premier pharmaceutical information source containing multiple databases and drug reference tools. Of particular value is DRUGDEX Evaluations, one of the most comprehensive drug sources available. DynaMed is a clinical information resource used to answer questions quickly at the point-of-care. Easy-to-interpret Levels of Evidence help clinicians rapidly determine the quality of the available evidence.

Biomedical and pharmacological abstracting and indexing database of published literature, by Elsevier. Embase® contains over 32 million records from over 8,500 currently published journals (1947-present) and is noteworthy for its extensive coverage of the international pharmaceutical and alternative/complementary medicine literature.

Scopus is the largest abstract and citation database of peer-reviewed literature: scientific journals, books and conference proceedings. A drug information resource containing: American Hospital Formulary System (AHFS), drug formulary for Lucile Packard Children's Hospital (LPCH) and Stanford Hospital & Clinics (SHC), Lexi-Drugs (adverse reactions, dosage and administration, mechanism of action, storage, use, and administration information), Lexi-Calc, Lexi-ID, Lexi-I.V. Compatibility (King Guide), Lexi-Interact, and Lexi-PALS. Cumulative Index to Nursing and Allied Health Literature (CINAHL) contains coverage of nursing and allied health literature. A knowledge database that provides access to topic reviews based on over 6000 clinically relevant articles. The evidence-based content, updated regularly, provides the latest practice guidelines in 59 medical specialties. Provides critical assessments of systematic reviews compiled from a variety of medical journals. Selects from the biomedical literature original studies and systematic reviews that are immediately clinically relevant and then summarizes these articles in an enhanced abstract with expert commentary.

Multidisciplinary coverage of over 10,000 high-impact journals in the sciences, social sciences, and arts and humanities, as well as international proceedings coverage for over 120,000 conferences.

Includes cited reference searching, citation maps, and an analyze tool.

Features systematic reviews that summarize the effects of interventions and makes a determination whether the intervention is efficacious or not.

Cochrane reviews are created through a strict process of compiling and analyzing data from multiple randomized control trials to ensure comprehensiveness and reliability.

Provides systematic coverage of the psychological literature from the 1800s to the present through articles, book chapters and dissertations. PIER (Physicians' Information and Education Resource) is a Web-based decision-support tool designed for rapid point-of-care delivery of up-to-date, evidence-based guidance for primary care physicians. Cochrane Central Register of Controlled Trials (CENTRAL) provides access to 300,000 controlled trials that have been identified the Cochrane Collaboration. Provides drug information targeted for patients. A continually updating drug monograph. ECRI Guidelines Trust: A comprehensive database of evidence-based clinical practice guidelines and related documents. MedlinePlus: A repository of health information from the National Library of Medicine. Links are from trusted sites. No advertising, no endorsement of commercial companies or products LPCH CareNotes via MicroMedex: Patient education handouts customized by LPCH clinical staff Micromedex Lab Advisor: Evidence based laboratory test information Provides patient handouts from the American Academy of Family Physician.

Largest, broadest eBook package; covers all sciences, as well as technology (including software), medicine, and humanities.

In addition to covering Wiley and Springer, MyiLibrary is also the only provider for Oxford and Cambridge University Press titles. No seat restrictions.

A collection of biomedical books that can be searched directly by concept, and linked to terms in PubMed abstracts.

A web-based, decision support system for infectious diseases, epidemiology, microbiology and antimicrobial chemotherapy. The database, updated weekly, currently includes 337 diseases, 224 countries, 1,147 microbial taxa and 306 antibacterial (-fungal, -parasitic, -viral) agents and vaccines.

Over 10,000 notes outline the status of specific infections within each country.

Large number of high quality software and database programming titles from O'Reilly. Other software titles are also available from Sams and Prentice Hall. Limited to 7 concurrent users. Includes peer-reviewed life science and biomedical research protocols compiled from Methods in Molecular Biology, Methods in Molecular Medicine, Methods in Biotechnology, Methods in Pharmacology and Toxicology, Neuromethods, the Biomethods Handbook, the Proteomics Handbook, and Springer Laboratory Manuals. Contains full text access to selected biomedical and nursing books.

Provides online, full-text access to Springer's journal titles as well as journals from other publishers.

Subjects include: life sciences, chemical sciences, environmental sciences, geosciences, computer science, mathematics, medicine, physics and astronomy, engineering and economics. Also includes eBooks.

Collection of over 8 thousand fulltext titles in engineering, math, and basic and applied biomedical research. Coverage is from 1967 to the present. A library of ebooks on a wide array of topics, digitized and made available online in conjunction with the original publishers.